Você está na página 1de 306

NOT FOR RESALE

06.05

TRUSTED
FOR 150 YEARS
We built our reputation from the ground up.

Focused Product Line:

Merit ® Tee-Lets and Drop Nipples

Anvil ® Malleable and Cast Iron Fittings

Gruvlok ® Couplings, Fittings and Valves

Anvil ® Hangers, Supports and Struts

SPF TM Cast Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Seamless Pipe Nipples

SPF TM Malleable Iron Fittings

Anvil ® Steel Pipe Couplings and Small Steel Fittings

SPF TM Grooved Fittings and O’Lets

Beck Welded Pipe Nipples

Anvil’s history stretches back to the mid1800s,
when a company named Grinnell® began
providing its customers with the finest
quality pipe products. Since 2000, those quality
products and services —and the people who
provide them—have been known as Anvil®
International. Anvil customers receive the
quality and integrity that have been building
strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

J.B. Smith Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Catawissa ® Wing Unions and Check Valves

Anvil® International is the largest and most TODAY
complete fitting and hanger manufacturer
in the world.
Anvil® International acquires Star Pipe Products, 2004
Building and Construction Divisions (SPF) and
forms AnvilStar™ Fire Products Division.

Anvil® International acquires Merit® Manufacturing 2001
and Beck Manufacturing.
The industry’s trusted manufacturer of pipe 2000
products is renamed Anvil International, Inc.

Grinnell Co. acquired by 1969
International Telephone
Frederick Grinnell opens a piping 1909
and Telegraph.
products foundry in Cranston, RI,
and eventually develops the
Grinnell Supply Sales Division.
1919 General Fire Extinguisher Co.
becomes Grinnell Co.

Tyco sells the distribution and manufacturing 1999
operations known as “Grinnell Supply Sales“,
but keeps the Grinnell® trademark.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark
of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco
International Ltd. company.
Providence Steam & Gas Pipe Co.
is formed. Frederick Grinnell
1850 purchases a controlling interest.

1960

B U I L D I N G
ANVIL
BRANDS:

Gruvlok® line of
grooved fittings
is introduced.

J.B. Smith™ and Catawissa™ join
the Grinnell Supply Sales and
Manufacturing division. 1994

C O N N E C T I O N S

T H A T

®

L A S T

Anvil’s focused product line consists of:
• Anvil® Malleable & Cast Iron Fittings
• SPF™ Malleable, Cast & Ductile Iron
Fittings
• Anvil® Hangers, Supports
• Anvil-Strut™ Strut and Strut Fittings
• Beck Welded Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Seamless Pipe Nipples
• SPF™ Steel Pipe Nipples
• Anvil® Steel Pipe Couplings & Small
Steel Fittings
• Merit® Tee-Lets & Drop Nipples
• Gruvlok® Couplings, Fittings & Valves
• SPF™ Grooved Fittings & O'Lets
• J.B. Smith™ Swage Nipples & Bull
Plugs
• Catawissa™ Wing Unions & Check
Valves

CONNECTING WITH CORE MARKETS:
From plumbing, mechanical, and fire
protection, to mining, oil & gas, and

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

OEMs, Anvil's focus has always been
on providing real solutions for your
applications. Our representatives
are experts in the markets they serve,
and understand the needs of your
business. Anvil will work with you to
find innovative products that meet your
demands and exceed your expectations.

CONNECTING WITH WHOLESALERS:

CONNECTING WITH QUALITY:

CONNECTING WITH CUSTOMERS:

Many things have changed during the
150 years in the industry - including the
name above our door - but our quality
and commitment remains the best
in the business. Our ISO 9001:2000
manufacturing facilities produce a range
of products unmatched by any other
single manufacturer. Our responsive
service sets an industry standard
for dependability and effectiveness
recognized around the world.
Whatever the word "quality" meands
to your business, Anvil guarantees it in
everything we do.

Wholesale distribution has always
been a vital aspect of Anvil's business.
Our dedication to the wholesale
channel - and our customers there- is
a driving force for our services. These
relationships remain a primary focus of
Anvil's innovation.

The most import connection that Anvil
makes are the ones we make with our
customers. In the field, over the phone,
or on the web, we strive to provide our
customers with the products, assistance,
and service they need - when they need
it. Responsive and accessible customer
support is what makes the difference
between simply delivering products, and
delivering solutions.

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL–
BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST.
VISIT US ON THE WEB AT: www.anvilintl.com
3

INTRODUCTION

ANVIL—BUILDING CONNECTIONS THAT LAST

ANVIL® INTERNATIONAL’S history
stretches back to the mid
1800's when a company named Grinnell® began providing
its customers with the finest quality pipe products. Since
2000, those quality products and services–and the people

who provide them—have been known as Anvil® International.
Anvil customers receive the quality and integrity that have
been building strong connections in both products and
business relationships for over 150 years.

Grinnell® is a registered trademark of Grinnell Corporation, a Tyco International Ltd. company.

4

www.anvilintl.com

Gruvlok couplings and grooved-end fittings
range in sizes through 30" nominal pipe
size and are offered in a variety of
styles. These products are used for
joining pipe in a wide variety
of piping systems. Gruvlok
couplings for grooved-end
pipe are designed to provide
a self-centering joint which
accommodates the application
of pressure, vacuum and
other external forces, while
limiting the burdensome need
for special supports, expansion
joints, etc.
The Gruvlok piping method offers
many mechanical design features
which benefit the design engineer, the contractor, and the
end user. Utilization of the functional characteristics of the
Gruvlok coupling will aid in pipe system design and must be
considered for proper installation, assembly and performance.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

INTRODUCTION

THE GRUVLOK PIPING METHOD

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION . . 8-146
INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY . . . . . . .147-200
TECHNICAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . 201-298

GRUVLOK® PRODUCT INFORMATION:
COUPLINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7001 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Fig. 7011 Standard Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Fig. 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 12-13
Fig. 7000 Lightweight Coupling . . . . . . . . . 14-15
Fig. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . 16-17
Fig. 7003 Hingelok® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Fig. 7010 Reducing Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . 19-20
Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-23
Fig. 7013 Gruvlok Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Fig. 7240 Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

BRANCH OUTLETS
Fig. 7042 Outlet Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27
Fig. 7045 Clamp-T, FPT Branch . . . . . . . . . 28-32
Fig. 7046 Clamp-T, Grooved Branch . . . . . 33-35
Fig. 7047, 7048 & 7049 Clamp-T, Cross . . . . 36
Fig. 7044 Branch Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

FITTINGS FOR GROOVED-END PIPE
Fig. 7050 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Fig. 7051 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

6

Fig. 7052 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Fig. 7053 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Fig. 7050LR 90° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 42
Fig. 7051LR 45° Long Radius Elbow . . . . . . . 43
Fig. 7063 Tee w/Threaded Branch. . . . . . . . . 44
Fig. 7061 Reducing Tee Standard . . . . . . . 45-47
Fig. 7064 Reducing Tee w/Thd Branch . . . .48-49
Fig. 7060 Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fig. 7076 Gr x Thd Concentric Reducers . . . . .51
Fig. 7073 & Fig. 7097 Eccentric Reducers . 52-53
Fig. 7077, 7078 & 7079 Swaged Nipples . . . . 54
Fig. 7072 Gr x Gr Concentric Reducers . . . 55-56
Fig. 7069 45° Lateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Fig. 7070 45° Reducing Lateral . . . . . . . . . 58-59
Fig. 7066 Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-61
Fig. 7067 Reducing Tee Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Fig. 7071 True Wye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Fig. 7055 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7056 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow . . . . 64
Fig. 7087 GR x FPT Female Thread Adapter . 65
Fig. 7050RF Grooved x 150# Flanged . . . . . . 65
Fig. 7084 Gr x Fl Nipples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7085 Gr x Fl Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Fig. 7074 Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Fig. 7075 Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7068 Cross . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Fig. 7086 Gr x HOSE Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7080 Adapter Nipples Gr x Gr . . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7081 Adapter Nipples Gr x MPT. . . . . . . 69

Fig. 7082 Adapter Nipples Gr x BEV . . . . . . . 69
Fig. 7062 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees . . . . . 70
Fig. 7065 Standpipe Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Fig. 7050DR 90° Drain Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Fig. 7450 90° Short Pattern Elbow . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7460 Short Pattern Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Fig. 7091 End of the Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Fig. 7050-3D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7057-3D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Fig. 7051-3D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7058-3D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Fig. 7052-3D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7053-3D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Fig. 7050-5D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7057-5D 60° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Fig. 7051-5D 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7058-5D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Fig. 7052-5D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7053-5D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Fig. 7050-6D 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7057-6D 60° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fig. 7051-6D 45° Elbow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7058-6D 30° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fig. 7052-6D 221⁄ 2° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fig. 7053-6D 111⁄4° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

VALVES & ACCESSORIES
Series 7700 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .83-84
Series 7600 Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Series 8000GR Butterfly Valve . . . . . . . . . . . 86

www.anvilintl.com

. . . . . . . . . . . . 7084P & Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7061SS SS Reducing Tees . . . . . 7077P Swaged Nipples . . . . . . 7582 Transition Fitting. . . . . . . . .125 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . 7106 Reducing Tee . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Fig. . 7082P Plain x Bevel .112 Fig. . . . . . . . 7103 Straight Tee. .118 Fig. . 7068 EG High Pressure Cross . .132 SOCK-IT® PIPING METHOD FITTINGS Fig. . .HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEMS Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400G Silent Check Valve . . . . .128 Fig. . . . . . AF21-FF Fl x Fl Flex Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Model 3006 & 3006C Roll Groovers . . . . . . . . . . 7551 45° Elbow . . .131 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . 7050LRP 90° LR Elbow .128 Fig. . . . 111 GRUVLOK® ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Fig. . . . . . . .89-90 Fig.Groove by Groove . . .123 Fig. . . . .129 Fig. . . . . . . . .138 Series 7500 SS Grooved-End Ball Valve 139-140 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7075P Bull Plug . . . . . . . . . .101 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-88 Series 7500 Ball-valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7561A (Gr x Gr x Gr) Reducing Tee . . . . . .128 Fig. . . . .142 Fig. .143 Fig. . . 114-115 Fig.141 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7004 HPR® Coupling . . . .129 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Fig. . . . . . . . . .123 Fig. .126 Fig. . . . . . . 7050 EG High Pressure 90° LR Elbow. . . . . 7060SS SS Tees . . . . . . .134 Fig. .127 Fig. 7061P Reducing Tee . .116 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. . . . . . 7072SS SS Concentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 171 Brass Ball Valve . . . . .133 Fig. . . . . . 7050SS 90° SS Elbow . . 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter. 7305 HDPE Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AF21-GF Gr x Fl Flex Connectors . . .141 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-94 GBV-S & GBV-T Globe Valves. . . . . . . . . . . 7560 Tees . . . .141 Fig. 7071P 90° True Wye . . . . . . . 108 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7088 . . . . . . . 7574 End Caps . . . .130 HDPE COUPLINGS Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Fig. . . . . . .126 Fig. . . . 117 Fig. 7050P 90° Elbow . .135 Fig. . . . . . 7051LRP 45° LR Elbow . 7081P Plain x Thread . 105 Models GAV-30 Automatic Air Vents . . . .137 STAINLESS STEEL METHOD Fig. . .131 Fig.98-99 Model 758G Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . .143 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT'D. . . . .141 Fig. . . . . . . .145 7 . 7090 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7069P 45° Lateral . . . . . . . .124 Fig. 92 GBV-G & GBV-A Balancing Valves . . . .116 Fig. .110 Fig. . . . . . . . . .120 Fig. . . . . . . . . . 7068P Cross . . . 7105 Reducing Outlet Tee . . . . 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling . .116 Fig. . . . . 7012 Gruvlok Flanges . 7564A Reducing Tee . . . 109 ROLL GROOVERS Model 1007 & 3007 Roll Groovers . . . .112 Fig. . 7005 Roughneck® Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Model 768G Grooved-end “Wye” Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7074SS SS Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7051SS 45° SS Elbow.136 Fig. . . . .129 Fig.129 Fig. . . . 7060P Tee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7080P Plain x Grooved . . 102-104 Models GAV-15 Automatic Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7089 . . . . 96-97 Fig. . 7575 Reducing Adapter. . . . . .Thread by Thread . 7051 EG High Pressure 45° LR Elbow . .133 Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Groove by Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Fig. . . . 121-122 GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLES Fig. . . . . . .113 Fig. . . . . . . .107 Fig. . . 7250 Suction Diffuser . . . . . . . 95 FTV-S & FTV-A Tri-Service Valves . . . . . .120 Series 7500B Bronze Ball Valve . .110 Fig. . . 106 Fig. . . 7073SS SS Eccentric Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7107 Coupling. . . . . . . . . 7550 90° Elbow . . . . . . . . 7400SS Rigidlite® Coupling. . 7004 EG® End Guard® Coupling . . . . .126 Fig. 7060 EG High Pressure Tee . 7085P Flange Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . AF21-GG Gr x Gr Flex Connector . . 91 Series 7800 Check Valves . . 7051P 45° Elbow . . . . . 7100 90° Elbow . .125 Fig. . 7022 EG High-pressure Header Tee . . . . . .123 GRUVLOK PLAIN-END FITTINGS Fig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7101 90° Reducing Elbow . . . . . 7572 (Gr x Gr) Concentric Reducer . . . . 7260 Tee Strainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . . . . .

com .32 0-1⁄8 0-.7 3.90 75./kN 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 1.3 2. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.D./mm 0-1⁄8 0-.000 101.621 42.315 33.7 1. Wt.875 73.164 9.430 19.1 1./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .9 4.anvilintl.4 1./mm In.4 0.63 52.900 48.6 1.7 0.1 2.6 1.8 0.7 0.-Lbs. Size of Pipe X Coupling In.8 3./ In.500 88. Work.9 1000 68.660 42.2 1.30" Bolt Max. Ea. In.566 55.43 35.0 5.3 1000 68.050 31.3 2.32 0-1⁄8 0-.6 0. 76.71 6.3 0./mm PSI/bar Lbs./N-M Lbs.3 2.14 94.Couplings FIG.75 In.80 12.1 3 80 31⁄2 65 4 100 1.50 41.4 Degrees 5° 26' 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 11' In.9 1000 68./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 89 Specified Torque § Approx.3 2./ft.52 43.4 3.79 65.9 1000 68.375 60.996 76.904 70.61 4.9 1000 68.14" X 8 FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Z 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.D.88 7. Max.3 0.1 3.32 0-1⁄8 0-.9 1000 68.4 0.6 0.24" Z Y SIZES 28" .5 21⁄2 41⁄2 17⁄8 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 51⁄4 133 61⁄4 159 114 41⁄2 114 45⁄8 117 61⁄8 156 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄8 181 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.32 0-1⁄8 0-./mm In. 7001 STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.9 1000 68.0 4.In.32 0-1⁄8 0-.32 0-1⁄8 0-.5 0.9 1000 68.9 1000 68.90 15. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.3 0.63 2. Min.7 4.36 9.67 55. Max.9 1.32 0-1⁄4 0-6.500 114.3 6.32 0-1⁄8 0-.6 4.492 28.0 2.1 www.04 2.835 12./mm mm/m 1.358 6. Ft. Size GRUVLOK ® X Z Y X SIZES 16" .38 31.

3 68.3 68.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.5 0.12 6.141 323.6 20./mm In.1 0. Min.472 168./mm mm/m 0.4 21.4 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' 1° 20' 1° 7' 1° 2' 0° 54' 0° 48' In.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.28 23.1 68. Max.23 19./mm PSI/bar Lbs.8 5.Couplings FIG. Size X Bolt Max.2 20./N-M Lbs.9 147. Range of Deflection from Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* O.750 800 102.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 12.0 55.7 72.31 18./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 2° 35' 0-6.45 37.2 322.19 15.4 20.8 27. Ft./mm In.9 55.0 16.8 5.D.0 15. Wt.7 9.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .35 14.0 0.0 32.2 207.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.17 14.1 0.8 50. Max.1 55.6 4.24" Z Y X SIZES 28" .7 0. End Pipe End Per Pressure Load Separation Y Z Qty.46 38.610 273.9 37.563 1000 24.0 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 85⁄8 219 11 279 131⁄8 333 151⁄2 394 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 211⁄8 537 111⁄4 286 113⁄4 298 113⁄4 298 143⁄8 365 165⁄8 422 185⁄8 473 201⁄2 521 227⁄8 581 253⁄8 645 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 In.4 0.8 0.2 454.741 219.In.22 18.99 12. 7001.58 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.4 0-1⁄4 0-6./ft.750 800 72.3 0.500 1000 33.319 406. Work. GRUVLOK ® Y Z 9 .0 22.54 45./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 7⁄8 x 6 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 140 1x4 * 1x4 * Specified Torque § Approx.306 141.-Lbs.9 153.625 1000 34.7 268.7 339.181 355.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.43 16.4 11.625 800 46.7 205.4 11.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 5.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.91 10.2 35.9 108.000 300 60./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" ./ In.183 165.D. STANDARD COUPLING FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.000 300 46.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.000 300 76.30" 5 125 61⁄2 O.34 8.35 29.341 457. CONT'D. Ea. Size of Pipe X Coupling In. 165./kN 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 200 200 - 180 245 180 245 180 245 220 300 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 250 - 9.61 6.

For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.Couplings FIG.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. SIZES 28" .7 419./ft./mm 4 4 6 6 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 11⁄8 x 41⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * 1 x 51⁄2 * Specified Torque § Approx.717 20.30" 10 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.0 37.5 0.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.D.0 24.In. X Y Z Qty./mm mm/m 0. Max.4 30" O.61 Bolt Deflection Coupling Dimensions Dimensions* from CL Per Per.0 40./kN DN(mm) SIZES 1" .7 603.8 105.6 137.5 0./mm PSI/bar Lbs.12 9. 787. Range of O.1 * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. Ea. Not for use in copper systems.226 10. Work.14" Z Y X SIZES 16" .D.3 436. www. In. STANDARD COUPLING Y Nom.13 10.6 0.215 10.-Lbs.0 62. Wt./kN 225 225 200 200 - 275 275 250 250 - 82./ In./N-M Lbs. 733.4 300 94. 7001.4 20.anvilintl.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.93 150 113. Max. CONT'D. Size Coupling In/Ft. End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation 20 500 24 600 28" O.0 47.4 0° 36' 0° 33' 0° 28' In. Ft./mm In.70 150 98./mm In. Min.000 508. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.24" Z Y X Max. Size X GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7001 STANDARD COUPLING DIMENSIONS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z In.15 12.00 787./mm Degrees 0-1⁄4 0° 43' 0-6.1 23 584 27 686 331⁄2 851 333⁄4 857 281⁄4 718 323⁄8 822 351⁄2 902 381⁄4 972 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 In.000 609.23 300 135.10 8.com . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 148-149.6 28.2 90.248 20.4 31.875 733.3 503.

7011 STANDARD COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7011 STANDARD COUPLING Nominal Size O. Working Pressure In.0 300 20./mm In. End Load Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Separation Per Coupling Per in. In.8 0° 40' 0. Ft.Couplings FIG./kN In. Torque § Wt. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z Coupling Bolts* Qty. Ea.2 0 -3⁄16 0 . For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.14 11. GRUVLOK ® X 11 ./Kg 200 90.5 Max. 750 30./ft./mm PSI/bar Lbs. Min./mm In.D. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200./mm Degrees mm/m 30 O./mm 34 864 391⁄2 1003 5 127 Size In.4.D./DN(mm) In. Max. Max.7 212. * Available in ANSI bolt sizes only as indicated. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 150-151. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.000 762. Roll and Cut Grooving Specifications can be found in the technical data section.-Lbs./M-M 600 - 800 - Lbs. See technical data section for design factors.9 Working pressure and end load values are for standard wall pipe.058 943./mm 6 11⁄4 x 43⁄8 – Specified Approx.

2 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 750 51.7 750 51.1 6 150 1.4 1.3.0 2.875 73. 76.-Lbs. Working Pressure Max.7 750 51.3.7 750 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . www.3 2.229 81. 165.3 3.3 6./Kg 1.216 32.6 3./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./kN 750 51./DN(mm) In./mm 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 M10 x 63 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Approx.6 18" .D.7 750 51.78 4.3.819 79.9 3.D.7 750 51.1 3.00 Range of Coupling Dimensions Pipe End Separation X Y Z In.3 6.500 165.14" Z X 16" Z Y X O.869 21.996 76.1 2.887 110.6.anvilintl.8 2.6 1. 139.3.323 14.3 Max.4 In.9 1.207 23./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs.500 88./mm 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄8 105 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 7 178 8 203 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 55⁄8 143 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 71⁄4 184 83⁄8 213 93⁄4 248 10 254 11 279 111⁄8 283 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 Coupling Bolts* Qty.D.563 141.1 6. Wt.500 114.09 24.5 3.7 750 51.4 7. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 5.10 11.9 3.0 2. Min.9 4.900 48.52 7.70 25. Ft.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 3 80 4 100 1 5 ⁄2 O.3.1 7.6.3 2.26 18.375 60.6.1 6./mm X Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.46 3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6.Couplings FIG.7 5.06 17.7 750 51.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Ea.7 750 51.126 9. Max.928 53.8 0. In.24" 12 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 3.4 1.7 2.854 115./mm In. 7401 RIGIDLOK® COUPLING Z Y GRUVLOK ® 11⁄2" .500 139.66 5.3 5.D.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .625 168.6. End Load PSI/bar Lbs.7 5 125 61⁄2 O.com .

7 300 20.2 25.341 339.1 10.000 355. Torque § Wt./mm In.181 205.6 11.94 45. Min.24" 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 8. End Pipe End Working Load Separation Pressure X Y Z PSI/bar 600 51.625 219. Ft./mm X 11⁄2" .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 .1 51.4 In.6 23.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .58 94.1 12.6. Z Y FIGURE 7401 RIGIDLOK COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size O.D./N-M 130 M20 x 110 175 1x6 200 M24 x 150 270 7⁄8 x 6 180 M22 x 150 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 180 245 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 1x4 200 270 180 245 250 340 220 300 220 300 220 300 250 340 250 340 250 340 Lbs.000 406. Max./kN 35./mm 101⁄2 267 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄4 413 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 23 581 271⁄8 689 141⁄8 359 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 193⁄4 502 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 267⁄8 683 307⁄8 784 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 3 76 3 76 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 Coupling Bolts* Qty.0 24. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.-Lbs.87 51.6.381 201.2 Lbs.17 46.6 Range of Max.8 36.000 508.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 42.7 300 20.23 113.14" Y Z X 16" Z Y X 18" . Ea.6.248 419. In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 400 51. For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262./DN(mm) In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .056 155.31 76.9 7.750 273.7 300 20.43 60. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.7 250 17.6.0 19./Kg 15. CONT'D.7 300 20. 7401. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 152-153.6.097 503.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 68.6.319 268.5 GRUVLOK ® RIGIDLOK® COUPLING * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated./mm In.1 16.3 40.08 In.000 457. 13 .7 500 51.070 227. 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 4 Size In.0 89.5 13.3 31.6 16.000 609.2 20.6 30./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 . Not for use in copper systems.9 14.Couplings FIG./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 Specified Approx. Coupling Dimensions Max.750 323.4 18.

6 1.D.86 9.52 43.67 55.4 600 41.79 65.3 2.4 0.0 4.3 600 41.660 42./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .3.62 1.773 25./mm In.82 5.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./kN DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.6.57 2.4 600 41.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . 108.4 1.6 4.996 76.3.895 17./mm PSI/bar Lbs.D. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.543 42.9 0.4 4.0 4 100 1.2 1.315 33.68 7.375 60.anvilintl.Couplings FIG. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.9 1. In. Ea.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .8 4.4 600 41.6 2. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 1.9 2.3.70 58.5 0.3. Size Max.6.43 35. Max. 76.0 2.3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm In.000 101.7 0.3 0.4 600 41.3.6 1.7 0.3 2.5 4° 19' 3° 46' 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 23' 2° 3' 1° 48' 3° 22' 3° 11' For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3.0 2. 7000 LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK ® Y 14 X Z Nom.7 1. Max. Range of O.1 3.9 4.38 31.4 5° 26' 1.4 600 41.8 0.658 11.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .82 3.1 1.33 4./mm Ft. Torque § Wt.500 114.8 1.299 5.900 48.3 0.4 600 41.90 75.0 1.3 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4 600 41.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6 0. 23⁄8 60 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 61⁄8 156 63⁄4 171 75⁄8 194 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 Size Specified Approx.45 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in./Kg Coupling Bolts 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 2 51 Qty.701 7.4 600 41.540 33.6 0.com .500 88.78 1.7 0.3.50 41.3 3.D.14 94./mm Degrees mm/m In.4 815 3.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 41⁄4 O.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .-Lbs.230 18.250 108. Min.4 600 41.1 www.7 0.54 8./N-M Lbs.4 0.875 73./ In.63 52.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 0./ft.512 37.

57 47./mm Ft.46 34.80 17./kN DN(mm) 51⁄4 O. 165./mm PSI/bar Lbs.0 51⁄2 O.592 73.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 0 -1⁄4 0 . 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 135 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 5.84 12.879 52.1 3.D. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.5 500 34.6.35 29.6./Kg Coupling Bolts 61⁄2 91⁄8 2 165 232 51 63⁄4 93⁄8 2 171 238 51 5 7 9 ⁄8 2 178 244 51 1 3 7 ⁄2 10 ⁄8 2 191 264 51 73⁄4 103⁄4 2 197 273 51 8 11 2 203 279 51 10 131⁄4 23⁄8 264 337 60 Qty. 159.7 6.D. Not for use in copper systems. See Installation & Assembly directions on page 154-155.6.5 500 34.D. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.625 168.2 8.7 0. 7000.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.1 2° 36' 2° 35' 2° 17' 2° 12' 2° 10' 1° 40' Size Specified Approx.2 6.1 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Degrees mm/m In. 15 .8 0.48 39.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm In.0 6.-Lbs.625 219.236 76. In.54 45.259 159.5 500 34./ In.236 133.54 45.7 5. Max.06 15.4 2° 44' 0.6.500 165. Range of O.384 68. Max.500 139.563 141. CONT'D.D.213 129.8 0. Ea.8 6.67 29.8 0.0 7.0 5. 133. Size Max.7 2.0 3. Y X FIGURE 7000 COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Z Nom. 139.5 500 34.4 0.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .766 47.Couplings FIG. Working End Pipe End Pressure Load Separation In.0 61⁄2 O.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.89 11.1 500 34.45 37.4 GRUVLOK ® LIGHTWEIGHT FLEXIBLE COUPLING For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm In.6.153 54.43 16.3 6.1 6 150 8 200 5.5 500 34./ft.1 0.3 8.7 3.7 14.1 6. Torque § Wt.95 Deflection from CL Per Per Coupling in./N-M Lbs.D. Min.5 500 34.6.5 10.6 6 2.

2 1. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Lbs.9 0.900 48.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6 0. Wk. Torque § Wt.886 12.9 2.3.D.78 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .91 1.115 9. 41⁄2 114 43⁄4 121 47⁄8 124 51⁄2 140 6 152 57⁄8 149 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 Size In./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Lbs. Pressure In.996 76.7 300 20.3 PSI/bar 300 20.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Specified Approx.7 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 2.6 1.5 1.66 2. Max.anvilintl.4 1./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.81 649 2.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20./mm In./ DN(mm) In.500 114.329 5.0 3.6.9 4.0 2.4 Coupling Bolts Qty.7 300 20.89 851 3.3.771 21.2 0 -1⁄4 0 . Ea.Couplings FIG.41 2.7 300 20.315 33./mm 407 1.3 2. 76.7 300 20.375 60.9 0.7 Max.3./Kg 1.22 0 -1⁄8 0 .948 8.660 42./kN In.-Lbs.1 1.4 www.1 3.3.4 0.3.500 88.3.1 3 80 4 100 1. Ft.com .3 0.875 73.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . O.6 1. Min.D.1 1. In.84 4./mm 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 4 102 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y 16 X Z FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Max./mm In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .9 1.2 0.

Min./mm Ft.7 300 20.-Lbs. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.625 168.528 77.2 51⁄2 O.7 5.1 6 150 8 200 Max.6.341 46. 139.3 6.7 7. CONT'D. Pressure In.70 7.4 3.6.44 9.1 5.292 32. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.28 10./mm 63⁄4 171 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 200 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 91⁄4 235 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 2 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Approx./mm PSI/bar Lbs.1 300 20. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.5 8.5 2.0 4. GRUVLOK ® Y FIGURE 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)./N-M 1⁄2 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 x3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 Lbs. 7400.3.5 2./mm In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157 Other sizes available. 165. Wk.6.00 17.8 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.563 141. Ea. In. In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./mm In./kN In.1 6. In.6 2.Couplings FIG. Z 17 .500 139. Not for use in copper systems.5 5./mm 5.127 31.D.7 300 20. Max.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Torque § Wt.5 2.955 44./ DN(mm) Max.625 219.7 5 125 61⁄2 O. Range of Coupling Dimensions End Pipe End Load Separation X Y Z Coupling Bolts Qty.97 0 -1⁄4 0 .6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 300 20. RIGIDLITE® COUPLING X Nominal Size O.4 0 -1⁄8 0 .3 8.D.7 300 20./Kg 4.D.500 165.

8 0. PSI/bar Lbs. 7003 Hingelok Couplings are not designed for eccentric loading and therefore are not recommended for use at the end of concrete pumping booms or vertical risers above 30 feet (9. X Y Z Wt. www./mm Lbs.67 55.900 48.91 1.0 3./kN In.3 5.7 300 20./mm Degrees mm/m 300 20. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 158-159 3° 1' 2° 29' 2° 3' 3° 11' 2° 35' 2° 10' 1° 40' In.8 2. Not for use in copper systems.2 CAUTION: Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly.3 6.9 4.1 18. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. GRUVLOK ® In.771 21.6.44 10.35 29.7 300 20.78 1.00 17. Proper anchoring practice must always be exercised.6 0. Deflection from CL Max.886 12.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 300 20.1 2.6 1.3./Kg 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 51⁄4 133 55⁄8 143 7 178 85⁄8 219 97⁄8 251 12 305 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 107⁄8 276 131⁄8 333 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄2 64 1. Wk.2 1. always check for gasket damage.375 60./mm 18 X SPECIAL NOTE: Fig.7 300 20./DN(mm) In.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 8.7 300 20. Shockload must be considered and is to be included in the maximum working pressure listed above.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .22 7.500 88.0 3./ft.43 35.anvilintl.6. and pipe grooves must be kept free of all foreign matter.2 0 -1⁄8 0 . Coupling keys.79 65.528 77.5 0.3 11.Couplings FIG.5 4.4 3° 46' 0./mm In. distortion bent or any other damage. 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 1.3 9.3.45 37.84 4.341 46.292 32.52 43.1 Coupling Dimensions Approx.6. 7003 HINGELOK® COUPLING Z Y FIGURE 7003 HINGELOK COUPLING Nominal Size O.5 3. housing hinge and handle for looseness.8 0. End Range of Pipe Pressure Load End Separation Per Coupling Per in.54 45.3.3 8.1 0. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly.625 219.2 1./mm In.3 2.2 5. gasket cavity.948 8.7 300 20.329 5.625 168.7 851 3.3.1 meters). Max.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 0.97 0 -1⁄8 0 . When re-using.3 2.875 73.7 300 20. Ea.1 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .D.500 114.7 0.66 2.com .63 52.6 5.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .3 0.563 141.

/DN(mm) 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 Max.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.85 3./mm 2.500 88.0 0.9 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.952 35.37 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.900 48.3.9 0.9 4.0 3.375 60.375 60.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./ft.55 45. End Load Lbs. GRUVLOK ® Gasket Z 19 .32 27.5 Max.3 2.500 114.375 60./mm In. In.875 73.9 0.1 1. 7010 REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib X Fig.55 45.37 7.7 3.4.5 500 34. Ea.3 In.500 88.0 2.55 45.39 32.9 8./Kg 2.Couplings FIG.0 4.5 500 34.875 73.246 14. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 57⁄8 149 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 71⁄8 181 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 Coupling Bolts Qty.8 Degrees 1° 53' 1° 33' 1° 17' 1° 17' 2° 38' 2° 38' 2° 38' mm/m 0.40 4.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .0 3.5 500 34.0 0./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 70 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 Specified Torque § Min.4 0.3.3.3 4.875 73. Max.9 3./mm In.3 2.3 2.811 21.3. Approx.40 7.3 2.6 4. Larger Smaller Working O. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.4.5 500 34.6 6.5 1.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .4.4 2.952 35.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .215 9. Wt.9 PSI/bar 500 34.3 4.27 22.-Lbs.375 60./mm 1.44 4.27 22.5 500 34.9 4.500 88./N-M 80 110 80 110 80 110 80 110 100 135 100 135 100 135 100 150 100 150 100 150 100 150 130 175 130 175 130 175 Lbs./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 ./kN 2.500 114.0 7.9 0.2 0 -3⁄16 0 .500 114.9 3.D. Pressure In.D.5 500 34.811 21.8 0 -3⁄16 0 .952 35. O.3 2. Ft.9 3.4 0.37 7.

67 29.3 4.3 6.1 13. In.5 500 34.625 168. Pressure In.2 0.2 0. 2 2 2 2 Size Specified Torque § Min./N-M 130 175 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 180 245 Lbs.67 17.5 6.500 114. Wt.562 141./mm 0 -1⁄4 0 . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 160-161.3 PSI/bar 500 34.26 21. 7010 Coupling with Gasket FIGURE 7010 REDUCING COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In. Max.7 8.6.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .5 500 34./mm 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .625 219.563 141.6./mm 4.2 13. In. 7010. 20 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 In.625 168.500 114.anvilintl.4 Degrees 2° 5' 1° 44' 1° 44' 1° 15' mm/m 0.06 17./mm In.3 6. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.1 17.D.4 6. Ft. Not for use in copper systems.3 6.5 Max./Kg 11./mm 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3 ⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx.6.153 54./mm 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 105⁄8 270 115⁄8 295 115⁄8 295 14 356 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 Coupling Bolts Qty. Larger Smaller Working O. REDUCING COUPLING Y Reducing Coupling Housing GRUVLOK ® Gasket Gasket Center Rib Z X Fig.36 30.213 129.625 168.-Lbs.5 500 34.36 30. Ea.236 76.44 36.8 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.3 8.4 0.Couplings FIG./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 Max.95 Range of Deflection from CL Pipe End Per Per Separation Coupling in.com .D.0 For additional details see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. www.6. End Load Lbs.4 5. CONT'D.4 0 -1⁄4 0 ./kN 12.3 5. O./mm In./ft.236 76.

D.500 139.3 5.0 2.D. (ISO) mm Ft.3 2.375 60.2 1.7 2.66 2.9 4. Max.500 88. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max.7 300 20.329 5.500 114. Sealing Surface X Y Z 61⁄4 159 7 178 71⁄4 184 77⁄8 200 9 229 97⁄8 251 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 127⁄8 327 3⁄4 Mating Flange Bolts In.875 73./mm In.6 2. Max. Max.9 4.948 8.9 4 100 51⁄2 O.127 31.1 3.6 7.1 3 88.Couplings FIG. 139.70 In.886 12.8 2.2 6.7 PSI/bar 300 20.9 15. GRUVLOK ® X 21 .91 1. 76./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.771 21. B Min. Amax.22 7./Kg 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 M16 x 75 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 4. A Max. In.7 6.0 2. Qty./mm In.115 9./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Ft.7 Lbs. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X Bmin.41 2.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.84 4.7 300 20.1 4./mm In. Specified End Latch* O. Torque § Wt.7 300 20.3 2.D./mm In./kN 1. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.996 76.7 300 20. Ea.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./DN(mm) In./mm PN10 (16) 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 3 76 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 37⁄16 87 4 102 41⁄8 105 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 in.7 300 20.

7 300 20. A Max.6 4.7 4.7 300 20.528 77.9 13. In. B Min. (ISO) mm Ft.7 300 20. Max.3 8.0 9.563 141.D./mm In.341 46./kN 7.3 6./mm In.1 18.7 Lbs. 165. Max.292 32./Kg 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 7⁄8 x 31⁄2 M20 x 90 7⁄8 x 33⁄4 - 220 298 220 298 220 298 220 298 320 439 320 439 250 339 250 339 250 339 250 339 400 542 400 542 8. 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 713⁄16 198 10 254 121⁄8 308 141⁄8 359 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 12 12 12 12 in. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5.97 27.625 168.4 9.303 170.38 In.D.1 12.1 10.9 PSI/bar 300 20.6 www.44 9.Couplings FIG.500 165.com .28 10.2 8.00 17.6 7./mm In. CONT'D GRUVLOK FLANGES Y Z Y Z X GRUVLOK ® X 22 Bmin.-Lbs/N-M Lbs./mm 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 Ft. Max. Qty.229 121.12 38.8 4.7 300 20./mm 5 125 61⁄2 O. 7012. 2"-12" sizes 14"-24" sizes GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. Amax.3 29.750 323.-Lbs/N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 Dimensions Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx.4 15./DN(mm) In. Sealing Surface X Y Z 10 254 111⁄4 286 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 121⁄2 7⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts In./mm PN10 (16) 318 14 356 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 213⁄4 552 22 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.955 44. Specified End Latch* O. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min. Ea. Torque § Wt.1 6.750 273.625 219.anvilintl./mm In.7 300 20.

6 PSI/bar 300 20.356 62. B Min.5 488 705 23./mm In. 23 . Max.58 94.000 508. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. see page 200 The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 & Class 125 flanges. Working Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.-Lbs/N-M Lbs.0 24. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.08 - Ft.000 138./Kg M20 x 90 ✛ 1 x 41⁄4 1 x 41⁄4 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄8 x 43⁄4 – 11⁄4 x 51⁄2 - 320 400 20. Qty.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Latch Bolt Max. Specified End Latch* O.7 300 20.0 488 705 30. Max.2 Lbs.181 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 205./DN(mm) In./mm 12 (PN) 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 12.7 300 20. butterfly valve.319 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 268. Torque § Wt.6 16./mm In.4 450 725 82. Ea. 7012.3 620 1.000 355.5 610 983 48.9 439 542 9.5.750 323. A Max./mm In.248 3⁄4 x 5 419.Couplings FIG.097 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 503.D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-167.31 76. * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated./mm PN10 (16) 18 ⁄8 460 21 533 231⁄2 597 25 635 271⁄2 699 32 813 ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange.7 300 20.5 360 520 52.4 450 725 106.341 3⁄4 x 5 339. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable.000 457./mm 38.9 14. To avoid interference issues. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe./kN In.38 M10 x 70 5 46.303 170. CONT'D.8 360 520 67.5 610 983 37. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange.23 113. (ISO) mm Ft.5 841 1. In./mm In.-Lbs/N-M 40 30 100 136 100 136 130 176 130 176 180 244 60 45 130 176 130 176 180 244 180 244 220 298 Dimensions X Y 1 1 Z Mating Flange Bolts In. Sealing Surface 21 ⁄4 540 24 610 261⁄2 673 29 737 311⁄2 800 361⁄2 927 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 123⁄4 324 14 356 16 406 18 457 20 508 24 610 141⁄8 359 16 406 18 457 20 508 22 559 26 660 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 - in.7 250 17. Max.7 300 20.2 20. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Mating Flange Bolts Specified Approx. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.000 406.4 18. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.43 60.000 609. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. GRUVLOK FLANGES GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 FLANGE: (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).

3 2.563 141.820 194.9 4. Amax. X Y Z 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 8./mm Bmin.9 3.323 14. Max. B Min.9 11.625 219. Max. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 Lbs. see page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262./mm In. Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 3⁄8 x 21⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 - * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.4 16. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 & 7600 valve.5 18.750 273.1 12.Couplings FIG.4 6.3 5.7 750 51.9 PSI/bar 750 51.875 73./mm In.375 60.66 7.0 2.1 10.78 4. Not for use with copper systems.928 53.7 750 51.3 24. Wk.3 8.3 6.anvilintl.-Lbs/N-M In. Ea.500 88.750 323. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.4 4.216 32. 24 Dimensions X Y Z Sealing Mating Surface Flange Bolts Approx. Qty.7 750 51.7 750 51.9 Flange cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. 7013 GRUVLOK FLANGES (#300 FLANGE) GRUVLOK FIGURE 7013 FLANGE Max. End Size Pressure Load GRUVLOK ® In.7 750 51./kN 3. Nominal O.072 302.500 114.625 168. Ft.com . Size Wt.06 18.1 9.09 25.0 24.5 74. In.854 115./mm 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 30 45 80 100 80 100 80 100 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 8 203 91⁄8 232 97⁄8 251 113⁄8 289 125⁄8 321 141⁄8 359 167⁄8 429 193⁄8 492 221⁄2 572 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 41 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 37⁄16 60 87 27⁄8 4 73 102 31⁄2 49⁄16 89 116 41⁄2 55⁄8 114 143 59⁄16 63⁄4 141 171 65⁄8 713⁄16 168 198 85⁄8 10 219 254 3 10 ⁄4 121⁄8 273 308 123⁄4 143⁄16 324 360 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 16 16 - (ISO) mm 5⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 3 ⁄4 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 33⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 43⁄4 1x5 11⁄8 x 53⁄4 - Lbs.757 425.7 750 51.10 11. For Bolt Torque information.3 35./DN(mm) In.0 3. www.8 33. A Max.95 Latch* Specified Torque § Bolt Size Min.3 6.3 14.869 21.7 750 51. ANSI (ANSI) in./mm In./Kg 5.229 81.D.7 750 51.92 68.80 95.00 43./mm In.1 54.

7240 EXPANSION JOINTS Y GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Coupling Figure 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7000 7001 7001 X Y In.8 11⁄4 31./mm 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 11⁄4 31./mm 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 311⁄4 794 183⁄4 476 201⁄4 514 201⁄4 514 233⁄4 603 243⁄4 629 243⁄4 629 Total Coupling Number of Movement Movement Couplings Capability Capability In./mm 1⁄8 3.9 4.625 168.500 88.562 141.8 11⁄4 31.2 1⁄8 3.4 1⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.4 1⁄4 6.500 114./DN(mm) In./mm In.4 In. 7000 END ADAPTER Nominal Size O.Couplings FIG.750 323.3 6.8 11⁄4 31. 7000 L GRUVLOK 4'' FIG.3 5. In.750 273.3 2.2 1⁄8 3.0 3.8 11⁄4 31.0 10.4 1 ⁄4 6.8 11⁄4 31.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. GRUVLOK ® 7240 PERFORMANCE DATA X 25 .625 219.D.1 12.4 1⁄4 6. 7000 NIPPLE GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.875 73.3 8.8 11⁄4 31.2 1 ⁄4 6.375 60. 7000 GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 30 450 30 450 30 450 171⁄2 445 19 483 19 483 221⁄2 572 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 In. 7000 COUPLING GRUVLOK 4'' FIG./mm 31⁄2 89 4 100 45⁄8 117 57⁄8 149 7 178 8 200 103⁄8 264 127⁄8 327 15 381 51⁄2 125 53⁄4 146 63⁄4 171 81⁄8 206 95⁄8 244 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 191⁄2 495 Compressed Expanded Length Length L L In.

44 3246 14.5 500 34.5 500 34.2 4.5 500 34.5 500 34.5 500 34.5 3./mm — — — — — — — — — — 1 25 — — — — — — 11⁄4 32 psi/bar 500 34.7042M 2 50 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet .3 1.2 2.85 3246 14.anvilintl.Branch Outlets FIG.6 1.85 2215 9./mm 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 3⁄4-11⁄16 19-27 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 11⁄16-1 17-25 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv.6 1.8 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. G 21⁄16 52 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 56 29⁄16 65 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 — — 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 — — — — — — — — — — — — 31⁄2 89 — — — — — — 35⁄8 92 In.31 1418 6.44 In.44 3246 14.5 500 34./mm In.3 1.5 500 34.2 5.85 2215 9./mm Lbs.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Pipe Size Max./mm In. 7042 OUTLET COUPLING FIGURE 7042 .6 1./mm In.2 3. Each In.3 1.5 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 168-169.7042G 26 11⁄2 40 21⁄2 65 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1 ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — In./Kg 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 3⁄8 x 21⁄8 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 23⁄8 2.31 2215 9./mm In.7042F M X Y Male IPS Outlet . Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G F X GRUVLOK ® In.5 500 34./mm 1⁄2 Y Female IPS Outlet./kN 1418 6.5 3. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv./mm In.8 2.2 2.5 5 00 34. Wt.5 2.5 Lbs.8 2.44 3246 14. www.com ./mm 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 215⁄16 75 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 37⁄16 87 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 Bolt Size Approx./DN(mm) In.2 4.31 1418 6.5 4. For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" on page 262.

6 3.37 7952 35./mm Lbs.OUTLET COUPLING (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE).66 17236 76. Each In.9 3. Not for use in copper systems.5 11.7 8.0 18./mm In.66 In.0 8.40 4811 21.0 5.7042F 3 80 M X Y Male IPS Outlet . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 500 34.7042G 6 150 20 1 25 — — 3⁄4 20 1 25 — — — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — In.5 500 34./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 63⁄16 157 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 81⁄8 206 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 71⁄4 184 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 87⁄8 225 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 111⁄4 286 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 35⁄8 92 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Bolt Size Approx.Branch Branch Outlets Outlets FIG./mm In.9 4.5 Lbs./mm — — 1 25 11⁄2 40 — — — — 11⁄2 25 2 50 — — 11⁄2 40 2 50 psi/bar 500 34./mm In. Pressure Run Load Separation F M/G Pipe ends must be prepared in accordance with Gruvlok "Roll or For a one-time field test only.37 7952 35.6 7.40 4811 21.5 500 34. OUTLET COUPLING F X In.0 11. Nominal Pipe Size Max.9 9./mm 3⁄4 Y Female IPS Outlet.0 8. Range of Working Outlet Run End Pipe End FPT MPT/Grv./DN(mm) In.5 500 34.5 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7042 . 27 ./mm 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 13⁄16-11⁄2 30-38 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 19⁄16-17⁄8 40-48 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 15⁄8-115⁄16 41-51 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z FPT F MPT M Grv. 7042.5 500 34.5 500 34.9 4./mm In.0 5.2 18.37 17236 76. CONT'D./Kg 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7.5 500 34.7042M 4 100 Z G X Y Grooved Outlet .2 18.9 3.5 500 34.37 7952 35. G 213⁄16 72 23⁄4 70 — — 311⁄16 94 39⁄16 91 — — — — 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 — — 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 — — 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 — — — — 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 — — — — 4 102 4 102 — — — — 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 — — 6 152 6 152 In. Pressure & end load ratings are for use with standard wall steel pipe.5 500 34. Wt. the maximum working pressure may Cut Groove Specifications for Steel & Other IPS or ISO size Pipe"./kN 4811 21./mm In.5 9. be increased 11⁄2 times the figure shown.66 17236 76.40 7952 35.6 8.

Dia.2 2./mm 2.3 3.5 500 34.7 1.375 x 1.7 2.4 1.6 1.5 500 34.840 60.5 500 34.0 x 33.900 60.anvilintl.0 x 26. Bolt Size In.050 60.7 2. 7045 (U-Bolt) U FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.375 x 1.3 2.3 1. Max. Pressure▼ In.315 60.2 2. Dia.375 x 1.375 x 0.3 x 26.4 2./mm 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 psi/bar 500 34.0 x 21.9 1. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Y V T 28 Z Y W Fig. Max.3 2.5 T U 23⁄16 56 21⁄16 52 115⁄16 51 23⁄16 55 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 23⁄16 55 27⁄16 62 9⁄16 In./mm In.875 x 0.875 x 1.5 www./mm 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 In.3 2.315 73.3 x 21.Branch Outlets FIG./mm Specified Torque § Approx./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 Y Z 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 7 178 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 3 76 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 In.5 500 34.-Lbs.7 2./mm 1⁄2 12 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 2.5 500 34.9 1. Min.660 60. 7045 CLAMP-T.3 2.3 x 33./mm 14 ⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.875 x 1. Wt.5 500 34. Working Min./Kg 2.4 Hole Dimensions Max./DN(mm) 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 O.875 x 1. In./mm In.1 3.0 2.0 1.com .3 1./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 40 1 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Lbs.5 500 34.D. FPT BRANCH Z T V W Fig.840 73.7 2./mm In. Each Ft.660 73.0 x 42.3 x 42.3 x 48.375 x 1.5 1.050 73.0 2.5 500 34.

500 x 0.500 x 1.4 1.500 x 1./mm 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 U-Bolt - Specified Torque § Approx. Dia.3 4. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.0 4.5 500 34.D.3 x 26.660 88.5 500 34. CONT'D.9 x 60.1 2. 29 .7 Hole Dimensions Max. Dia.5 500 34./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 1⁄2 80 x 15 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 20 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 1⁄2 100 x 15 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 20 4x1 100 x 25 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.7 4.375 88. In./mm 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Bolt Size In./mm In./mm 21⁄8 54 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 psi/bar 500 34.840 114.9 1.875 x 1./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 30 40 30 40 30 40 Lbs./mm 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 9⁄16 14 Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.5 500 34.9 x 21.500 x 1.3 3. Working Min. Pressure▼ In.3 2.5 500 34.500 x 0.D. CLAMP-T./mm In.500 x 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".7 1.050 88. FPT BRANCH In. and 61⁄2" O.3 x 33./mm 31⁄8 79 3 76 3 76 3 76 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 Y Z 61⁄8 156 7 178 7 178 7 178 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 In. Min.900 88.6 2. Each Ft.8 1./mm 2 51 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 In.500 x 2.-Lbs.315 88.5 500 34.2 2.Branch Outlets FIG.5 2.3 2.7 3.900 73. 51⁄2" O.3 3./mm In./mm 2.5 500 34. 7045. Not for use in copper systems.2 2.5 4.4 2./Kg 3.500 x 1. Wt.500 x 1.4 3.050 114. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe..D. Max.7 1. 5" and 6" Nom. Max.5 500 34.9 x 26.7 1.3 4.9 x 48.3 3.7 3.0 x 48.315 114.840 88.5 500 34.9 x 42.2 3.8 1.4 1.9 x 33.3 x 21.5 T U 27⁄16 62 29⁄16 65 27⁄16 62 25⁄16 59 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 76 31⁄16 78 213⁄16 73 9⁄16 In.D.

7045.2 2.5 500 34./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 psi/bar 500 34.500 x 2./mm 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Bolt Size In.9 5.5 2.7 2./N-M 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs./mm 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.3 4. CONT'D.5 2.6 www.D./mm 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 Y Z 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 In.5 5.3 x 48.4 5.3 x 60.6 2. FPT BRANCH Z Y T V W Fig.7 3.5 2.9 5./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.375 141.3 x 88. In.5 500 34.660 141.1 4.3 x 76. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z V T 30 Y W Fig.5 500 34.5 T U 33⁄16 81 33⁄16 81 35⁄16 84 31⁄16 78 3 76 31⁄4 83 311⁄16 94 311⁄16 94 313⁄16 97 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 In.500 x 2.anvilintl.563 x 1.4 2.875 114.2 2.1 7.-Lbs.Branch Outlets FIG. Each Ft. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In./Kg 4./mm In. Working Min.500 x 1.3 5./DN(mm) 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O. CLAMP-T.3 4.3 Hole Dimensions Max.500 x 2.3 x 48.3 x 73.3 x 42.5 500 34./mm 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In.5 500 34. 114./mm In. Min.4 6. Dia.3 x 76.0 4. Dia. Max.563 x 2. Wt.500 x 1./mm 4.3 x 42.5 5.5 500 34.660 114.900 114.0 4.900 141.4 5./mm In.D.com .996 114.4 5.5 500 34. Pressure▼ In. Max.5 500 34.500 114.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) O.4 4.375 114.3 x 60.500 x 3.563 x 1.

Each Ft.3 x 76. and 61⁄2" O./mm 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 5 127 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 53⁄8 137 51⁄2 140 Y Z 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In.625 x 1./DN(mm) 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5 x 3 O.5 500 34. 7045. CLAMP-T.1 5x3 125 x 80 6 x11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O./mm 5.5 T U 313⁄16 97 33⁄4 95 4 102 3 4 ⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 43⁄16 106 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 In. Dia.D./mm In.5 500 34.5 500 34.563 x 2.875 168. 31 ./mm In.D.3 x 60./mm In.5 8.7 3.3 x 76.D.9 6. Not for use in copper systems.625 x 3.8 8.5 7.8 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size NOTE: 21⁄2".8 3.3 6.D.3 x 76. Dia.625 x 2.9 7.5 500 34. 168./mm 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx.5 500 34.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O.3 Hole Dimensions Max.625 x 4.Branch Outlets FIG.8 3./mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34.3 x 42. Max.900 168.5 4. CONT'D. size run pipe may be used on 3" O. Working Min.375 168.1 5.563 x 2..500 168. In.1 6./Kg 7. 51⁄2" O.2 8. Min. Pressure▼ In.996 141. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.875 141. 5" and 6" Nom.0 3.-Lbs. FPT BRANCH In.660 168.625 x 2.3 x 73.D.3 x 88.3 x 88.5 500 34.3 x 76.0 6.500 141.625 x 2.3 x 114.4 10.4 3.5 500 34. 141.3 6.500 168. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./N-M 100 130 130 180 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.0 5.563 x 3./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 Bolt Size In.3 x 73.9 6.5 500 34.8 9.5 500 34.625 x 1.8 3.5 7.4 3./mm 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.0 3.4 6. Max./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.3 x 48.996 168.2 7. Wt.D.6 4.

Each Ft. 5" and 6" Nom. 219.3 Hole Dimensions Max. FPT BRANCH Y V T Z T V W Fig.625 x 2.1 x 76. CONT'D.-Lbs. Min. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.0 11./mm 57⁄8 149 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 63⁄8 162 61⁄2 165 Y Z 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 In. Dia. 32 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Clamp-T Dimensions V Threaded W In.3 NOTE: 21⁄2".875 219.D.0 13.500 219. 51⁄2" O./mm 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34. pipe ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.D.1 x 73. Pressure▼ In. and 61⁄2" O.2 5.1 x 76. 7045./mm 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 Bolt Size In./DN(mm) 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8 x 3 O.1 x 70. see page 200. Wt.1 5./mm In.1 x 114.5 500 34. Not for use in copper systems./mm 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 - Specified Torque § Approx. 7045 (U-Bolt) U Nominal Size In.5 500 34.D.625 x 2.996 219.625 x 3. Dia./mm In.2 7. CLAMP-T.0 8. In.Branch Outlets FIG./N-M 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 100 130 Lbs.1 11.anvilintl.9 8. Working Min. www.1 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 FIGURE 7045-FPT BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)) O. Max.9 16.. 7045 GRUVLOK ® Z Y W Fig.1 x 88. § – For additional Bolt Torque information.0 8./mm 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.625 x 4. Max./mm 8.5 500 34.500 219.5 500 34./mm In.1 8.D.750 219.com .5 T U 53⁄16 132 55⁄16 134 51⁄4 133 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171.D.625 x 2.0 5./Kg 11.1 5.

900 88./mm In.5 500 34. Max.9 x 48.900 114.6 2. Working Min.0 x 42.5 500 34.3 4.0 4.500 x 1./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 11⁄4• 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 O.5 500 34.660 114. Hole Dimensions Max.5 3.875 x 1.875 x 1.3 4.2 1.5 500 34. GROOVED BRANCH 33 .3 2.4 1.1 4. Max.5 500 34./mm 2./mm 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK psi/bar 500 34.0 4.660 88.9 x 60.0 x 48. Ft.500 x 1.900 73.500 x 1.4 1./mm Specified Torque § Min.5 500 34.375 88. GRUVLOK ® CLAMP-T. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.500 x 2.3 x 42./mm In.3 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 In. Each Lbs.5 4./mm In.3 x 60.4 1.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In. 7046 Z Y Z Y V T V T W Fig.9 4.4 3.3 x 48./mm In. Dia.500 x 2. In./N-M 1⁄2 U-Bolt 30 1 30 40 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 80 100 ⁄2 U-Bolt 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 - 40 Approx./Kg 3.3 3.4 2./mm 9⁄16 14 ⁄16 14 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 9 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 Bolt Size In.375 114.-Lbs. Pressure▼ Dia./mm In. Wt.4 2.6 2.5 500 34.660 73.4 4.5 3.500 x 1.9 x 42. 7046 Fig.Branch Outlets FIG.3 3.D.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.

/mm 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 psi/bar 500 34.660 141.3 5.6 2.5 500 34.3 x 48./N-M 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 1⁄2 x 31⁄2 80 100 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 80 100 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 100 130 100 130 - ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 - Approx. Max./DN(mm) 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4 x 3 O. 7046 (U-BOLT) W U FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In. Max. Working Min.563 x 2. Each Lbs./mm In./mm In.5 500 34.5 5.5 500 34.500 141.500 x 2.375 141.3 5. Wt.4 5.5 500 34.5 500 34./Kg 5.563 x 1.9 5.500 x 2. Hole Dimensions Max.3 5.3 5. In.0 4./mm In.5 500 34.3 x 88.900 141.1 4x3 100 x 80 5 x 11⁄4 125 x 32 5 x 11⁄2 125 x 40 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 O.D. 7046.0 2. CONT'D./mm In.anvilintl.875 141. 114.3 x 42.3 x 88.Branch Outlets FIG.500 114. GROOVED BRANCH Z Y V T GRUVLOK ® Fig.2 www.0 2.5 5. 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 Bolt Size In. CLAMP-T.5 2.5 500 34.563 x 1.com . 7046 34 Z Y V T W Fig.6 2.875 114.3 x 76.D. Ft.3 x 73. Pressure▼ Dia.563 x 2.1 3.8 2. Dia.500 x 3.0 5./mm Specified Torque § Min.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In./mm 4.9 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 2 51 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 In.5 5.3 x 73.6 2.3 x 60.-Lbs.1 4./mm In.6 7.3 x 76.996 114./mm 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 4 102 4 102 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 5.563 x 3.

See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 170-171.9 8.5 500 34.625 x 1.625 x 3.375 219.D.D.625 x 4.5 500 34.5 7.375 168. 7046./mm 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 25⁄8 67 27⁄8 73 35⁄8 92 45⁄8 117 psi/bar 500 34./mm In.1 x 73. Max.500 219. GROOVED BRANCH FIGURE 7046-GR BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) In.5 Clamp-T Dimensions U V Grooved W Y Z In. 35 . § – For additional Bolt Torque information. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 101⁄8 257 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 123⁄4 324 33⁄4 95 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 Bolt Size In.500 168.1 6.1 x 60.500 219. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 10. 51⁄2" O. pipe. Working Min.4 7. CONT'D.8 11./mm In./mm 6.3 2 51 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 In.900 168.625 x 4.5 500 34.6 10.1 x 88.Branch Outlets FIG.6 3.3 x 114. size run pipe may be used on 3" O.1 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x2 200 x 50 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 65 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 O.6 3.-Lbs.9 6.5 500 34.500 168. Pressure▼ Dia.5 500 34.875 168. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe.5 500 34.3 x 76.625 x 2. see page 200. 168. Not for use in copper systems.3 x 48.2 3.7 10.D.2 7.0 6.D.3 GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size Hole Dimensions Max.4 4.875 219.8 3.625 x 2.3 6. Ft./mm In.625 x 2.3 x 76./mm In.5 500 34.625 x 3.0 8.2 16. Max./N-M 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5⁄8 x 41⁄4 100 130 5 100 130 130 180 130 175 130 175 130 175 180 245 180 245 180 245 * * * * * ⁄8 x 41⁄4 * 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 Approx. Wt./mm In. & 61⁄2" O.3 6.3 x 73./Kg 7.4 8./mm 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 5 127 5 127 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄8 130 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄8 156 61⁄4 159 NOTE: 21⁄2". 5" & 6" Nom.5 5.3 7. • Cannot be used in cross configuration.996 168.625 x 2.4 4./mm Specified Torque § Min.5 500 34. Dia.0 3. CLAMP-T.3 8.625 x 2./DN(mm) 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6 x 3 O. In.5 500 34. Each Lbs.6 4.3 8.3 x 88.3 x 60.1 x 114..D.

7049 CLAMP-T. 7047 – Thread x Thread Z V V V Y Z Y V V Fig.anvilintl.com . 7048 – Groove x Groove The Gruvlok Clamp-T provides for a branch or cross connection in light wall or standard wall steel pipe. Clamp-T cross connections are available allowing greater versatility in piping design. CROSS Z Y GRUVLOK ® V T Fig.Branch Outlets FIG. www. 7048 & FIG. FIG. 7047. 7045 Clamp-T female pipe thread branch is available with NPT or ISO 7/1 connection and the Fig. The Fig. In addition. 7046 Clamp-T has grooved-end branch connection. 36 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 2 x 1⁄2" through 2 x 11⁄2" can now be made into crosses from the new design. 7049 – Groove x Thread NOTES: 21⁄2" x 11/4" Figure 7046 cannot be used in cross configuration. Fig.

0 x 21. § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200 For additional details see "Coupling Data Chart notes" from page 262.Branch Outlets FIG.1 bar) Not for use in copper systems.4 0. Ft.7 2.3 2.4 0.8 0.900 x 1.4 0.0 0.4 0./mm 1./mm 21⁄16 53 21⁄16 53 23⁄16 56 25⁄32 55 25⁄32 55 29⁄32 58 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 67 211⁄16 69 211⁄16 69 213⁄16 72 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 27⁄32 56 Take-out T In.7 1./DN(mm) 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK O.840 48./mm In.4 0.900 x 0.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Each Lbs.840 42.050 73.7 2.840 73.0 x 33./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 15⁄8 42 15⁄8 42 13⁄4 45 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 Specified Torque § Min. Dia.9 0.8 0.3 1.3 x 26.4 x 26.840 60. In.3 x 26. GRUVLOK ® BRANCH OUTLET 37 . Wt.4 x 33.3 x 21.660 x 1./Kg 0.315 73. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 172-173.3 2. 7044 FIGURE 7044 BRANCH OUTLET Nominal Size A T B C Maximum Working Pressure for all sizes is 175 PSI (12.0 x 26.050 60.875 x 1.8 0./mm In. Dia./N-M 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 27 33 Approx. In.875 x 1.660 x 0.315 42.7 2.375 x 1.7 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 13⁄16 30 In.-Lbs.3 1. Max.4 0.7 1.9 0.4 0.8 0. Max.9 0.7 1.050 42.3 x 33.375 x 1.4 0.315 60.8 0.315 48.4 0.875 x 0.660 x 1./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 Dimensions A B C In. Hole Diameter Min.9 0.D.8 0.3 x 21.8 0./mm In.4 0.4 x 21.375 x 0.900 x 1.4 1.050 48.7 2.3 x 33.

3 2.D. 7050 90° ELBOW* C to E C .3 6.236 133. 8.000 457.2 6. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.7 10.8 2.1 6.5 1.0 490.660 42.D. all others are fabricated steel.563 141.6 16.D./mm 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 102 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 In. 133.900 48. Nom.6 Center to End Approx.1 5.996 76.0 24.500 165. Ea.6 1. In.5 7.3 1. Size O.5 2.4 7.6 Center to End Approx.3 Center to End Approx./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.5 41⁄4 O.9 53./DN(mm) 0.000 406.000 101.750 273.7 5.9 16. 159.000 355.9 11.anvilintl.4 18.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.5 In.0 127.1 6 150 In.5 10. 38 FIGURE 7050 90° ELBOW* Nom.2 169.0 2. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄4C 133 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 7. 76. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 36 914 30.D.3 82 37.1 12. Nom./DN(mm) In.3 5. 108.000 609.2 3.0 6.6 13.6 4./mm Lbs.3 In.2 20.0 1.0 61⁄2 O.5 1.D.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 3.0 0.0 344.9 17.D.D.6 1. Wt./mm Lbs.875 73./Kg www.3 2. Size O. 165.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.9 4.0 15.6 0.com .500 139.8 5.259 159.D.0 222.315 33. GRUVLOK ® O. 139.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.7 280.0 76.375 60.0 100.7 3.9 14.625 168./mm In./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.7 0.750 323.0 4.5 7.4 1.2 0.625 219.5 24. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 88.0 51⁄2 O.9 4.D. Wt.2 1. Ea.000 508.0 156.500 114. Wt.1 3.1 10./mm Lbs.0 5.D./Kg 4. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2. In.4 4.7 222.250 108.Cast malleable or ductile iron. Size O. Ea.

3 7. Ea. Nom. Wt.7 0.8 3.500 88.0 11.000 457.6 Center to End Approx.0 34.2 5./mm Lbs.000 609.000 355.0 81.1 4./DN(mm) In.500 165.2 1.3 2. FIGURE 7051 45° ELBOW* Nom.D./Kg 8.3 2.750 273. C .1 10.6 16.D. 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 13⁄4 C 44 2C 51 21⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 23⁄4 C 70 0.9 0./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 In.0 61⁄2 O.996 76. Wt. 41⁄4 C 108 43⁄4 C 121 51⁄4 C 133 83⁄4 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 317 15 381 19.2 1.9 0.9 14.D.250 108.1 10.2 179.3 Center to End Approx.5 0.0 53.0 115./mm In. 27⁄8 C 83 3C 76 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 31⁄2 C 89 4.2 255.3 3.1 3.1 6 150 In.500 139.7 117.0 66./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.0 6.4 1.0 5.D. all others are fabricated steel.3 5.0 In.000 508.900 48.0 22.000 101. Size O.7 In.0 4 100 51⁄4 O. 7051 C to E O.4 2./mm In.0 4.3 15. Wt.0 2.5 0.625 168.375 60./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4.5 9. 165.750 323.2 20.6 11.0 3.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.9 4.236 133.4 2.1 In. 76./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.1 6.D. 133.7 1.1 146.625 219. Size O. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.6 Center to End Approx. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.1 12./mm Lbs.660 42.7 5.6 50.4 1.3 1.000 406./mm Lbs. 159.Grooved Fittings FIG.D.563 141.Cast malleable or ductile iron.3 6.9 2.500 114. Nom.0 5. Size O.0 4.D. Ea. 108.0 24. 139.8 9.4 7.D.5 4.1 5.D.875 73. Ea.7 92. GRUVLOK ® 45° ELBOW* 39 .0 41.259 159.3 0.D.2 0.0 51⁄2 O.3 2.315 33. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.4 18.

0 24./mm In.625 168.000 609.1 30.8 5.4 18.7 1.3 2./mm Lbs.9 14./Kg 5.0 3.6 16. Wt.4 18. 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 C 79 37⁄8 C 98 43⁄8 111 47⁄8 124 5 127 5 127 51⁄2 140 7.315 33.3 8. www.2 3.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 In./mm Lbs.2 Center to End Approx.6 40. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart. In. C to E O. Ea.2 0. Wt. 31⁄4 83 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 C 48 2 51 1 2 ⁄4 C 57 21⁄2 64 25⁄8 C 67 0. Nom.3 112./mm 20 500 24 600 20.750 273.563 141.7 0.500 88.2 3.2 23.375 60.000 508.875 73.3 6. Ea.2 1.0 36.D./DN(mm) In.com .000 355.000 101.660 42.9 4.0 29.3 0.D. Size O. Size O.750 323./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1.5 0.5 4. 6 152 7 178 80./Kg C ./mm Lbs.7 65./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 10.4 1.Cast malleable or ductile iron.D.4 In. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 40 Fabricated FIGURE 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.D.0 13.5 0.3 2.500 114./DN(mm) In.6 4.8 0.625 219.2 1.0 20./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.3 46. Wt. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.0 1.D.9 0.000 406.3 Center to End Approx. Size O.3 2.7 17.6 Center to End Approx.0 50.anvilintl.4 1.1 12. In.9 52. Ea.900 48. Nom.8 8.5 In.3 8. 7052 221⁄2° ELBOW O.9 3. all others are fabricated steel.000 457.

3 Center to End Approx. 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW O. Ea.5 In.5 In.375 60.750 323.0 3.D.1 53. Size O. Size O.9 10.000 457./mm 20 500 24 600 20.Cast malleable or ductile iron.5 6. In.Grooved Fittings FIG.000 101. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg C . 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 0.5 2.1 In.2 24. Size O.000 355./mm Lbs.7 0.875 73.1 12.3 2.9 2./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 1./DN(mm) In.0 2.3 6.6 16.000 406.0 19.3 1.500 114.6 18./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 In.625 168.5 0. 41 . Wt. Ea.0 43.3 0.6 4. Wt.900 48.7 2.315 33./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5.0 0./Kg Nom. Wt.5 14./mm Lbs.625 219.1 0.0 4.1 10.3 0.563 141.9 0.D.6 42.8 96. 2 51 2 51 2 51 21⁄8 54 21⁄4 57 31⁄2 89 4 102 41⁄2 114 5.5 0.4 18.D.3 6. Ea.000 508. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. In.9 14.9 4.000 609./mm In./DN(mm) In.7 29.3 3. all others are fabricated steel.D.5 32.660 42.2 1.4 1.4 1. GRUVLOK ® C to E Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart./mm Lbs.750 273. 5 127 6 152 65.500 88.2 Center to End Approx. FIGURE 7053 111⁄4° ELBOW Nom.8 1.0 24.2 0.7 8.3 2. Nom.3 8.6 Center to End Approx.1 14.

0 76. 91⁄2 241 103⁄4 273 15 381 18 457 21 533 21 533 24 610 27 686 20. Wt.9 2.6 4.7 222./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.D.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm Lbs.Cast malleable or ductile iron.2 59.9 4.750 273.4 11. Wt.625 219.9 14. 31⁄2 89 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 C 136 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 C 181 71⁄4 184 71⁄2 C 191 0./mm Lbs. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* C to E GRUVLOK ® O.2 Center to End Approx. In.875 73.6 Center to End Approx.2 In.D.375 60. all others are fabricated steel.500 88.1 4.000 508./mm Lbs. In.7 169. Ea.0 127.7 280. www./Kg C .3 Center to End Approx.000 457. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.0 100.2 147.6 1.500 114.7 4. 42 FIGURE 7050 LR 90° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.750 323.900 48.9 9./mm 5.0 24.4 1.0 156.0 47.660 42.4 18. * 14"-24" Standard Radius 90° Elbows are 11⁄2.3 2.3 2./mm 20. Ea. 30 762 36 914 344.0 In.3 8.5 5. Wt.1 13.8 2.4 1.2 6.9 9.0 3.315 33.D./mm 1.3 6.625 168.5 2.0 66.000 355. Ea.0 222.D.5 29. In.1 10.000 406.anvilintl.0 490.5 1.6 16.2 1.3 0./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.000 101.3 In.000 609.9 104./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com .1 12./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O.9 0. Nominal Size In./Kg Nominal Size In.2 26.563 141.7 0.

D. Ea./DN(mm) 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 O.500 114.0 3.000 355.1 10.3 2.1 12.9 14./Kg Nominal Size In./mm 5.660 42.9 1.0 81. In.315 33. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* O.D. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.000 406.5 1.750 273. Wt.2 5.7 In.8 2.0 15.3 4.Grooved Fittings FIG./DN(mm) 20 500 24 600 O.3 1.0 0.2 0. Ea.4 7.0 82.3 In.6 16.7 0./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 O.3 2.3 6.2 In.7 0.D.6 37. 43 .2 3.5 169.4 26.2 Center to End Approx.000 457. Ea. GRUVLOK ® C to E * 14"-24" Standard Radius 45° Elbows are 11⁄2.750 323.2 1.7 117./mm Lbs. 121⁄2 317 15 381 179.000 101./mm 1. Wt./mm Lbs.000 609./mm 20.3 Center to End Approx.0 66. In.0 53.5 1. 5 127 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 81⁄2 216 10 254 21 222 10 254 111⁄4 286 12./mm Lbs.0 115.5 17. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8.0 41. Wt.4 18.2 255.625 168.900 48.875 73.500 88.3 2./Kg C .4 57.3 2.D. In. 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 31⁄2 89 4 102 0. 7051LR 45° LONG RADIUS ELBOW* Nominal Size In.0 24.9 4.4 7.Cast malleable or ductile iron. FIG.6 Center to End Approx./Kg ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.6 4.375 60.9 34.000 508. all others are fabricated steel. Center to end dimensions and weights may differ from those shown in chart.1 146.625 219.0 5.563 141.4 1.

/mm In.Grooved Fittings FIG. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. all others are fabricated steel./mm Lbs./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 0.8 4.625 219.660 42./mm Lbs.com . www. Ea.9 0.3 2.8 2.750 273.5 C .9 4.2 1./mm In.4 0.3 8. 7063 TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH O.9 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 71⁄4 184 51⁄2 7.4 73.7 2.1 8.1 3.0 3.375 60.anvilintl.4 1.3 2.0 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.D. GRUVLOK ® C to GE 44 C to TE FIGURE 7063 TEE WITH THREADED BRANCH Nominal Size O.1 98.315 33.6 1. Wt.6 45.900 48.0 44.1 10.7 0. Nominal Size O.4 1.0 33.Cast malleable or ductile iron.1 16.D.500 114. C to GE C to TE Approx. C to GE C to TE In./Kg 1.6 25.0 20./Kg Approx.5 6.3 5. Ea.500 88./DN(mm) In.6 11.D. Wt./mm In.563 140 6./mm In.6 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 In.9 1.7 8.7 7.625 168.1 12. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 41⁄2 114 In.875 73.000 101.6 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 13.750 323.3 4.

/Kg In.8 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄4 4 ⁄4 5.2 40 x 40 x 32 70 0. Ea.2 5x5x3 100 x 100 x 40 127 4. Size In.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 1 ⁄4 x 1 ⁄4 x 1 2 ⁄4 1.9 4x4x1 33⁄4 7.2 150 x 150 x 40 5x5x1 51⁄2 13./Kg 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 ⁄ 2 x 2 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 33⁄4 4.5 50 x 50 x 40 83 1.3 61⁄2 21.6 6x6x2 125 x 125 x 25 140 6.6 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 5 x 5 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 32 127 4.D. In./Kg In.6 51⁄2 C 17.0 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 33⁄4 4. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Center Approx. In.2 1 1 1 1 3 x 3 x 1 ⁄2 4 ⁄4 5.6 80 x 80 x 32 108 2.4 6 x 6 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 80 127 5. Ea.2 5x5x4 100 x 100 x 50 127 4.8 2x2x1 3 ⁄4 C 2.0 61⁄2 C 26.0 40 x 40 x 25 70 0./Kg 51⁄2 14.1 61⁄2 20.2 65 x 65 x 32 95 1.5 61⁄2 C 26. GRUVLOK ® Cast 45 ./DN(mm) 5 9. Ea./DN(mm) In.3 2 ⁄2 x 2 ⁄2 x 1 3 ⁄4 4.6 50 x 50 x 25 83 1.3 150 x 150 x 65 5x5x2 51⁄2 14 6x6x3 125 x 125 x 50 140 6./DN(mm) In.5 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 C 2.5 165 12. Size to End Wt. all others are fabricated steel./mm Lbs. to End Wt.7 50 x 50 x 32 83 0.8 80 x 80 x 25 108 3.6 125 x 125 x 100 1 4 x 4 x 2 ⁄2 5C 11.7 80 x 80 x 50 108 2.5 51⁄2 14./DN(mm) In.8 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 125 x 125 x 40 140 6.D.6 140 6.1 80 x 80 x 65 108 2.2 150 x 150 x 50 5 x 5 x 11⁄2 51⁄2 13.1 150 x 150 x 25 4x4x3 5C 11.7 80 x 80 x 40 108 2.2 6x6x1 100 x 100 x 65 127 5. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O./mm Lbs.3 140 6.8 65 x 65 x 50 95 2.6 125 x 125 x 80 4x4x2 5C 10. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Center Approx.4 125 x 125 x 65 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 5 10.9 140 8./mm Lbs. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIG.8 3x3x1 41⁄4 C 7.0 61⁄2 C 26.4 150 x 150 x 80 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 C .0 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 23⁄4 1./mm Lbs.0 32 x 32 x 25 70 0. Nominal Size to End Wt.8 1 1 1 3x3x2 4 ⁄4 C 5.5 65 x 65 x 40 95 2.9 2 x 2 x 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 1.9 65 x 65 x 25 95 1.4 165 12.5 165 9.D. Ea.7 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 33⁄4 4.0 165 9. O. Nominal Center Approx.4 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 23⁄4 1.Cast malleable or ductile iron. sizes Center Approx.2 1⁄2 1⁄4 1 1 3 3 x 3 x 2 4 6.2 100 x 100 x 25 95 3. Size to End Wt.5 165 12.

0 300 x 300 x 50 254 36./Kg 12 x 12 x 2 10 80.7 197 14.7 1 10 x 10 x 2 ⁄2 9 52.0 10 x 10 x 4 9 53./DN(mm) In.3 10 x 10 x 5 9 54./DN(mm) 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8 x 8 x 11⁄2 200 x 200 x 40 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center Approx.6 12 x 12 x 8 10 76. Ea./Kg 9 52./mm Lbs.6 250 x 250 x 65 229 23.0 197 22. In. In. Size to End Wt.7 3 7 ⁄4 33. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.0 165 12. Size to End Wt.6 10 x 10 x 6 9C 55.6 300 x 300 x 80 254 33.9 10 x 10 x 3 9 53. Ea./mm Lbs.3 12 x 12 x 6 10 76. O./Kg 61⁄2 C 26.2 12 127 305 57.8 12 x 12 x 4 10 75.1 12 x 12 x 5 10 75./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 4 400 x 400 x 100 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 Center Approx.9 10 x 10 x 8 9C 64./mm Lbs.5 12 130 305 59.5 165 12.0 197 15.D.2 250 x 250 x 125 229 24.0 3 7 ⁄4 32.6 300 x 300 x 125 254 34.3 12 x 12 x 1 10 77.8 73⁄4 33.0 197 15. CONT'D.6 12 128 305 58. to End Wt. In.0 197 24./mm Lbs.0 300 x 300 x 25 254 34.7 11 104 279 47.6 12 126 305 57.8 11 103 279 46.0 61⁄2 C 28.3 300 x 300 x 200 254 34.3 12 x 12 x 21⁄2 10 78.0 3 7 ⁄4 33.6 300 x 300 x 250 254 35. Nominal Size In.0 10 x 10 x 11⁄2 250 x 250 x 40 229 23.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. REDUCING TEE STANDARD C to E O.D.0 250 x 250 x 80 229 24.anvilintl.2 3 7 ⁄4 C 50.2 300 x 300 x 150 254 34.0 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 Nominal Center Approx.0 350 x 350 x 100 279 45. to End Wt. In.5 Nominal Center Approx.4 12 x 12 x 3 10 74.0 300 x 300 x 65 254 35.6 10 x 10 x 2 9 52.7 73⁄4 34.2 250 x 250 x 50 229 23. 7061.com .1 12 129 305 58.6 250 x 250 x 100 229 24./Kg 11 101 279 45.7 197 15. Ea.1 300 x 300 x 100 254 34.0 www.2 14 x 14 x 4 11 100. Ea./DN(mm) In.7 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.6 12 x 12 x 10 10 77.2 11 105 279 47.5 197 15. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast 46 Fabricated C to E C to E FIG.7 73⁄4C 54.

/DN(mm) In.6 1 20 x 20 x 14 17 ⁄4 248 500 x 500 x 350 438 112.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 Nominal Center Approx.3 24 x 24 x 8 20 327 600 x 600 x 200 508 148. CONT'D.2 1 18 x 18 x 16 15 ⁄2 203 450 x 450 x 400 394 92. C to E Fabricated GRUVLOK ® FIG.5 24 x 24 x 14 20 340 600 x 600 x 350 508 154. all others are fabricated steel.1 24 x 24 x 18 20 345 600 x 600 x 450 508 156.5 24 x 24 x 20 20 347 600 x 600 x 500 508 157.D.4 C .1 20 x 20 x 6 171⁄4 240 500 x 500 x 150 438 108.2 24 x 24 x 16 20 342 600 x 600 x 400 508 155.D.7 24 x 24 x 12 20 334 600 x 600 x 300 508 151.3 24 x 24 x 10 20 330 600 x 600 x 250 508 149.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 196 450 x 450 x 300 394 88. In.9 1 18 x 18 x 14 15 ⁄2 201 450 x 450 x 350 394 91. 47 ./Kg 246 20 x 20 x 12 171⁄4 500 x 500 x 300 438 111. Ea.5 20 x 20 x 16 171⁄4 250 500 x 500 x 400 438 113.3 18 x 18 x 6 151⁄2 190 450 x 450 x 150 394 86. Ea.9 1 20 x 20 x 8 17 ⁄4 242 500 x 500 x 200 438 109.D. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C to E Cast O.2 1 18 x 18 x 8 15 ⁄2 192 450 x 450 x 200 394 87./Kg 16 x 16 x 14 12 132 400 x 400 x 350 305 59. FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) O. 7061.9 1 18 x 18 x 4 15 ⁄2 188 450 x 450 x 100 394 85./mm Lbs. REDUCING TEE STANDARD Nominal Center Approx. In. 7061 REDUCING TEE STANDARD (CONT'D. Size to End Wt.1 1 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 194 450 x 450 x 250 394 88.4 3 20 x 20 x 18 17 ⁄4 252 500 x 500 x 450 451 114./DN(mm) In.Cast malleable or ductile iron./mm Lbs. Size to End Wt. C to E C to E See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.8 1 20 x 20 x 10 17 ⁄4 244 500 x 500 x 250 438 110.

O.4 5.5 6.8 2.2 4.anvilintl./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 Center to Approx.5 12 Nominal Size In. GRUVLOK ® Cast 48 C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In.6 0. Ea.4 12 26.com .0 8x8x5 8x8x6 10 x 10 x 2 3 7 ⁄4 3 7 ⁄4 9 41.6 1.9 8.4 5. 7064 REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O.4 2 5.1 26.0 3.5 2. Ea.6 16.3 2 4. In.5 5.2 4.6 50./DN(mm) Center to Approx. Ea.0 200 x 200 x 100 197 22. End Wt.7 2./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 Lbs/Kg 1.1 11.1 7.9 4.6 7. Ea.1 1.5 12 28.2 10.0 12. End Wt. In.5 17 38.0 61.2 4./DN(mm) Center to Approx./mm 6x6x4 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 100 165 6x6x5 61⁄2 C 150 x 150 x 125 165 8x8x2 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 50 197 8x8x3 73⁄4 200 x 200 x 80 197 8x8x4 73⁄4 Lbs/Kg 26.3 2. In.6 Nominal Size In.2 5./DN(mm) 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to Approx.2 3.0 3.2 14.D.5 12 26.6 200 x 200 x 150 197 24.3 7./mm 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 5 127 5 127 Lbs/Kg 7.7 200 x 200 x 125 197 18.7 1.8 2.7 0./mm 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 5 100 x 100 x 65 127 4x4x3 5 100 x 100 x 80 127 5x5x2 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 50 140 5x5x3 51⁄2 125 x 125 x 80 140 5x5x4 51⁄2 C 125 x 125 x 100 140 6x6x2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 50 165 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 165 6x6x3 61⁄2 150 x 150 x 80 165 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Lbs/Kg 11.D. End Wt.7 17.2 5.7 2.2 9. In.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 www.7 37.5 250 x 250 x 50 229 28.0 54.3 17.2 1. End Wt.6 Nominal Size In.

5 450 x 450 x 400 300 x 300 x 80 254 38.0 18 x 18 x 14 151⁄2 211.2 600 x 600 x 250 508 300 x 300 x 125 254 39.1 55.9 85.5 400 x 400 x 250 305 63.0 600 x 600 x 300 508 10 x 10 x 4 10 x 10 x 5 10 x 10 x 6 10 x 10 x 8 12 x 12 x 3 12 x 12 x 4 12 x 12 x 5 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 64.0 65.0 20 342.D.Cast malleable or ductile iron. Ea. In. Nominal Size In. all others are fabricated steel.0 450 x 450 x 300 250 x 250 x 150 229 24.7 98. C to E C to E Fabricated C to E FIGURE 7064 REDUCING TEE W/THREADED BRANCH (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size In.9 350 x 350 x 200 279 49.5 300 x 300 x 250 254 43.0 18 x 18 x 12 151⁄2 209.4 18 x 18 x 10 15 ⁄2 204. 24 x 24 x 10 24 x 24 x 12 394 394 394 394 92. O./mm Lbs/Kg In. End Wt.5 350 x 350 x 300 279 52.0 11 114. CONT'D.0 300 x 300 x 200 254 41./DN(mm) 10 88. sizes 20 349.3 16 x 16 x 12 Center to Approx.7 84./mm Lbs/Kg In.8 11 110.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 12 x 12 x 8 12 x 12 x 10 14 x 14 x 8 14 x 14 x 10 14 x 14 x 12 16 x 16 x 8 16 x 16 x 10 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10 10 91. Ea.8 GRUVLOK ® Cast 95.7 450 x 450 x 350 250 x 250 x 200 229 29.8 600 x 600 x 200 508 300 x 300 x 100 254 38./DN(mm) 9 63.D.0 1 250 x 250 x 80 229 28. 49 .2 94. Nominal Size In.0 12 135. 7064.5 94.0 18 x 18 x 16 151⁄2 216. Ea.0 158 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. End Wt.1 400 x 400 x 300 250 x 250 x 100 229 29.8 87. End Wt.0 24 x 24 x 8 20 334.D./DN(mm) 10 x 10 x 3 Center to Approx.0 152 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.3 350 x 350 x 250 279 51.0 11 117.9 400 x 400 x 200 305 61.6 300 x 300 x 150 254 40.0 64.0 155 C .4 450 x 450 x 250 250 x 250 x 125 229 29.0 12 x 12 x 6 Center to Approx.0 305 64. REDUCING TEE W/ THREADED BRANCH C to E O./mm Lbs/Kg 12 142.0 12 139.

660 42.375 60.6 Center to End Approx. Ea.0 61⁄2 O.900 48.D.2 1.anvilintl.3 Center to End Approx.000 406.4 1.3 16./DN(mm) 41⁄4 O.000 355./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.D.3 4.7 1./mm Lbs. 133.500 88.0 98.4 24.9 0.625 168.563 141. O.4 18.000 508. Ea. Wt.500 139. 7060 TEE Nominal Size In.259 159.315 33. 43⁄4 C 121 5C 127 51⁄4 C 133 51⁄2 C 140 51⁄2 C 140 6C 152 61⁄2 C 165 61⁄2 C 165 9./mm 8.3 6.625 219.1 7./Kg Nominal Size In.0 118. 7060 TEE C to E O.0 172 In.D.2 7.7 In.0 51⁄2 O. 73⁄4 C 197 9C 229 10 C 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 41./Kg Nominal Size In.3 2.8 9.4 In.0 66.9 4. In.1 4.9 275.4 1.3 4. In.D.D./DN(mm) 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.Grooved Fittings FIG.8 2.4 1.7 43.6 Center to End Approx. C to E GRUVLOK ® Cast Fabricated C to E FIG. In. 159.996 76.8 94.250 108. 50 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 18.8 4. 139. Wt.1 3. 108.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.0 53.7 14.D.1 12.8 0. www.000 101.6 16.000 609.6 74.0 2.0 125 379.2 10.1 3 80 31⁄2 90 O.750 273.6 2. Wt.2 20.236 133.D.875 73./mm Lbs.1 10.7 5.D.7 11.4 16.com .1 6 150 O.750 323.1 25.4 11.3 20.3 5.5 146.1 5.8 4./Kg C .500 165.D.0 6. 76./mm 4.0 4.3 2. all others are fabricated steel.6 9.9 14.Cast malleable or ductile iron. 21⁄4 C 57 23⁄4 C 70 23⁄4 C 70 31⁄4 C 83 33⁄4 C 95 4C 101 41⁄4 C 108 41⁄2 C 114 0.000 457.0 5.0 1./mm Lbs. Ea./mm 1.0 24.1 6.2 218. 165.D.1 6.5 0.7 5 125 1 6 ⁄4 O.500 114.D.8 2.5 33.

/Kg Nominal Size In.5 1.7 5. Wt.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.0 2.5 0. Ea.7 5./DN(mm) In.3 1.0 6. Wt.0 2. 1.3 1.0 2.5 1.3 0.Grooved Fittings FIG.5 2. 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 3 76 In.6 0. All are Fabricated Steel.3 0. 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 1.4 1./DN(mm) In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Wt. Wt.8 2.3 1.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. Ea.6 1. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs./mm Lbs. 51 ./mm Lbs.2 0.6 In.0 2.D. Ea.8 0.D.5 1.6 1.7 6.0 2.2 2. Ea./Kg GRUVLOK ® O./mm Lbs.8 2.9 2.7 In.6 1.5 0.2 0./DN(mm) End to End Approx. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 1./DN(mm) In.5 In.3 0.2 0.0 0.3 1.7 6.0 0.0 0.3 0.5 1.6 1.1 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6x2 150 x 50 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4.2 1.8 0.0 2.0 2. 7076 GR X THD CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E FIG.3 0.

0 4.9 6.5 3. Ea.8 4. Wt./DN(mm) In. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 80 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 1. Ea.5 3.5 10.2 In.6 3. Fabricated FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx. www.5 0. Wt./DN(mm) In.0 1.1 5.5 2. Ea. sizes 52 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 5./DN(mm) In./DN(mm) In.0 2.3 4.1 In. GRUVLOK ® Fabricated FIG.8 2. Wt.7 1.7 4. 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 5.3 2.3 2. 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E FIG.9 11.2 5.5 2.D.D.0 1.5 1.4 2.6 2.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea.9 3.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.2 1.9 4.8 4.0 2. O.D.4 12. 7097 – GR. O.9 6.7 6.6 0.8 4.7 3./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.1 1.9 9.2 1.7 1. 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 3.6 4. 7073– GR.0 5.7 0.3 3.5 6. X THD.0 7. Wt./mm Lbs.1 2. 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 8.0 2.0 5./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm Lbs. X GR.5 3.4 12.6 In./mm Lbs./mm Lbs./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.2 9.5 12.4 1.com .4 1. 7073 & FIG.0 4.3 7.9 2.5 In.anvilintl.

5 31. 12.9 21.3 96 43.2 14. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.3 117 53.1 19.5 99 44./DN(mm) End to End Approx.1 121 54.9 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 In.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 21.8 5./DN(mm) In.5 189 85. CONT'D. Ea.9 104 47.5 29. 34./mm Lbs. 7097./Kg Nominal Size In.7 8.4 15.0 15. Wt.D. Center to end dimensions may differ from those shown above.9 6.5 47.2 20.6 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 152 68.3 In.7 23. ECCENTRIC REDUCERS FIGURE 7073 & 7097 ECCENTRIC REDUCERS (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) End to End Approx.3 45.2 110 49. Wt.8 16.8 149 67.8 20. sizes Fabricated Steel *Figure 7097 is available in sizes 11⁄4 x 1 through 12 x 10.6 6.7 14.7 194 88 199 90.1 88 39./mm Lbs./Kg Nominal Size In.9 145 65.6 52.9 8.6 174 78.0 23. Ea.4 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 In.2 184 83./DN(mm) End to End Approx. 7073 & FIG.4 80 36. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In. 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 In. Ea. 53 .8 160 72.6 44./DN(mm) End to End Approx.6 78 35./mm Lbs.4 9.3 84 38.9 156 70.2 7.3 17. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 113 51./Kg GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O. Wt. Ea.7 13.9 179 81.2 10./mm Lbs.8 13.4 34. 91 41.

6 5.5 1.3 In. 7079 GR X BEV O.0 5. Wt./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 0.4 12.0 8.0 5.0 2.9 2.6 3.anvilintl.7 19.0 2.6 17.4 12.6 3.6 19. Wt.6 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6 x 31⁄2 150 x 90 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 19./mm Lbs.6 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄4 150 x 32 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 12 305 In./DN(mm) End to End Approx.0 3./DN(mm) End to End Approx./mm Lbs.4 12.0 0.6 3.6 19.0 2.0 8.6 19. 7078 & FIG. 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® FIG.3 5.0 8. Ea.D.5 1.0 2./Kg Nominal Size In.6 In. sizes www./mm Lbs.0 3./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. 8.D.0 2. 7078 GR X THD O.6 8.6 19. 7077.0 5.9 2. O.0 8.6 8.0 8.3 5.2 8.0 8. 7078 & 7079 SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size End to End Approx. Wt./Kg Nominal Size In.6 8.5 1.5 1. Lbs. FIG.6 8.0 8.6 12. 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 In.0 3. Ea.0 3.0 8.D.0 3.3 5./DN(mm) In.4 19.0 5.6 19.0 3.0 7. Ea.D. 7077 GR X GR 54 E to E E to E FIG. Ea. Wt.0 3.3 7./DN(mm) In. 5.0 3. FIGURE 7077./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 0. FIG.9 3.6 8.Grooved Fittings FIG.com . 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 8 203 8 203 2.

/Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.2 1.D.6 2./mm Lbs.0 0. 6x1 150 x 25 6 x 11⁄2 150 x 40 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 4 102 4 102 4C 102 4 102 4C 102 4C 102 4C 102 5 127 5C 127 6.7 12.5 2.0 0.4 1.5 6. Wt. 7072 E to E E to E O.0 In.3 0.4 2.0 4.9 3./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 2./DN(mm) In.2 3.6 In.3 0.5 1. Ea.6 1. 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4 x 31⁄2 100 x 90 5x2 125 x 50 5 x 21⁄2 125 x 65 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 3 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 3C 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 C 89 2.6 1.3 0./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.4 2. 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 0.3 0.1 In.0 4./mm Lbs.0 4.0 2./mm Lbs.5 9./DN(mm) In.0 2.8 3.6 1./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.0 5.6 0.3 0. Cast Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx.5 2.4 1.4 5.1 4.5 3.6 4.4 0.3 0.6 1.5 1.1 6.6 0.5 0. O.8 0.7 5. Wt.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 1.7 1. Ea.D.0 2.3 0.2 1. Ea./mm Lbs.6 0.5 1.0 In. Wt. Wt.2 1.1 2. 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 31⁄2 x 3 90 x 80 4x1 100 x 25 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 32 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 C 64 21⁄2 C 64 3 76 3C 76 3 76 1.0 2.8 0.7 6.3 0.2 0./DN(mm) In.3 1./DN(mm) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In.0 2. GRUVLOK ® GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 55 .6 1.8 2.6 1. Ea.1 6.6 0.6 1.

6 37./DN(mm) In.0 70. Ea.3 37.6 54.8 25 11.0 32.7 30./mm Lbs. GR X GR CONCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O.0 66.2 10. Ea.0 56.7 149.0 60. 18 x 10 450 x 250 18 x 12 450 x 300 18 x 14 450 x 350 18 x 16 450 x 400 20 x 10 500 x 250 20 x 12 500 x 300 20 x 14 500 x 350 20 x 16 500 x 400 20 x 18 500 x 450 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 82.2 In. GRUVLOK ® Cast 56 Fabricated FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRIC REDUCER (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size End to End Approx./DN(mm) In.D.1 23.2 39.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 123.1 87.D./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.8 125.1 20 9. Wt. sizes www.3 68.7 129. 7072.2 39.9 155.0 55. 12 x 10 300 x 250 14 x 6 350 x 150 14 x 8 350 x 200 14 x 10 350 x 250 14 x 12 350 x 300 16 x 8 400 x 200 16 x 10 400 x 250 16 x 12 400 x 300 16 x 14 400 x 350 7 178 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 32.4 154.0 58./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 86.3 In.5 131.7 66./Kg See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.7 25./mm Lbs. 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 4 250 x 100 10 x 5 250 x 125 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 4 300 x 100 12 x 6 300 x 150 12 x 8 300 x 200 5 127 5C 127 6 152 6 152 6C 152 6 152 7 178 7 178 7 178 11.4 133.2 29 13.7 54.4 14.0 65. CONT'D.5 24.5 5.3 57.0 69. Ea.0 69.9 10. 24 x 10 600 x 250 24 x 12 600 x 300 24 x 14 600 x 350 24 x 16 600 x 400 24 x 18 600 x 450 24 x 20 600 x 500 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 20 508 147.0 67. Wt. Ea./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx.3 26. Wt.8 20 9.4 29.9 153.0 68.7 55.D.6 4.0 59.6 152./Kg Nominal Size End to End Approx. O.1 20 9.3 24. Wt.2 In./mm Lbs./DN(mm) In.3 In./DN(mm) In.anvilintl.1 30.3 29 13.9 71.3 83.com . Lbs.

End End In.500 114.8 215 97.0 13.375 60.625 219.6 46. GRUVLOK ® C to LE C to SE 57 . C to LE FIGURE 7069 45° LATERALS Nominal Size O.6 2 ⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 Lbs./mm In. End End In./mm In.D.000 101. End End In. to Long to Short Wt.6 29 737 32 813 35 889 40 1016 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 345 157 425 193 517 235 940 426 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 2.4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.1 82.000 508.563 141.500 88.3 30.000 406./mm In.3 8.000 355.0 4.750 323. In.5 11. to Long to Short Wt.D.1 10. In.875 73.000 609.3 5.0 5.5 2.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea.4 165 74.9 14.1 3./Kg 1./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.0 3.5 3 ⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 Nominal Size In.6 127 57./mm Lbs.0 6.5 1./mm Lbs. Ea. Ea.9 4./mm In.D.4 1.0 24.625 168.6 1 10 ⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 14 356 18 457 201⁄2 521 23 584 261⁄2 673 In. to Long to Short Wt./Kg 16.660 42.D.2 20.6 21.8 37.000 457.315 33.5 1.0 10./mm In. 7069 45° LATERAL O.7 2.750 273. Center Center Approx.5 0./Kg 3 18./mm 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 4./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 1 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1.6 4./ DN(mm) 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.3 2.1 12.0 14.2 1.3 6.4 18./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.3 8.900 48.

4 105.0 15. C to LE GRUVLOK ® C to SE 58 C to LE FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size In.0 83.0 7.5 7.7 18.1 45.5 www./Kg In.0 20.0 17. Long End Short End Wt.6 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 14 x 14 x 4 350 x 350 x 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 137. Ea.0 16.com ./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 In.6 116.7 168 76.8 40./DN(mm) 9.5 5. In. 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL O. Ea./mm 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 In.0 52.5 13.4 59.0 68. Long End Short End Wt.5 8./mm 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 Nominal Size Lbs.D. Center to Center to Approx.8 4.4 11.0 18.0 62.0 30.4 22.0 47.8 75.1 140.2 15./mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 71⁄2 191 Lbs. Long End Short End Wt./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 5x5x2 125 x 125 x 50 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.0 37.anvilintl.5 10.0 37.0 63./mm 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 4 102 Nominal Size Lbs.0 66./DN(mm) 33.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 34./mm 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 261⁄2 673 In.8 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 Center to Center to Approx.0 30./Kg 100. In. Ea./Kg In.5 12.5 147. In.6 27.0 45.2 26.2 173 78.

/mm 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 261⁄2 673 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 29 737 32 813 In. sizes O. 7070. In./mm 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 10 254 10 254 Lbs./Kg In. Ea.D./Kg 306 139 321 146 333 151 358 162 382 173 390 177 410 186 440 200 725 329 785 356 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./DN(mm) 185 83.D.Grooved Fittings FIG./DN(mm) 14 x 14 x 6 350 x 350 x 150 14 x 14 x 8 350 x 350 x 200 14 x 14 x 10 350 x 350 x 250 14 x 14 x 12 350 x 350 x 300 16 x 16 x 6 400 x 400 x 150 16 x 16 x 8 400 x 400 x 200 16 x 16 x 10 400 x 400 x 250 16 x 16 x 12 400 x 400 x 300 16 x 16 x 14 400 x 400 x 350 18 x 18 x 6 450 x 450 x 150 Center to Center to Approx.5 223 101 240 109 235 107 250 113 263 119 283 128 307 139 275 125 18 x 18 x 8 450 x 450 x 200 18 x 18 x 10 450 x 450 x 250 18 x 18 x 12 450 x 450 x 300 18 x 18 x 14 450 x 450 x 350 18 x 18 x 16 450 x 450 x 400 20 x 20 x 12 500 x 500 x 300 20 x 20 x 14 500 x 500 x 350 20 x 20 x 16 500 x 500 x 400 24 x 24 x 16 600 x 600 x 400 24 x 24 x 20 600 x 600 x 500 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center to Center to Approx. Long End Short End Wt. Ea./mm 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813 35 889 35 889 235 889 40 1016 40 1016 In. C to LE C to SE C to LE For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In. Long End Short End Wt. CONT'D. GRUVLOK ® FIGURE 7070 45° REDUCING LATERAL Nominal Size 59 .9 195 88./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 8 203 81⁄2 216 Nominal Size Lbs. 45° REDUCING LATERAL In.

D.5 35 15.1 50 22./mm 7 178 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 9 229 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 13 330 127⁄8 327 135⁄8 346 141⁄4 362 151⁄8 384 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 4 102 4 102 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 91⁄4 235 95⁄8 244 Approx.com .4 100 45./Kg 40 18.5 27./DN(mm) 2x2x2 50 x 50 x 50 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 x 65 3x3x3 80 x 80 x 80 1 3 ⁄2 x 31⁄2 x 31⁄2 90 x 90 x 90 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 4x4x4 100 x 100 x 100 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 G H E1 E2 In.4 26 11.9 11./DN(mm) In. Ea.3 www./mm In. 7066 TEE WYE E1 O./mm In.2 16.3 60.Grooved Fittings FIG./Kg 6. GRUVLOK ® H 60 E2 G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) Nominal Size In. Lbs./mm In.0 23 10./mm In.7 55 24.4 110 49.anvilintl.9 58 26.9 Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In.8 32 14.4 2. Ea.5 7. Lbs./mm 5x5x5 125 x 125 x 125 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 6x6x6 150 x 150 x 150 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 4 102 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 41⁄2 114 6 152 6 152 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.9 111 50. 121⁄2 318 14 356 14 356 14 356 14 356 18 457 18 457 18 457 161⁄8 410 155⁄16 389 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 181⁄4 464 183⁄16 462 19 483 20 508 10 254 105⁄16 262 103⁄4 273 111⁄8 283 111⁄2 292 133⁄16 338 131⁄2 343 137⁄8 352 Approx./mm In.5 5./mm In.5 22 10. Wt.

4 200 90./mm In.5 145 65. 61 .Grooved Fittings FIG.8 175 79. 7066. Wt.7 240 109 GRUVLOK ® E2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.D./mm 112 50. H G FIGURE 7066 TEE WYE (CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 165 74./mm In. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./DN(mm) In./mm In.2 140 63.0 135 61.5 145 65.D. Lbs./DN(mm) In./mm 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 8x8x8 200 x 200 x 200 10 x 10 x 3 250 x 250 x 80 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 5 250 x 250 x 125 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 10 x 10 x 10 250 x 250 x 250 6 152 6 152 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 18 457 18 457 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 211⁄8 537 231⁄4 591 197⁄8 505 203⁄4 527 217⁄8 556 227⁄8 581 271⁄4 692 271⁄4 692 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 143⁄8 365 151⁄4 387 147⁄8 378 151⁄4 387 153⁄4 400 161⁄8 410 191⁄4 489 18 457 Approx. Ea. CONT'D./Kg In. Wt. TEE WYE E1 O./Kg 140 63./mm Lbs./mm In. Ea.2 12 x 12 x 3 300 x 300 x 80 12 x 12 x 4 300 x 300 x 100 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 12 x 12 x 12 300 x 300 x 300 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 7 178 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 23 584 203⁄4 527 211⁄2 546 233⁄4 603 26 660 28 711 31 787 153⁄4 400 16 406 17 432 18 457 183⁄4 476 201⁄2 521 Approx.4 130 59.0 190 86.8 150 68.8 120 54./mm In.

2 31. GRUVLOK ® H 62 E2 G FIGURE 7067 REDUCING TEE WYE Nominal Size G H E1 E2 In./mm In. Ea.0 11. Wt.0 43.4 95.5 25. Wt. 7067 REDUCINGTEE WYE E1 O.7 27.0 11./mm In./mm In./Kg 61.anvilintl.0 27./DN(mm) In./mm 4x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 4x3x4 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x3x5 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x3 12 x 12 x 10 5x4x4 12 x 12 x 10 15⁄8 41 33⁄4 267 11⁄4 32 4 102 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 73⁄8 187 101⁄2 346 93⁄4 248 121⁄2 318 91⁄8 232 91⁄8 232 103⁄4 273 135⁄8 346 111⁄2 292 161⁄8 410 117⁄8 302 123⁄4 324 55⁄8 143 81⁄8 206 61⁄2 165 10 254 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 Approx.0 9.3 27. www.0 21.D.D.1 45.com ./mm In./mm In.0 6x4x6 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x3 12 x 12 x 10 6x5x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x4 12 x 12 x 10 8x6x8 12 x 12 x 10 41⁄2 114 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 6 152 14 356 103⁄4 273 103⁄4 273 12 305 18 457 181⁄4 464 13 330 137⁄8 352 143⁄4 375 231⁄4 591 111⁄2 292 8 203 83⁄8 213 91⁄4 235 151⁄4 387 25.0 12.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./mm 16.0 14.0 7. Lbs./mm In. Ea.0 20.3 44. Nominal Size G H E1 E2 Lbs.0 20.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 Approx./DN(mm) In. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./Kg In.

/ DN(mm) Center Center Approx. End End In.875 73.0 2.4 18./mm In.0 16./mm Lbs.2 20.0 61.6 136.1 10.7 1.750 323.D. Center Center Approx.000 355.2 1.9 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 1. 7071 TRUE WYE C to LE C to SE FIGURE 7071 TRUE WYE Nominal Size O./mm In.500 114.1 2.8 36.D.3 6.D.625 168.3 2./ DN(mm) 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O./mm Lbs.000 508.0 24.4 1. to Long to Short Wt. 63 .000 609. In.000 101./mm In.8 15 6.6 9.375 60. to Long to Short Wt. Ea.3 51.500 88.3 234 106 281 128 523 237 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.0 72.000 406./mm Lbs.8 0./mm In.7 166./mm In./mm In./Kg 4. Ea./ DN(mm) Center Center Approx.3 3.0 5.3 2.0 23.625 219. GRUVLOK ® O./Kg 12.1 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 Nominal Size In./Kg 1.3 6.900 48.315 33.3 5.1 0.3 8.5 4.5 1.1 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 61⁄2 165 8.8 2.750 273.Grooved Fittings FIG. End End In.6 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 160. In.8 10.0 75.0 3.6 4.D.6 16.8 21.000 457. to Long to Short Wt.660 42.9 14. End End In. Ea.563 141.3 1.5 0.

6 0.3 2./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄2 89 In.9 7. Ea. FIGURE 7056 45° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.000 101./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 FIGURE 7055 90° ADAPTER ELBOWS O.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.4 11.875 73. Lbs.900 48.0 4.4 1.0 4. 7055 GR X MPT 45° ADAPTER ELBOW 90° ADAPTER ELBOW O.2 1. C to TE C to TE GRUVLOK ® C to GE 64 Nominal Size In.5 2.2 1.9 8.500 114.D./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.660 42.Grooved Fittings FIG. In.D.0 www.625 168.9 4.5 1./Kg 0. In.3 2.3 Center to Center to Grooved End Threaded End In.2 1.7 1.500 88.4 1.9 4.6 0. C to GE O.875 73.315 33.2 1.3 1.4 1.D.7 2.0 0.2 0./mm 1.500 88.2 3.375 60. 7056 GR X MPT FIG.500 114.0 3./mm 1.8 0.0 3.0 19.3 2.6 4.7 0.3 1.0 Nominal Size In.900 48.6 0.375 60.com .0 3.625 168.7 11 5.6 4./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 61⁄2 165 In.660 42.3 0.7 6.3 6.3 2.3 0.5 3.315 33.8 9. Lbs. Wt.D.5 2.000 101.3 2. Wt.3 6./Kg 0.anvilintl.1 5. Ea./mm 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 3 76 21⁄4 57 41⁄4 108 23⁄4 70 51⁄4 133 31⁄2 89 Approx./mm 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 41⁄4 108 33⁄4 95 6 152 61⁄4 159 71⁄4 184 61⁄2 165 Approx.

D.5 45.3 2 ⁄16 52 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 0.1 100 45.660 42. E to E FIGURE 7050 RF REDUCING BASE SUPPORT ELBOWS FIGURE 7087 FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER Nominal Size Grooved End O.1 10. Center to End H B Dia.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 1 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size Grooved End O.D.315 33. End to End Approx.6 0.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219.1 4.4 0.3 8.5 17.900 48./mm Lbs.750 323.5 0.3 2./DN(mm) In.4 20.7 73 33.750 273.3 3.1 10.3 1. Wt.9 12.500 88./mm In.375 60. Wt.5 29./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 3 80 4 100 1.6 155 70.625 219./Kg 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 10 x 6 250 x 150 10 x 8 250 x 200 12 x 8 300 x 200 12 x 10 300 x 250 6.500 114.2 1./mm NPSC Lbs.6 1.4 127 57. GxF In.7 0./mm In.7 1. 65 .625 168.1 8./mm In.6 65.4 1.5 1.9 12 305 121⁄2 318 16 406 16 406 19 483 19 483 22 559 22 559 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 3 76 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 4 102 4 102 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 38. GRUVLOK ® H B Dia.5 2. 7087 GR X FPT FIG.750 323.625 168.D. 7050RF FEMALE THREAD ADAPTER GROOVED X 150# FLANGED (GXF) C to E E to E O. Ea.D.9 4. In./DN(mm) In. Ea.3 186 84.1 12. Threaded Approx.750 273.3 6.7 2. O.

1 7./mm Lbs.D.315 33.4 18. 7084 FIG. Ea.4 19.1 10./mm Lbs./ In.0 22.0 6./mm Lbs.6 1.000 406.2 4.0 3.6 4.7 72. to End Wt.D.0 32.750 323.0 24./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * 35.000 508.4 15.0 3.875 73.6 * * * * * * * * * * Nominal O.625 219.625 168.563 141.500 114.9 50.1 12.6 End Approx. Size In.3 8.6 4.3 2.1 12.com ./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 3./Kg 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 * * * * * * * * * * 29.3 2.4 1.375 60.9 14. Ea.000 457.0 21.0 15.500 88.000 508.625 168.500 88.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 3.2 1.000 355.Grooved Fittings FIG.2 3./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.750 273. End Approx.7 14. Size In.6 16.375 60.3 8.3 2. Ea.D.7 35.7 11.2 10.D.750 273. 66 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.3 2.7 68.D.660 42.900 48.4 Nominal O.000 609.9 14.4 18.5 1.2 20.1 1. FIGURE 7084 GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal O./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1. In.3 5.875 73./mm Lbs.2 20.000 457./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.000 101.1 43. FIGURE 7085 GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End Approx.625 219. In.7 9.0 24.9 4. to End Wt.4 43.315 33.1 3./ In.500 114.7 4.9 Nominal O.2 8.5 7.000 355. to End Wt.4 1.anvilintl.D.9 4.1 10.5 13.8 1.0 9.0 2.0 12.7 23./mm DN(mm) 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6./ In.6 E to E O.9 5. Ea.5 28. to End Wt.9 96.000 406.0 10.7 * * * * * * * * * * * * www.0 15. Size In. In.3 5./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 2.6 4.750 323.563 141.3 End Approx. In.6 16. Size In.1 8.6 2./ In.000 101.900 48.5 19.000 609.2 30.2 1.9 6.660 42.4 4. 7085 E to E GROOVE X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES GROOVE X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES GRUVLOK ® O.

000 609.3 79 35.563 141.236 133.7 5C 125 1 6 ⁄4 O./Kg 0.3 3./DN(mm) In.750 273.7 12.660 42.0 51⁄2 O.6 In.0 6./mm 1. C 159.D.1 3C 80 31⁄2 C 90 41⁄4 O.1 End to End Approx.0 2.5 0.D.000 508.3 8. 7074 CAP O.D.900 48.6 16. C 165. Wt.3 6.4 1.4 58 26.500 165. 67 .0 2.000 406./DN(mm) 11⁄4 C 32 11⁄2 C 40 2C 50 21⁄2 C 65 3 O.375 60.8 4./mm Lbs.0 24. C 76.4 0.6 2.4 In.5 5.Grooved Fittings FIG.250 108.1 0.0 61⁄2 O.3 2.0 2.1 12.259 159.8 0.0 1. C 108.0 End to End In.750 323.1 6C 150 8C 200 4. C 133.0 0. 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 15⁄16 33 11⁄2 38 Lbs./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄8 29 Approx.8 1.3 6.D.625 168.2 0.7 6.2 1.3 0.000 457. 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 81⁄2 216 9 229 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 21./mm Nominal Size O.000 101.0 5. In./Kg In.9 4.8 100 45. C 139./Kg GRUVLOK ® E to E * Machined Cap C .3 40 18.8 15.996 76.D. End to End Approx.625 219.8 5.3 2.6 4.000 355.9 14.0 O.5 4.2 1./mm 2. Ea.5 1.500 114. Lbs.7 0. Wt.1 45 20.D./DN(mm) In.500 88.2 0.1 6.9 33.D.D.4 0.2 20.9 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.1 2.D.3 5.5 0.Cast Malleable or Ductile Iron For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 4C 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.7 10 C 250 12 C 300 14* 350 16* 400 18* 450 20* 500 24* 600 10. Ea.9 9.875 73. Wt.D. FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal Size In.4 18. Ea.500 139.0 1.7 5. In.2 0.1 3.

4 12.9 1.com .5 1.4 7.4 4. End to End Approx.315 33.D./mm Lbs.750 323.1 12. 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 11 279 12 305 151⁄2 394 171⁄4 438 20 508 28./mm Lbs.Grooved Fittings FIG.3 4 102 5 127 6 152 7 178 * * 10 254 2./DN(mm) In.0 2.3 0.900 48.000 101.9 4. 7068 FIG.2 20. Ea.D.2 2. Wt.0 31.6 Center to End Approx.8 4.875 73.1 10.5 170 77.0 3.6 8. Wt.000 609. Ea.8 48.0 7.8 70.1 1.500 88.3 5.375 60.3 5.6 4./mm 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 6.4 * Contact a Gruvlok Representative for dimensions & weights.4 9.0 24.000 508. Nominal Size O. Wt.000 457.3 2.0 In.563 141.9 4.4 18.375 60. 68 Nominal Size O.660 42.625 219.500 114.1 1.0 3.4 * * 18.875 73.6 16. In.625 168.1 3.1 260 118 320 145 585 265 In.5 1. 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 5 127 51⁄2 140 1.D.563 141. Ea. GRUVLOK ® O.000 355.750 273.3 12.3 6.D.9 140 63. FIGURE 7075 BULL PLUG FIGURE 7068 CROSS Nominal Size Fitting O.5 17.3 5.anvilintl./Kg www.4 2./mm In.0 21.000 406.8 110 49.6 2.2 5.D.500 114. In.9 14./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 2.3 2./DN(mm) In.500 88.3 8.2 1.3 Center to End Approx./mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 1.5 3./mm Lbs.3 2. 7075 CROSS BULL PLUG C to E E to E O.1 2. In./Kg For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 1.5 8.625 168./DN(mm) In.4 3.

End Wt.563 141.0 3.D.2 0.5 1. End Wt.1 3.3 5.9 2.9 In.0 12.1 1. 7082 GR X HOSE NIPPLES GR X GR GR X MPT GR X BEV E to E O.9 0.900 48.2 33.6 2.6 End to Approx.5 Nom. 7081 FIG.2 6.3 6.3 6.Grooved Fittings FIG./mm DN(mm) 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4./Kg 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8 203 8 203 5.3 8.875 73./Kg 1 5.3 2.3 2.1 10. Ea.0 3. Size E to E FIGURES 7080.375 60.4 1.0 24.1 1.5 4. Size O./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 1.625 219.750 273. Ea./mm Lbs./mm 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 4 102 45⁄8 117 51⁄2 140 6 152 Lbs. Ea.500 114.9 7 ⁄4 184 93⁄4 248 11 279 121⁄2 318 14 356 16 406 Nom.0 13.5 8. Size O.2 46.4 9.4 1.660 42.2 0.315 33.5 7.1 10.4 27./ In.7 13. O.4 0.900 48.3 2. 7081 & 7082 ADAPTER NIPPLES End to Approx.563 141.D. 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 4.750 273. In.3 1.500 88.750 323.0 3.5 2.3 5.1 12. FIGURE 7086 HOSE NIPPLES Nom./mm Lbs.0 15.4 1./ In.8 0.7 0. End Wt./Kg 3 76 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 0.2 1.D.2 1. 7086 FIG./mm DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 1. 7080 FIG. In.625 168.4 3. End Wt.1 3.500 114.875 73./ In./mm DN(mm) End to Approx.8 0. Ea.4 0.2 6. 69 .9 29. O.625 219. Size O.750 323. In.4 0.9 End to Approx.D./Kg 0.0 20.4 1.4 Nom.0 GRUVLOK ® E to E This product is not UL/ULC Listed or FM Approved.3 0./ In.D.D.375 60.3 0. In.D.5 2.3 14. In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 10.9 4.625 168.9 E to E O.000 101.500 88.3 8.315 33.660 42.D. O.5 1.9 0.2 0. In. In.3 2./mm Lbs.1 12.

1 37.D./mm In./mm In.D. Nominal Size O.1 5x5x8 125 x 125 x 200 6x6x8 150 x 150 x 200 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 31. sizes These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. Ea.3 6.D. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling. 70 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.500 114.com ./Kg 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 4.D.anvilintl. 7065 FIG.2 5. 7062 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) BULLHEAD TEE SPECIALTY TEES (GR X GR X FPT) C to EOR O.0 14. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig./Kg In.D.Grooved Fittings FIG.6 17. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D. sizes.625 168. C to EOB C to EOR FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) FIGURE 7065 STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) Approx.4 11. 7001 Gruvlok Standard Coupling. Pressure ratings of Gruvlok Fittings conforms to those of Fig. Wt.4 11./mm In.6 3./DN(mm) In./mm Lbs./DN(mm) In.1 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.6 3./mm Lbs.3 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 4 102 51⁄8 130 7. Nominal Size O. Center to End of Run Center to End of Branch Approx.2 5. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. Ea. GRUVLOK ® C to EOB O. www.1 7./mm In. Wt.

70 0.5 22.8 7.40 15./mm Lbs.D. Nominal Size O. Ea. Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only.7 300 20.30 1.D. 7050DR STANDPIPE TEE (GR X GR X FPT) C to E H FIGURE 7050DR 90° DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Size O.70 0.D.1 10./Kg 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 1. 71 .660 42.2 1. Ea.7 300 20.7 300 20.7 300 20.750 273.9 4./Kg In.10 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 5.7 300 20.3 300 20.0 29.3 6.0 Dimensions ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Dimensions GRUVLOK ® O./mm In.1 12.875 73./DN(mm) In. In.500 88./mm psi/bar In.10 3.3 2.7 300 20.625 168.90 2./mm In. Wt.3 8.60 4./mm Lbs.9 300 20./DN(mm) In.60 2./mm psi/bar In. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.50 4.2 9.0 3. Max Working Pressure C to E H Approx.500 114.0 66.20 48.375 60.7 300 20.Grooved Fittings FIG.7 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 9 229 10 254 23⁄8 60 23⁄8 60 21⁄2 64 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 11.00 0.7 300 20.750 323.625 219.900 48.50 1.7 23⁄4 69 23⁄4 69 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 21⁄4 57 0.5 5.8 2.7 300 20.583 141.3 2.20 1. Wt.

4 1. 300 20. Max.7 300 20. In.375 60 2.com ./mm PSI/bar 2x1 50 x 25 21⁄2 x 1⁄2 65 x 15 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 2.875 73 2.0 0.6 www.D.4 0.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx.8 0. Max.Grooved Fittings FIG.0 0. Wk.3 1.8 0. Ea.3 0.875 73 2.4 0. Wk.900 48 1.375 60 2.7 300 20. Wt. Pressure In.0 0.4 1.anvilintl./mm Lbs.7 300 20./mm Lbs./mm PSI/bar 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 15 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 20 1./DN(mm) In.7 300 20./mm In./kg 5 ⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 15⁄16 33 15⁄16 33 13⁄8 35 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 0.7 300 20.D.6 1./DN(mm) In.900 48 2./mm In.6 1. 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING A Z Y GRUVLOK ® X 72 NPT FIGURE 7091 END-OF-LINE FITTING Nominal Size Run x Branch O./mm In.7 300 20.8 0.4 Nominal Size Run x Branch O. Pressure In.900 48 1./kg 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 5⁄8 16 17⁄8 48 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 1.375 60 300 20. In.3 0./mm In.7 300 20. Wt. Ea.875 73 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 Coupling Dimensions A X Y Approx.4 0.

1 3./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 1.9 4.5 3./mm In.D.625 168.7 25.0 See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GRUVLOK ® C to E See the Gruvlok Catalog for additional information For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 219./DN(mm) In.375 60. Wt.3 8.5 1.6 11.0 3.3 6. In. O.7 0. Nominal Size O.3 2.1 8. 73 . 7460 FIG. 7450 90° SHORT PATTERN ELBOW SHORT PATTERN TEE C to E C to E O. Ea.875 73.5 1. Ea.3 2.D.D. FIGURE 7460 TEE FIGURE 7450 90° ELBOW Nominal Size O.8 2.8 2.6 1.1 3.5 1.3 8.500 114./DN(mm) In. Wt.6 4.625 219.3 6.0 3.D.375 60.0 14.7 35./mm In.9 4.7 19.625 168.2 3./Kg In./mm Lbs. Center to End Approx.875 73.500 88.2 8. Center to End Approx.8 6.500 114.1 23⁄4 70 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 67⁄8 175 2.Grooved Fittings FIG.500 88.6 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 2.2 16./mm Lbs.6 6.

3 6./mm 40 1016 48 1219 56 1422 64 1626 72 1829 80 2032 96 2438 Lbs.0 7.0 441.875 73 3.6 In.1 Center Approx.3 6.2 Nom.0 6.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 10 254 111⁄2 292 13 330 141⁄2 368 16 406 20 508 24 610 32 813 Lbs.3 2.3 576.500 88.8 560.000 457.6 63.7 150. Size O.000 457.0 Nom. Ea. Ea.9 427.9 40.375 60.2 20.D. Ea.6 16.7 28./mm Lbs. to End Wt.3 www.6 16.5 4.875 73 3.4 879.000 508 24.D.6 4.1 97.6 327.4 191 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 133⁄4 349 161⁄2 419 22 559 Nom.9 18.5 973.625 168.000 508 24.3 8.anvilintl.000 355.000 101.4 31./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 254.7 332./Kg 5. Center Approx./ In.6 544.3 148.5 18.com .500 88.4 24.3 14. Size O.4 6.3 193.5 429. 7050 3D FIG.500 114.2 20.3 5./mm Lbs. to End Wt. In.4 18./ In.D.750 323.6 4.4 78./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 2.4 9.000 101.625 219.8 58.8 22. to End Wt.4 246.000 355.9 14.9 44.3 2.750 323.375 60.3 5.8 115.563 141. Size O. In./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.625 219.4 102.6 8. Ea. GRUVLOK ® R =3 74 O. Size O.1 12.9 14.3 14.3 398. to End Wt.D. In.563 141. R= D 3D FIGURE 7050-3D 90° ELBOW Nom.4 18. In.000 609.7 322.000 406.5 11.1 10.0 194.6 FIGURE 7057-3D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.2 48.4 18. In. 7057 3D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.0 5.9 4.750 273. In.9 4./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.Grooved Fittings FIG.9 127. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 673.1 710.5 305.3 2.7 254.000 406.500 114.000 609.3 8./ In./Kg 271⁄4 692 323⁄4 832 381⁄4 972 433⁄4 1111 491⁄4 1251 543⁄4 1391 651⁄2 1664 173./Kg 71⁄2 4.5 8./ In./Kg 226.750 273. In.D.8 1270.7 3.D.625 168.0 14.1 12.

375 60.000 609.1 12.8 6.0 3. Ea.6 12./Kg 53⁄4 3.2 4. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 Nom.3 8.6 15.2 20.D.8 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 9 229 103⁄4 273 141⁄2 368 Nom.3 5.6 In. Size O.9 461./ In.563 141.9 15.5 467. to End Wt./ In.D.9 14. O. In.6 16.9 97.5 12./Kg 146.750 323./ In./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.750 273.8 2. to End Wt.7 3. In. 7058 3D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.000 457.875 73 3.500 114.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 5.6 10.3 209.9 4.000 508 24.3 5./Kg 3.8 21.7 304.9 33.0 41.D.1 Center Approx.5 4.1 26.6 16.7 245.7 82. In.2 675. to End Wt.3 103.3 6.4 18.563 141.000 101.0 80.3 103.4 1. Ea.1 Center Approx.4 373./ In.500 88.000 101.6 8.1 12. In.D./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄2 216 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 18 457 Lbs.6 Nom. In.3 227./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10./mm Lbs.000 355.625 168.3 824.9 14.9 135.8 5. Size O.750 273.7 7. 3D FIGURE 7051-3D 45° ELBOW Nom.1 378.3 2.1 171.5 164. In.375 60.625 219. In./mm Lbs.7 177.D.3 12.000 609.9 66.000 355.500 114./mm 221⁄2 572 27 686 311⁄2 800 36 914 401⁄2 1029 45 1143 533⁄4 1365 Lbs.8 9.2 540.6 215.D.4 18.9 37. Size O.000 508 24.3 8.000 406.000 457.4 68.625 219.875 73 3.000 406.1 297.9 1.1 363.0 30.3 2.8 212.Grooved Fittings FIG. Ea. to End Wt.5 5.5 54.3 6.500 88. GRUVLOK ® R=3 D R= 75 .625 168. Ea. 7051 3D FIG./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./Kg 18 457 213⁄4 552 251⁄4 641 29 737 321⁄2 826 36 914 431⁄4 1099 120.9 4.6 4.9 227.3 18.6 FIGURE 7058-3D 30° ELBOW Center Approx. Size O.0 9.6 4.2 20./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.750 323.

3 6.2 48.8 Nom.5 152.6 FIGURE 7053-3D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.4 Nom./mm Lbs.3 5.1 13.9 14.5 71.35 593 26 660 31 787 87.2 49.2 20./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./ In.2 164./mm 16 406 191⁄4 489 221⁄2 572 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 32 813 381⁄4 972 Lbs.375 60.3 2.6 4. Ea. In.000 508 24. Size O.2 1.8 7.8 216.3 2.6 In. to End Wt. O.4 114 43⁄4 121 5 127 5 127 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 101⁄2 267 Nom.625 219.2 2.3 39.8 1.4 272.500 114. In.6 16.9 4.D.6 416.000 406.000 355.500 114.6 16.4 5.3 www.875 73 3.3 58. 7052 3D FIG.8 265./Kg 41⁄2 2.1 12.9 4.3 4.750 273. Size O.2 4.2 20.4 202.7 60.750 323./mm Lbs.0 222.3 5./mm 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Lbs.6 3./Kg 107.8 601.6 2.3 3.3 4./ In.3 91./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.D.6 128. 7053 3D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.3 2.4 18.2 153.000 406.1 6.4 18. Size O.6 4.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.500 88./ In.750 323.625 219. Size O.8 7.D.2 24./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 508 24.9 14. to End Wt. Ea.com .1 Center Approx./ In.625 168.2 11.2 15.000 609.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 8.1 124.4 7.6 157.563 141.D.000 457./Kg 13 330 151⁄2 394 181⁄4 464 203⁄4 527 23.3 22.6 11.000 355.2 19.500 88.3 8./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.2 120.D./Kg 3.D. to End Wt.3 339. In.1 12.anvilintl. Ea. In.5 27. Ea.5 5.625 168.8 74. Center Approx.375 60.563 141. to End Wt.9 490.875 73 3.0 98.3 9. In.000 457.3 8.4 9.000 101. In.000 101.750 273.0 274. R=3D GRUVLOK ® R=3D 76 FIGURE 7052-3D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.3 188.3 6.8 30.3 336.000 609.

9 3048 585.5 84 627.000 457.D. to End Wt./mm Lbs.2 1778 347.6 5D FIGURE 7057-5D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.7 62.1 20.1 60.750 273.369.000 457. GRUVLOK ® R 77 .750 273.6 96 822.000 355.1 991 110.3 5./ In.6 4.2 3.9 70 766. In./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.0 9.7 1384 209.0 621⁄4 603.2 20.9 108 1.875 73 3.625 168.3 2.8 44.3 120 1. In.000 101.500 88.625 168.0 68.9 9./mm Lbs.3 6.0 26.500 114.2 4./ In.375 60./mm 14 356 161⁄2 419 19 483 211⁄2 546 24 610 30 762 36 914 48 1219 Lbs.1 Nom. In.D. Size O. = O.7 3 46 ⁄4 358.4 2743 473.9 Nom.6 In.6 85.9 4.000 406.Grooved Fittings FIG. 7050 5D FIG.6 31./ In.0 6. 5D R= FIGURE 7050-5D 90° ELBOW Nom.6 4.7 541⁄2 460.3 2369 621.2 93.290.4 1829 221.6 16.4 18.5 42.D.500 88.5 144 1.6 1187 162./mm DN(mm) Center Approx. Ea.8 20. Size O.750 323./ In.000 355.563 141.4 187.1 Center Approx.9 14. Size O. 7057 5D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.2 2438 372. Ea.3 5.0 27.9 14.0 931⁄4 1.5 248 111⁄4 286 123⁄4 324 121⁄4 311 151⁄2 394 191⁄2 495 231⁄4 591 31 787 Nom.1 12.4 18. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.000 609.2 20.043.1 12.3 6.D.3 2./Kg 60 332.5 10.D.875 73 3. Size O.625 219.1 26.1 Center Approx. to End Wt.3 13./Kg 93⁄4 5.6 15.000 508 24.500 114.750 323.8 3658 845.0 11.9 1975 430. Ea.4 2134 284. In.3 8. to End Wt.5 773⁄4 947.000 101./mm Lbs.000 406.8 72 488. In./Kg 39 244.000 609./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 8.2 35. to End Wt. In.4 1524 150.375 60.864.1 137.000 508 24. Ea./Kg 7.4 16.563 141.9 4.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 12.8 1581 273.625 219.0 19.6 2.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 6. In.6 16.

R= 5 5D D FIGURE 7051-5D 45° ELBOW Nom./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 101.2 1.1 Center Approx.4 873.7 36.5 21. 7051 5D FIG.2 Nom.1 12.0 5.8 19.9 396.5 28.875 73 3.1 16. Ea.7 16.563 141.4 352.5 5. In./ In./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2./Kg 63⁄4 4.625 219./ In. Center Approx.3 171.500 88. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.9 4.1 12. In.2 20.9 39.375 60.9 103./ In.9 90.6 3.D.500 88.750 273.3 6.3 2.6 4. Size O./Kg 4.3 6.com .2 8.6 16.9 14.000 609.000 355.6 508.9 16.D. Size O.3 5.8 7. Ea.7 228.3 9.875 73 3.2 20.8 51./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.9 4./Kg 199.8 70.2 10.625 168.5 224.000 406.7 133.563 141.D. In.0 221.7 776.0 274.4 www.9 12.6 FIGURE 7058-5D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.000 609.4 18.D. In.D.6 7.750 323.3 8./mm Lbs.750 323.000 508 24.anvilintl. to End Wt.6 4. In.5 7. to End Wt.0 4.7 293.500 114.0 1.5 13./Kg 231⁄2 597 28 711 323⁄4 832 371⁄2 953 421⁄4 1073 463⁄4 1187 561⁄4 1429 155.4 18.3 174.3 2.000 101./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./ In.8 605.9 87. to End Wt.000 355.3 627.5 112.625 219. 7058 5D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.1 12.1 494. GRUVLOK ® R= 78 O.6 16.000 508 24.2 25. In.3 8.4 385.500 114.8 489.3 5.9 171 71⁄2 191 8 203 83⁄4 222 91⁄2 241 113⁄4 298 14 356 183⁄4 476 Nom.0 133./mm 303⁄4 781 37 940 43 1092 491⁄4 1251 551⁄4 1403 611⁄2 1562 733⁄4 1873 Lbs.000 406.8 294.000 457.6 284. Size O.121.7 Nom./mm Lbs.D.625 168.0 3.000 457.7 43. Ea. to End Wt./mm 81⁄4 210 91⁄4 235 101⁄4 260 111⁄4 286 121⁄2 318 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 241⁄2 622 Lbs.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 In.2 377.375 60.8 2. Ea. Size O.750 273. In.9 14.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 56.

000 101./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10.5 750./mm Lbs.1 12.3 2.8 8.1 Center Approx.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 147.1 252.625 168.1 12.563 141. O.8 86.6 196./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.625 219.000 609.8 67.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 45.2 8.6 16. FIGURE 7052-5D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.3 256.D.000 101.9 4.9 18.6 1.2 235.2 20.Grooved Fittings FIG.500 88. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 8.8 25./mm Lbs./ In.000 406.3 114.4 89.7 3./Kg 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 8 203 10 254 12 305 16 406 3.6 In. GRUVLOK ® R= 5D R= 5D 79 .000 508 24.000 355.8 112.000 609.2 390.3 6.000 508 24.2 Nom.1 248.3 28. In.3 5.7 190. Ea.3 5.500 114./Kg 15 381 18 457 21 533 24 610 27 686 30 762 353⁄4 908 100.500 88.2 564. Size O. Ea.6 4.3 2.375 60./mm Lbs.875 73 3.3 6.000 457.8 56.4 18.4 5.9 14. In. 7052 5D FIG.1 340.0 11.3 5./Kg 5 127 51⁄4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 71⁄2 191 9 229 12 305 3.625 168./ In.6 177. Size O.1 10.3 8.2 Nom.6 6.8 4.4 18.750 323.625 219.3 12./Kg 20 508 24 610 28 711 32 813 36 914 40 1016 48 1219 133. Size O.7 143. In. to End Wt. In./mm Lbs.2 20.3 8.375 60.875 73 3.D.D.5 24.6 4.6 FIGURE 7053-5D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx.000 457.7 4.000 355. In. to End Wt. Ea. In.563 141.D.9 315.6 16.8 Nom.750 273.9 4.9 14. In.0 2.1 Center Approx.7 150.3 6.D.0 1. Ea.000 406./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.750 323.3 6. Size O./ In.9 3.0 419.4 34.1 14.7 60.9 37.4 330.750 273. to End Wt.2 2.1 75.500 114. to End Wt.9 10. 7053 5D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.4 519.6 17.0 189./ In.

3 5. In. In.1 1137 126.D.1 508 2267 492./mm Lbs. In.1 406.6 1588 239.8 20. to End Wt.000 508 24.000 101./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10./Kg 16 406 19 483 22 559 25 635 28 711 35 889 42 1067 56 1422 8.6 4.3 29.D.9 10.000 406.5 Nom./ In./ In.3 6.6 6D FIGURE 7057-6D 60° ELBOW Center Approx.4 1778 174.7 15.8 168 2.6 35.4 31.4 2489 329.D.209.8 98 727. Size O.6 108.000 891⁄4 1./ In.8 10.625 168.7 3200 548.0 4267 980.000 355. Ea.6 2724 711. 7050 6D FIG.4 49.6 69. to End Wt.9 4. 7057 6D LONG RADIUS 90° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 60° ELBOW O.3 5.2 6.8 13.2 16.2 20.D.1 41.1 18.2 24.2 2134 256.625 168./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. to End Wt.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 14.2 217.7 12.9 4.375 60.563 141.3 8.000 457.875 73 3.2 3.5 50./Kg 70 385.375 60.com .625 219.4 273. In.750 273.496.750 531⁄2 410./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 Center Approx.D.D./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.5 98.6 3556 678.4 126 1.1 457. In. Size O.anvilintl.7 140 1.3 6.2 17.7 71.000 711⁄2 691./ In.5 323. In.9 78.5 18.7 157.750 323.1 Center Approx.6 4. R GRUVLOK ® = 80 R= 6D FIGURE 7050-6D 90° ELBOW Nom.4 5. O./mm Lbs.9 1359 186.1 12.500 88.7 Nom. Ea. to End Wt.000 801⁄2 877.9 22.5 609.162. Ea.9 112 953.2 2045 397.7 22.4 1816 313. Ea.567./mm Lbs.3 2.6 31.500 88.500 114.3 355.000 1071⁄4 1.625 219.000 101. Size O./mm Lbs.3 2845 432.9 14.7 Nom.3 8.Grooved Fittings FIG. In. In.563 141.5 22.1 14.6 16.000 609.3 2.000 621⁄2 527.750 443⁄4 279./Kg 11 279 123⁄4 324 141⁄2 368 161⁄4 413 18 457 221⁄4 565 263⁄4 679 353⁄4 908 6.0 7.8 84 566.0 www.4 18.085.3 2.500 114.9 11. Size O.875 73 3. Center Approx./Kg 10.

1 10.7 3 41 ⁄4 332.9 4.D.4 31.000 355. Ea.9 18.000 457.1 97.3 8.750 323.7 3. to End Wt./Kg 35 226.5 973.9 483⁄4 427.3 6./ In. In.4 184 8 203 83⁄4 222 93⁄4 248 101⁄2 267 13 330 153⁄4 400 21 533 Nom.0 194.000 609. to End Wt.2 48.8 833⁄4 1.000 101.875 73 3.4 78.3 2.625 168.6 63.6 16.3 6.9 14.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 246.5 429.875 73 3./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.0 5.3 2127 576.6 327.0 14.5 11.3 1238 193.625 219.0 441.6 4.D. Size O.9 4.1 12.6 4.8 58.4 18.3 5.3 2. to End Wt.8 115.4 9./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.3 14.6 In.500 114.4 6. R= 6 R= 6 FIGURE 7051-6D 45° ELBOW Nom.3 14.375 60. Size O.1 1416 254. to End Wt.7 254.3 8./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.7 1060 150.3 2.5 8.270.000 457.000 406.3 2.8 553⁄4 560. Size O./mm Lbs.0 Nom. In.D.9 673.4 693⁄4 879.0 7. Ea./mm 9 229 101⁄4 260 11⁄2 38 123⁄4 324 14 356 171⁄2 445 21 533 28 711 Lbs./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.750 273.0 6.4 18.6 16. Ea.625 168.3 1772 398./Kg 26 660 311⁄4 794 361⁄2 927 413⁄4 1060 47 1194 521⁄4 1327 621⁄2 1588 173.563 141.1 12. O./ In.4 18.9 44.8 22.6 8.500 114.5 305./Kg 5. 7051 6D FIG.6 FIGURE 7058-6D 30° ELBOW Center Approx.7 28.750 323.4 889 102. In. 7058 6D LONG RADIUS 45° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 30° ELBOW O.1 623⁄4 710.5 4.000 609. In.2 20.000 406./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 10. In. In.9 14.750 273.3 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 Center Approx.000 355.000 508 24./ In.375 60.500 88.000 508 24.D.625 219.2 Nom.7 1594 322. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.1 Center Approx./Kg 71⁄4 4. Size O./ In.3 5.D.9 40. Ea.6 544.4 24.500 88.000 101. In.3 148. GRUVLOK ® D D 81 .D.2 20.563 141.9 127.5 18.

6 157. 7052 6D FIG.3 18.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Ea.9 Nom.1 13.3 6.9 4.625 168.6 FIGURE 7053-6D 111⁄4° ELBOW Center Approx./Kg 51⁄4 3.3 12.5 164./mm Lbs.3 188.D. GRUVLOK ® R= 6D 82 R= 6D FIGURE 7052-6D 221⁄2° ELBOW Nom.6 4. to End Wt. 7053 6D LONG RADIUS 221⁄2° ELBOW LONG RADIUS 111⁄4° ELBOW O.000 101. O.8 30.6 Nom.2 20.563 141.1 Center Approx.9 14.3 209./Kg 16 406 19 483 221⁄4 565 251⁄2 648 283⁄4 730 313⁄4 806 381⁄4 972 107.000 355.375 60.6 4. In./ In. Size O.9 37.3 5.500 114.7 60./mm DN(mm) 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.3 6.8 363.5 27.000 355.563 141.4 18.7 7.8 265.3 2.6 416. In.000 609.000 508 24. 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 10.8 www.1 12.3 9. to End Wt.875 73 3.9 824.5 4. Size O.3 3.000 609.000 406.6 16.com ./ In. In./mm 61⁄2 165 7 178 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 83⁄4 222 11 279 131⁄4 337 171⁄2 445 Lbs.4 202.9 277.6 215.0 9.000 457.0 41.000 508 24.750 323. Center Approx. Ea./mm 22 559 261⁄4 667 303⁄4 781 351⁄4 895 391⁄2 1003 44 1118 52.2 1.3 336.4 373.3 5.000 406./ In.1 26./mm DN(mm) Center Approx.2 120.4 18.500 88.625 168.D.750 273.9 4.9 461.4 272.3 2.8 601./Kg 3.5 152.3 8./Kg 146.2 4.3 91.2 48.000 101.6 16.2 570.4 5./ In.2 19.3 2./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.000 457.750 273.6 15.4 8.anvilintl.D.750 323.8 6.D.9 97. to End Wt.D.3 125. Ea.500 88.Grooved Fittings FIG.4 133 51⁄2 140 53⁄4 146 6 152 61⁄2 165 8 203 91⁄2 241 123⁄4 324 Nom. In.D.6 In.7 3.500 114. In.7 82.9 66.2 11. In.5 12. to End Wt.3 8.625 219.4 7.7 258.34 1329 Lbs.2 20.5 5. In.625 219.3 5.1 12.375 60.9 1. Ea./mm Lbs./mm DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2. Size O.5 71. Size O.875 73 3.9 14.

BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.9 15⁄8 41.1 3⁄4 19.1 3 76.D.5 51⁄16 129.2 65⁄8 168./mm O.9 63⁄8 161.0 10 250 103⁄4 273.1 9 229.D.3 45⁄8 117. B J A SERIES 7700 .8 313⁄16 96.8 8 202.1 61⁄4 158.8 43⁄8 111.9 61⁄2 165.2 4 100 41⁄2 114.1 5 127.6 51⁄2 138.9 7⁄16 11.2 21⁄2 65 27⁄8 73./mm A B C D E F 2 50 23⁄8 60.3 513⁄16 147.2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 3 80 31⁄2 88.5 53⁄8 136.2 8 200 85⁄8 219.7 15⁄8 41.4 11⁄16 26.1 3⁄4 19.3 33⁄16 81.3 513⁄16 147.9 313⁄16 96.0 11⁄16 26.9 7⁄16 11.9 7⁄16 11.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 P BUTTERFLY VALVE R E N K CLOSED H G OPEN F Lock with 5/16" Shackle or OSHA Lockout (Not Supplied with Valve) S T M U C O. GRUVLOK ® L 83 .4 43⁄16 105.0 3 75.2 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 59⁄16 141.8 73⁄4 196.3 41⁄4 108.1 3 76.9 7⁄16 11.9 7⁄16 11. In.5 57⁄8 149.4 101⁄2 266.1 5 127.3 11⁄16 26.0 313⁄16 96.1 3 76.7 11⁄16 26.0 12 300 123⁄4 323.1 3 76.1 51⁄4 133.1 3 76.6 5 126.1 3⁄4 19.4 615⁄16 175.1 5 127.8 11⁄16 26.9 91⁄2 240.8 33⁄16 80.3 15⁄8 41.9 11⁄16 26.1 3 76.9 7⁄16 11.

1 11⁄2 38.0 165⁄8 422.4 29⁄16 65.2 61⁄4 158.1 3 76.3 12 304.7 811⁄16 221.0 5 6 ⁄16 160. www.3 5 127.1 11⁄2 38.3 5 127.0 1013⁄16 275.5 31⁄4 83.0 5 127.7 9 228.1 5 127.8 5 127.0 1313⁄16 350.5 25⁄8 66.3 7⁄16 11.0 101⁄2 266.7 713⁄16 198.2 2 51.com .8 1⁄2 13.3 5 127.0 1415⁄16 379.8 10 250 11⁄4 31.9 4 102.3 4 102.1 11⁄2 38.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.2 2 51.5 17⁄8 47.5 25⁄8 66.3 5 127.4 1⁄2 13.3 5 127.7 4 102.0 4 102.1 11⁄2 38.2 2 51.3 7⁄16 11.3 18 457.anvilintl.7 81⁄16 204.1 3 76.0 7 9 ⁄16 240.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.2 5 5 ⁄16 135.0 Valve Size (ANSI/DN) 5 6 125 150 7⁄8 22.3 7⁄16 11.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.1 101⁄2 266.8 1⁄2 13.0 2011⁄16 525.3 7⁄16 11.0 21⁄2 65 9⁄16 14.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Dimensions In.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.2 2 51.2 81⁄16 204. Contact your Anvil Rep.9 101⁄2 266.2 7 178.1 11⁄2 38.7 8 203.1 1 ⁄8 3.8 12 300 11⁄4 31.2 101⁄2 266. 84 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 4 102.1 3 76.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7700 .4 4 102.1 11⁄2 38.0 4 100 9⁄16 14.2 71⁄2 191.3 3 76.0 8 200 1 25.6 101⁄2 266.5 25⁄16 58. for additional information.2 7⁄16 11.0 1013⁄16 275.5 101⁄2 266.2 2 51.3 5 127.4".0 3 80 9⁄16 14.7 10 253.2 7⁄16 11.0 7⁄8 22.5 23⁄4 70.5 13⁄8 34.3 115⁄8 295.2 3" or 5" handwheels may be included on valves sizes 2" .5 25⁄16 58.2 51⁄2 140.3 12 304.2 2 51.0 5 6 ⁄16 160.7 91⁄2 241.2 61⁄2 165./mm G GRUVLOK ® H J K L M N P R S T U 2 50 9⁄16 14.3 15 381.1 3 76.1 3 76.

85 .3 25⁄8 66.0 B In./mm 1 25. Size In.1 63⁄4 171.9 3⁄8 8.9 6 152.4 43⁄8 111.5 7 177.9 5⁄8 15.8 45⁄8 117.2 39⁄16 90.0 211⁄16 68.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 51⁄4 133.3 49⁄16 116./mm 23⁄8 60.9 5⁄8 15.9 3 ⁄8 8.5 35⁄16 84.8 69⁄16 166.8 313⁄16 96.0 21⁄16 52.1 43⁄8 111. GRUVLOK ® K REF. L A B G REF.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7600 BUTTERFLY VALVES D E ORANGE GRIP C F REF.9 41⁄4 108.4 1 25.4 6 152./mm 5⁄8 15.8 H In.4 11⁄4 31./mm 5⁄16 8./mm In.1 43⁄8 111.7 3⁄8 8.3 K In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 A In. BLACK COATING SERIES 7600 .0 35⁄8 91./mm 21⁄4 57.3 L In.9 3⁄8 8.4 1 25. H REF.8 27⁄16 62./mm 33⁄16 81.9 5⁄8 15./mm 113⁄16 46.4 1 25.1 35⁄16 84./mm 37⁄16 87.4 87⁄16 214.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C In.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS Nom.4 313⁄16 96.4 121⁄4 311.2 G In.4 D In.0 415⁄16 125.3 215⁄16 74.9 5 ⁄8 15.2 33⁄8 86.2 23⁄4 70.9 Dimensions E F In./mm 2 50.4 87⁄16 214.

00 127 6./mm In.00 635 27.50 165 17.00 254 10./mm In.37 1.00 76 1.75 375 15.53 13 0.00 813 2.25 57 3./mm 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 14.000 610 26.26 464 10.50 38 1.06 332 14./mm In.50 241 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.94 456 19.50 699 32./mm In. Nominal O.000 FIGURE 8000GR .00 127 5. A Size In./mm In./mm In.00 864 39.25 57 2.00 51 2. 0.00 254 10.53 13 0.000 356 16.81 21 13.25 413 19.38 60 2.75 400 16./mm In.com .anvilintl.75 171 6.00 152 6./mm In.53 13 0.25 260 www.50 38 1.75 273 12.Valves & Accessories SERIES 8000GR BUTTERFLY VALVE K DIA. HOLE J DIA.53 13 0.38 619 10.00 127 5./mm In.25 83 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 3 ⁄8 x 3⁄8 87 1⁄2 x 1⁄2 116 6. N GRUVLOK ® D 86 POSITION INDICATOR R DIA.75 832 34.000 406 18. BOLT HOLE E DIA./DN(mm) In./mm In.25 337 14.00 127 5.BUTTERFLY VALVE DIMENSIONS B C D E F G J K L M N P R In.00 76 3./mm 13.44 494 20.00 533 23.00 356 15./mm In.75 425 5.40 391 16.25 667 29.00 152 6.00 381 16.5 318 14.000 508 24.00 51 2.38 416 18.D. GEAR OPERATOR (Shown 90 out of Position) F G SIZE OF KEY B P A M L C DIA.75 44 1.000 457 20.75 171 9./mm In.12 486 21.25 57 2.50 597 25.00 76 3.00 254 10.50 749 32.33 364 15.44 519 20.94 532 24./mm In.00 254 10.60 66 3.75 44 2.

87 . A C In.7 0.22./mm 1⁄2 1⁄2 21⁄16 37⁄8 113⁄16 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 12 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 52 211⁄16 68 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 90 4 102 1 5 ⁄16 128 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 D 46 115⁄16 49 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 63 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 Cv 6. Solder end valves are designed to be used with solders not exceeding a melting point of 470°F/250°C. FIG. Please refer to the limitations listed in ANSI B16. the pressure/temperature rating is dependent on the solder material used.9 92. 2. use the following formula: Soldered End Size Port Dia.3 0. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES C OPORT D 141S Standard Port A NOTES 1./mm In.5 0.1 1./Kg 0.5 1.4 1. Wt. For solder joint valves.1 0. 3. Higher temperatures may damage the seal material.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 2.8 0.3 9./mm In.0 3. Lbs.4 GRUVLOK ® DIMENSIONS Valve Code Where: QL = flow of liquid in gallons per minute (GPM) CV = flow coefficient ∆P = pressure drop (PSI) SL = specific gravity of liquid ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 141S.18./mm In./mm In.8 60. Rate of Flow Calculations for liquids: To determine the flow rate of a liquid passing through a valve. Dimensions of solder joint ends conform to ANSI B16. 171N & FIG.9 Approx.2 1. Ea.5 22.2 30.

7 11.3 1.com . 171N & FIG.9 22. 141S.3 14.3 1.0 3.9 8. A C D In.Valves & Accessories FIG.1 0. www.0 0./mm In.3 0.7 1.5 0. Wt. 3 65 141 205 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 27⁄16 62 31⁄16 78 35⁄16 84 313⁄16 97 5 127 57⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 6 7 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx./Kg 0.2 1. Ea.anvilintl. Lbs./Kg 0.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 1. 171S INTERNATIONAL BRASS BALL VALVES DIMENSIONS GRUVLOK ® Valve Code Size A C D In.4 0./mm In./mm In.5 2.5 2./mm In.0 10.9 1.7 Valve Code Size Port Dia.5 6./mm In./mm In. Ea.9 3.4 4. Wt.2 3.9 2.3 0./mm ⁄8 10 3⁄8 10 9⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 15⁄16 24 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 2 51 2 51 27⁄16 62 211⁄16 68 31⁄16 78 37⁄16 87 37⁄8 98 45⁄16 110 59⁄16 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 63⁄8 162 81⁄16 In.2 0.2 12.7 0.0 0.1 0.7 0. Lbs.4 4./mm In.0 0.0 5.1 0./mm ⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 3 75 4 100 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 67⁄16 164 75⁄8 194 85⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 1 171N Full Port Threaded End 65 88 DIMENSIONS Port Dia. FIG.2 0.8 9.6 24./mm ⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 75 4 100 ⁄16 14 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 19⁄16 40 115⁄16 49 29⁄16 65 31⁄8 79 315⁄16 100 1 171S Full Port Soldered End 9 21⁄2 64 3 76 39⁄16 91 49⁄16 103 49⁄16 116 57⁄16 138 67⁄8 175 83⁄16 208 105⁄16 262 37⁄8 98 413⁄16 122 413⁄16 122 6 152 6 152 67⁄16 164 87⁄16 205 81⁄16 205 101⁄4 260 17⁄8 48 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 31⁄8 79 33⁄8 86 311⁄16 94 5 127 7 5 ⁄16 138 65⁄16 160 Cv 19 35 50 104 268 309 629 1018 1622 Approx.

2 106 48.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In./mm In.D.D. 89 . A SERIES 7500 . Lbs.3 3./mm In.6 18 8.500 114.375 60. Ea.BALL VALVE Size ANSI O./mm In. Wt.Valves & Accessories FIG. In.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 6.500 88. 7500 BALL VALVES B C F Valve Pipe O./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3./mm In./mm 2.2 38 17./mm In./mm In.625 168.9 4.

/mm In.anvilintl./mm In. www./DN(mm) 6 150 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In. Wt.6 51⁄2 140.BALL VALVE WITH GEAR ACTUATOR Dimensions A B C D E F G H J K L Approx.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7500 BALL VALVES G F C 90 J CLOSED OPEN GRUVLOK ® B A L K D E B H SERIES 7500 .3 65⁄8 168.com .4 Size ANSI O.4 51⁄16 128./mm In.9 113⁄16 45. Ea./mm In. In.D.7 41⁄4 107. In./mm In./mm In.5 101⁄4 260.4 87⁄16 214./mm In./mm In.6 4./Kg 6.0 81⁄8 206./mm In.4 9.625 168./mm In.2 1 25.8 131⁄2 342.4 12 304./mm Lbs.

5 198 89.830 12 5. GRUVLOK ® GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE 91 ./mm In.625 219.500 88.500 114.3 2.8 140 63.860 1./Kg 66 1.0 3.3 50 22. Each Lbs. Size O.563 141./mm In.Valves & Accessories FIG. Wt.875 73.791 350 8.625 168.676 88 2.302 228 5.3 5.1 402G 6 152 61⁄4 159 67⁄16 164 81⁄8 206 111⁄4 286 121⁄4 311 133⁄4 349 16 406 6 152 7 178 71⁄2 191 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 4025G 403G 404G 405G 406G 408G 410G Cv Flow Approx.375 60.4 15 6.3 8.1 36 16.235 130 3.8 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Model A B In.890 520 13.GROOVED-END SILENT CHECK VALVE Cv FLOW B A ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom.3 6.8 20 9.D./mm Number In.1 10. 400G FIGURE 400G .750 273.208 900 22.450 36./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 2.7 68 30.9 4.

5 3. A In.4 10./mm In.2 13.2 59.3 6.6 33.500 88.500 114./mm 17⁄16 36 19⁄16 39 2 51 21⁄4 57 23⁄4 70 35⁄16 84 315⁄16 100 415⁄16 125 6 152 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 6./mm 63⁄4 171 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 81⁄8 206 93⁄4 248 123⁄4 324 143⁄8 365 18 457 21 533 B In.com ./mm In.0 183.0 3.1 12. 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 21⁄2 64 27⁄16 61 31⁄8 79 4 102 49⁄16 115 51⁄16 128 41⁄2 114 313⁄16 96 41⁄16 103 51⁄16 128 513⁄16 147 61⁄4 159 515⁄16 150 67⁄8 175 71⁄4 184 F In./mm 33⁄16 81 35⁄8 92 311⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 45⁄8 117 63⁄4 171 8 203 93⁄16 233 103⁄8 264 G In.875 73.0 www./mm 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 415⁄16 125 6 152 63⁄4 171 81⁄2 216 101⁄4 260 1211⁄16 322 143⁄4 375 Approx./DN(mm) In.D. Ea.750 273.8 130.3 5.0 8.5 15. Size In.anvilintl./mm 23⁄8 60 27⁄16 61 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 41⁄4 108 51⁄16 128 65⁄16 160 75⁄16 185 Nominal Dimensions C D E In. Wt.1 10.9 O./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.625 219.Valves & Accessories SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVES FIGURE 7800 .5 5. 7.0 83./Kg.3 8.750 323.5 4.625 168.1 19.563 141.0 26.8 11.9 4.3 2. Lbs.375 60.0 59.CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK ® G 92 A Hinge Pin Plug Lifting Eyebolt (10" and 12" Valves Only) F C 1/2" NPT B D E 1/2" NPT Nom.

8 130 59.3 6.750 273.9 4.1 10./mm 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 Approx.750 323.GROOVED-END STRAIGHT BALANCING VALVES NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe.6 GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-G .625 219.3 28 12./mm In./mm In./mm In.625 168.6 90 40.D./mm In. Each Lbs./mm In./mm 2.3 5./mm In.7 870 394. Wt.1 12. Size A G F 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 245⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter G Flange G Flange 125# 250# In.500 88.9 12 305 12 305 14 356 171⁄2 445 2011⁄16 525 283⁄16 716 30 762 381⁄16 966 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 C E Nom.875 73.500 114. A B Open C E F In./DN(mm) In./Kg 25 11.7 41 18. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.3 8.6 460 208. GROOVE D-END STRAIGHT B O. 93 .Valves & Accessories GBV-G BALANCING VALVES 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON.563 141.0 3.0 310 140.

6 NOTE: Grooved-Ends are for connection of components with dimensions conforming to Gruvlok® standard grooved specifications for IPS pipe./mm In.3 5./Kg 7 178 71⁄2 191 91⁄4 235 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 16 406 19 483 71⁄2 191 81⁄4 210 10 254 11 279 121⁄2 318 15 381 171⁄2 445 201⁄2 521 25 11.500 114./mm In.GROOVED-END ANGLE BALANCING VALVES B E D C A G F Nom. www. 94 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.anvilintl.Valves & Accessories GBV-A BALANCING VALVE 21⁄2" TO 12" DUCTILE IRON./mm In.750 323.875 73.625 219.563 141.9 4./mm In.0 3.0 310 140./mm In.8 130 59./mm In.1 10.7 870 394.9 73⁄8 187 83⁄8 213 95⁄8 244 12 305 141⁄8 359 1815⁄16 481 205⁄16 515 241⁄16 611 95⁄8 244 101⁄2 267 109⁄16 268 131⁄16 331 13 3⁄4 349 24 5⁄8 625 261⁄2 673 287⁄16 722 23⁄4 70 27⁄16 61 3 76 35⁄8 92 47⁄16 112 511⁄16 144 69⁄16 166 75⁄8 194 45⁄8 117 37⁄8 98 43⁄8 111 51⁄2 140 65⁄8 168 93⁄16 233 93⁄4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 29⁄16 65 3 76 37⁄16 87 415⁄16 125 57⁄8 149 77⁄8 200 915⁄32 240 125⁄8 321 Flange Diameter Approx.6 90 40.6 460 208.7 41 18. A B Open C D E F In.com . GROOVE D-END ANGLE GRUVLOK ® FIGURE GBV-A ./DN(mm) In.750 273./mm 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.1 12. G Flange G Flange Wt.3 28 12./mm In.3 8. Size O.500 88.D.3 6. Each 125# 250# In.625 168./mm Lbs.

1 0.6 6.0 3.6 1./mm In.1 3.2" A B C In./mm 3 76 31⁄4 83 313⁄16 97 45⁄16 110 51⁄16 129 6 153 45⁄8 117 47⁄8 125 51⁄4 135 55⁄8 143 57⁄8 150 611⁄16 170 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.5 GRUVLOK ® B See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189.5 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.3 1.Valves & Accessories GBV-S (SOLDER) GBV-T (NPT-THREADED) FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES FIVE TURN CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES B A C MODEL: GBV-S - Model GBV050VS GBV075VS GBV100VS GBV125VS GBV150VS GBV200VS Nominal Size In. Lbs./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" .5 1.2" A B C In./mm In.1 0.5 1.4 2.8 2.5 MODEL: GBV-T - Model GBV050VT GBV075VT GBV100VT GBV125VT GBV150VT GBV200VT Nominal Size In. Ea.7 0.1 0./mm In./DN(mm) 1 ⁄2" 15 3 ⁄4" 20 1" 25 11⁄4" 32 11⁄2" 40 2" 50 1⁄2" ./Kg 1. Lbs./Kg 1.2 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C A 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 Approx.5 5. Ea. 95 .3 1.0 2./mm In. Wt./mm 33⁄16 81 39⁄16 93 41⁄4 108 415⁄16 125 511⁄16 144 7 179 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 118 415⁄16 126 53⁄8 137 55⁄8 142 63⁄8 162 See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 184-189. Wt.8 2.

Valves & Accessories FTV-S (STRAIGHT) GRUVLOK ® TRI-SERVICE VALVE B C A E (diameter) G F 96 Connection Size A In./mm In.anvilintl./mm In./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 12 305 12 305 14 356 171/2 445 2011/16 525 283/16 716 30 762 381/16 967 B (fully open) In. 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 2213/16 579 285/8 727 325/8 829 MODEL FTV-S . 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt. Each G G In./mm In.com ./mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 850 390 www.(STRAIGHT) C E In.

/mm 23/4 70 27/16 62 3 76 35/8 92 47/16 113 511/16 144 69/16 167 75/8 194 45/8 117 37/8 98 43/8 111 51/2 140 65/8 168 93/16 233 93/4 248 14 356 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/4 32 2 51 21/4 57 21/4 57 21/4 57 Flange Flange Approx./mm In. Each G G In./mm lbs/kg F 29/16 65 3 76 37/16 87 415/16 125 57/8 149 77/8 200 915/32 241 125/8 321 7 178 71/2 191 91/4 235 10 254 11 279 131/2 343 16 409 19 483 71/2 191 81/4 210 10 254 11 279 121/2 318 15 381 171/2 445 201/2 521 19 9 24 11 42 19 81 37 120 54 300 136 450 204 860 390 GRUVLOK ® B F ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. 97 ./mm 7 178 713/16 198 8 203 101/8 257 103/8 264 183/4 476 24 610 261/4 667 MODEL FTV-A ./mm In./mm In./mm 21/2 65 3 880 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 73/8 187 83/16 208 95/8 244 12 305 141/8 359 1815/16 481 205/16 516 241/16 611 B (fully open) In.(ANGLE) C D E In. 125/150 PSI 250/300 PSI Wt./mm In./mm In.Valves & Accessories FTV-A (ANGLE BODY) TRI-SERVICE VALVE D A C E (diameter) G Connection Size A In.

7 600 41.0 20. In. C to O X FIGURE 7260 .7 750 51. 7260 GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E GRUVLOK ® Y 98 NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange.1 Max.D.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 750 51.6 45.8 www.0 5.9 19.6 13. Clearance 43⁄8 111 51⁄8 130 6 152 71⁄4 184 81⁄4 210 93⁄4 248 12 305 Lbs./Kg 6.anvilintl./mm In.3 8./mm In.0 3.563 141. 57⁄8 149 61⁄2 165 7 178 83⁄8 213 101⁄8 257 111⁄8 283 141⁄8 359 Basket Removal Approx.4 79.0 3. Size O.625 168./mm 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 13 330 151⁄2 394 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄4 133 61⁄8 156 65⁄8 168 75⁄8 194 91⁄8 232 31⁄2 89 4 102 43⁄4 121 57⁄8 149 7 178 81⁄8 206 101⁄2 267 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 88.0 8.3 6.com .7 750 51.4 E to E C to O X Y In.500 114.0 35.7 8.875 73. Ea. Wt.3 2.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 750 51.7 750 51./mm In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.625 219.6 30.7 750 51.0 2./DN(mm) In.375 60.9 4.0 13.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES ON NEXT PAGE) Nom.3 5.

/mm 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 10. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.) GRUVLOK TEE STRAINER E to E NOTE: This illustration shows the required orientation of the Rigidlok access coupling for assembly with a grooved-end flange.000 406.3 187 84./mm In. Wt.5 400 27./mm 18 457 20 508 22 559 24 610 31 787 103⁄8 264 113⁄8 289 123⁄4 324 12 305 151⁄2 394 127⁄8 327 15 381 161⁄8 410 181⁄8 460 201⁄2 521 171⁄8 435 191⁄8 486 201⁄2 521 221⁄4 565 243⁄8 619 Basket Removal Approx.000 355. Maximum system working pressure is dependent upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capability of other system components./mm In.8 400 181./DN(mm) In.8 272 123.4 350 158.18" Fabricated Not for use with copper systems.750 273.000 457.4 GRUVLOK ® Y *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok Strainer.1 12. C to O X FIGURE 7260 .7 E to E C to O X Y In.Valves & Accessories FIG. 7260 (CONT'D.D. Size O.7 300 20.TEE STRAINER (CONTINUES FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) Nom.750 323. In. 14" .6 16. Ea. 99 ./Kg 133 60.* Working Pressure PSI/bar 500 34.6 300 20. Clearance 141⁄4 362 161⁄4 413 171⁄4 438 20 508 241⁄2 622 Lbs./mm In.2 Max.9 14.4 18.7 300 20.

Valves & Accessories MODEL 758G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 758 G . In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.D.8 205. Maximum system working pressure is dependant upon the couplings used for installation and the pressure capacity of other system components./mm In./mm 7 178 93⁄4 248 10 254 12 305 17 432 20 508 223⁄4 577 28 711 30 762 Approx.563 141.0 50.3 112.1 80.3 6./mm 77⁄8 200 10 254 101⁄8 257 121⁄8 308 155⁄8 396 181⁄2 470 215⁄8 549 253⁄4 654 30 762 51⁄4 133 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄4 210 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 151⁄2 394 181⁄2 470 213⁄4 552 C Plug Size In.0 10.com .0 36.1 12.0 213.500 114./DN(mm) In. www.9 Dimensions A B In./Kg 12.625 168.0 19.3 8.0 277.0 125.anvilintl./mm 1 ⁄2 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 2 51 D In.0 8. Each Lbs.3 2.875 73.6 470.4 42.750 273.1 10.2 *Maximum working pressure is based upon the performance capability of the Gruvlok® Strainer.9 4. Wt.0 5.4 18.3 5.625 219. 100 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 60.2 23.0 93.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER GRUVLOK ® A B C (NPT) D Screen Removal Nominal Size O.0 3. Not for use with copper systems.500 88.750 323.

7 300 20.7 300 20.7 A B C 93⁄4 71⁄8 49⁄16 248 192 116 103⁄4 713⁄16 413⁄16 273 211 122 113⁄4 811⁄16 51⁄16 298 231 129 141⁄4 105⁄8 65⁄8 362 281 168 161⁄2 13 103⁄16 419 330 258 181⁄2 141⁄16 85⁄8 470 357 219 24 177⁄8 113⁄16 610 454 284 27 209⁄16 125⁄8 686 522 320 30 24 143⁄8 762 609 366 40 2915⁄16 187⁄8 1016 760 480 42 309⁄16 19 1067 777 483 1⁄2 12 1 ⁄2 12 1 25 1 25 1 25 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 59 92 162 284 410 770 1010 1800 2800 4600 5800 9. Each Plug Size PSI/bar In.7 300 20.000 355.0 55.0 46.2 13./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2. D Values Wt.7 300 20.563 141.1 10.9 14.3 8.375 60.2 6. ULC. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size O.4 32. • Pressure ratings listed are CWP (cold water pressure) or maximum working pressure within the service temperature range of the gasket used in the coupling.3 6.GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER B C Screen Removal D Plug Size Not for use in copper systems.0 495.500 114.4 22. • Maximum working pressure and end loads listed are total of internal and external pressures and loads based on Sch.1 12.625 219.4 12. 40 steel pipe with roll grooves to ANSI C606-97 specifications.3 2. This rating may occasionally differ from maximum working pressures listed and/or approved by UL. and/or FM as testing conditions and test pipes differ./mm In.0 18.0 70.6 16.750 273.3 4. • Warning: Piping systems must always be depressurized and drained before attempting disassembly and or removal of any components.6 83./mm In.875 73.Valves & Accessories MODEL 768G GROOVED-END “WYE” STRAINER FIGURE 768 G .0 225.0 121.9 4.750 323.500 88./mm Lbs.0 190.0 3./mm In.7 300 20. In.0 277.3 5.0 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 418./Kg Working Pressure 300 20.2 26.4 Dimensions Cv Approx./DN(mm) In.2 126.7 300 20.7 300 20.D. • For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased 11⁄2 times the figures shown.7 300 20.0 182.0 8.000 406. GRUVLOK ® A 101 .7 300 20.7 300 20.625 168.

2 72 32.500 114.7 300 20.9 x 88.3 x 2.0 3./Kg 21⁄2 65 3 80 3 80 3 80 4 100 4 100 4 100 21⁄2 65 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 81⁄4 210 8 203 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 81⁄4 210 101⁄2 267 131⁄2 343 14 356 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 171⁄2 445 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 9 229 113⁄4 298 91⁄2 241 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 111⁄2 292 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 x 73.3 36 16. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.500 88.9 4.7 300 20./mm In. Sq./mm In.0 329 51./mm In.0 613 300 20. 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 121⁄2 318 161⁄2 419 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 31⁄4 83 47.9 x 60.875 73.0 329 51. PSI/bar Lbs.875 x 2.3 3.8 38 17. In.D./cm.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 36 16.500 x 2./mm 2.2 38 17. 7250 SUCTION DIFFUSER C-E C-E GRUVLOK FIG.com ./DN(mm) In./mm In.0 3.875 88./mm In.3 System Orifice Pump Max.3 x 88.500 x 3.7 300 20.500 114. 7250 FLOW T-O GRUVLOK ® CLR 102 OAL T-O C-O CLR 21/2" x 21/2" thru 10" x 8" C-O OAL 10" x 10" thru 16" x 14" FIGURE 7250 .3 x 114.875 114./mm In.7 300 20.3 36 16.500 x 2./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 65 x 65 3x2 80 x 65 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 3x3 80 x 80 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 4x4 100 x 100 O./DN(mm) In.7 300 20. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In. 7250 FLOW OAH OAW OAH OAW FIG.375 88.500 x 2.3 37 16.7 300 20.7 www.0 329 95.0 303 47.0 303 51. Sq.anvilintl./mm In.0 303 47.500 x 3.SUCTION DIFFUSER Nominal Size In.9 4. Approx.875 4.0 x 73.500 x 4.

0 613 124.625 x 4.2 203 92.3 6.0 2. GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size 103 .) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .7 74 33./mm In.3 8.7 300 20.6 133 60.7 300 20./Kg 5 125 5 125 6 150 6 150 6 150 6 150 8 200 8 200 8 200 10 250 10 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 100 5 125 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 5 125 6 150 8 200 8 200 10 250 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 9 229 9 229 10 254 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 101⁄2 267 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 131⁄4 337 151⁄4 387 151⁄4 387 171⁄4 438 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 18 113⁄4 457 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 171⁄2 113⁄4 445 298 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 211⁄2 1015⁄16 546 278 211⁄2 143⁄4 546 375 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 241⁄2 171⁄2 622 445 28 195⁄8 711 498 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 101⁄2 268 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 131⁄2 343 10 254 131⁄2 343 19 483 19 483 22 559 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 171⁄2 445 161⁄2 419 161⁄2 419 201⁄2 521 191⁄2 495 201⁄2 521 231⁄2 597 231⁄2 597 26 660 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 47⁄8 124 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 73⁄8 187 95.625 x 3.1 System Orifice Pump Max.1x 141.3 x 168. 7250 (CONT'D.1 x 168./DN(mm) In.563 x 4.1 192 87.7 300 20./mm In.7 300 20.3 x 114.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.174 182.500 168.7 300 20./mm In.7 300 20.3 6.5 118 53.561 300 20.750 273.0 1./DN(mm) In.SUCTION DIFFUSER In.0 1./mm In./mm In.3 x 141.1 x 219.0 613 124. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In. Sq. Approx.563 x 5.750 x 8.5 190 86.563 168.1 x 219.1 x 273. PSI/bar Lbs.3 8.0 1.3 x 141.3 118 53. In.3 x 114.Valves & Accessories FIG.829 397.0 72 34.7 300 20.625 x 6.9 6./mm 5.7 300 20.563 141.563 219.625 219. Sq.829 283.0 607 95.7 74 33.5 1./mm In.625 x 5.625 x 8.3 6./cm.1 10.7 300 20.3 8./DN(mm) 5x4 125 x 100 5x5 125 x 125 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 6x6 150 x 150 8 x 5* 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 8x8 200 x 200 10 x 8 250 x 200 10 x 10* 250 x 250 O.1 10.3 x 88.500 141.174 182.625 273.0 800 182.3 5.174 283.7 300 20.625 x 5.6 75 34.625 x 6.5 1.625 219. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt.0 72 32.750 x 10./mm In.500 168.625 168.D.0 800 94.

/DN(mm) 12 x 10* 300 x 250 12 x 12* 300 x 300 14 x 10* 350 x 250 14 x 12* 350 x 300 14 x 14* 350 x 350 16 x 14* 400 x 350 O. 40 Pipe for 21⁄2" thru 10" pipe & 2" SCH.406 993.000 x 12.000 355.9 382 173.D.7 300 20. for ordering information.684 571.Use 11⁄4" SCH. Not for use in copper systems.684 993.000 406./mm In.0 3. -1" NPT for sizes 6 x 6 thru 16 x 14./mm In./DN(mm) In. 7250 (CONT'D./cm. for certified values. 104 28 711 36 914 36 914 36 914 39 991 39 991 195⁄8 498 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 201⁄2 521 23 584 23 584 22 559 24 610 24 610 24 610 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 26 660 34 864 34 864 34 864 37 940 37 940 73⁄8 187 8 203 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 397. www.750 323.406 300 20.8 467 211.9 14.0 2.3 467 211.6 x 323.000 x 10.) SUCTION DIFFUSER FIGURE 7250 .6 x 273. Each (Grooved) (Flanged) Area Pressure In.0 6.com .750 x 10.7 300 20.0 3.750 355. “CLR” Dimension indicates clearance needed for diffuser basket removal.684 571 3. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Dimensions may vary Contact Gruvlok Rep. Pipe Support .7 300 20. PSI/bar Lbs.7 300 20.SUCTION DIFFUSER GRUVLOK ® Nominal Size In. Sq.6 System Orifice Pump Max.0 6./mm In.750 355.3 382 173.750 323.9 x 273. "Orifice Cylinder Open Area" is the total area of the opening in the diffuser basket after the pre-filter screen has been removed. 4. Contact Gruvlok Rep.anvilintl. 2.750 x 12./mm In. 40 Pipe for 12"& larger diffusers. Drain Holes: (End Cap)— 3⁄4" NPT for sizes 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 thru 6 x 5./mm In./mm In. Sq./DN(mm) In.Valves & Accessories FIG.7 300 20.6 16. Product must be supported by pipe supports (supports not included). 3.561 571.4 x 355.6 x 355.3 382 173.1 14. Side Side C-E C-O OAL OAH OAW CLR T-O Cylinder Open Working Wt./Kg 12 300 12 300 14 350 14 350 14 350 16 400 10 250 12 300 10 250 12 300 14 350 14 350 10 254 11 279 11 279 11 279 12 305 12 305 171⁄4 438 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 241⁄4 616 261⁄4 667 261⁄4 667 * Fabricated Other sizes available on special request.1 12.8 NOTES: 1. Approx. In.7 196 88.9 x 323./mm 12./mm In.000 x 14.000 x 14.9 14.

Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-15 43/4" OUTLET 51/4" INLET MODEL GAV-15 ./DN(mm) Approx. Temp.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) Orifice Size In. Water Pressure psi/bar 150 10 Max. Inlet Size °F/°C In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. 3⁄4 & 1 3⁄8 1⁄16 15. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 250 120 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1 25 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 51⁄2 3 2 1⁄16 2 1⁄16 2 MODEL GAV-15 . Wt. Ea Lbs/Kg 51⁄2 2./mm Length In./mm 51⁄4 130 43⁄4 100 43⁄4 100 GRUVLOK ® AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE Approx. 20 & 25 10 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Valve Orifice In./DN(mm) Maximum Temp./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In. 105 . Ea. Wt.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-15 Max./mm Overall Height In./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2./mm Width In.

/DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In./DN(mm) Approx./DN(mm) Max. Wt. 20 & 25 15 2 Valve Orifice In. Ea Lbs/Kg 71⁄2 3. 3⁄4 & 1 1⁄2 1⁄16 15.Valves & Accessories MODELS GAV-30 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS FOR ULTIMATE PERFORMANCE 51/8" GRUVLOK ® OUTLET 6" Maximum Temp. Overall Height In./mm Length In. °F/°C Inlet Size NPT In./DN(mm) Outlet Size NPT In./mm 6 150 51⁄8 125 51⁄8 125 Approx.AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Valve Size In. Lbs/Kg 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 250 120 250 120 1⁄2 15 3⁄4 20 1⁄2 15 1⁄2 15 1⁄16 8 3 8 3 2 1⁄16 2 INLET MODEL GAV-30 .AUTOMATIC AIR VENT Type GAV-30 106 MODEL GAV-30 . Water Pressure psi/bar 300 20./mm Width In.anvilintl. Temp. Ea./DN(mm) 250 120 1⁄2.7 Max. Wt./DN(mm) Orifice Size In./mm For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.4 www.com . Inlet Size °F/°C In.

5 1 ⁄4 6.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.9 4.6 16 406.0 8.0 270 18.500 88.625 219.0 3.8 12 304.5 3⁄8 9.3 5.9 Model or 10 dig.375 60. # AF0390232007 AF0390232106 AF0390232031 AF0390232114 AF0390232122 AF0390232130 AF0390232148 AF0390232155 AF0390232163 Pressure 70°F In./mm * See Motion Classification to the left for additional information./mm In.7 3⁄8 9. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.GRXGR FLEX CONNECTORS A ± .7 5⁄8 15. Ea.7 275 19.750 273.4 3⁄8 9.5 1.1 12.6 12.0 5.8 11⁄4 31.8 3⁄4 19.0 3.0 300 20.4 1⁄4 6.3 6./DN(mm) In.0 450 31.0 Parallel Offset * Approx./mm psi/bar A 12 304. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.4 1⁄4 6./mm Lbs.2 46.7 150 10.1 1⁄2 12.4 1⁄4 6.9 1⁄2 12.9 GRUVLOK ® Nominal O.4 1⁄4 6. Size In./kN 11⁄4 31. Permanent Intermittent Wt.4 20 508.5 1.4 2.2 5 ⁄8 15.625 168.1 3.4 155 10.563 141.5 165 11.0 17.5 1⁄4 6.6 225 15.9 1⁄2 12.D.0 6.4 16 406.1 38.8 12 304.5 2.0 9.8 14 355.4 20. In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 8.750 323.Valves & Accessories FIG. AF21-GG GROOVED ENDS FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GG .0 20.7 7⁄8 22. 107 .3 2.3 145 10.875 73.1 10.0 20 508.4 16 406.500 114.6 4.4 14.

/kN 12 450 17⁄8 5⁄8 7.8 12 304.625 219.9 7⁄8 22.1 5⁄8 15.6 18.750 323.875 73. www.3 11⁄8 28.com .5 3⁄8 9.4 1⁄4 6.3 5.375 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 60.8 12 304.6 14 355./mm 2 2.563 141.9 1⁄2 12. 108 Nominal Size In.5 1⁄4 6.6 5⁄8 15. 40 Carbon Steel Grooved Ends Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191.2 3⁄4 19.7 AF0390232197 AF0390232213 Parallel Offset Permanent Intermittent In.7 15.7 150 10. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 114.0 47.0 270 18.4 3⁄8 9.3 2.4 1⁄4 6.625 168.4 4.7 275 19.8 39.0 40 18./mm In. AF21-GF CLASS 150 FLANGED X GROOVED FLEX CONNECTOR AF21-GF .4 155 10.7 1⁄4 6. Wt.8 14 355.6 15 381.D.GRXFL FLEX CONNECTORS GRUVLOK ® A ± .5 3.6 15⁄8 41. Ea.9 5⁄8 15.3 6.1 50 22.4 3.3 145 10.4 17 431. Model or 10 dig.9 O.750 273. # Pressure 70°F In.7 10.9 5⁄8 15.2 304. Lbs.3 8.anvilintl.3 8./mm psi/bar A AF0390232171 AF0390232189 AF0390232247 AF0390232254 AF0390232262 AF0390232270 AF0390232288 Approx.8 31.500 88.0 16 406.8 12 304.9 4.1 12.3 23.0 6.0 300 20.4 18.9 10.4 8.9 1⁄2 12./mm * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose 300 Series SS Ferrule 304 SS Braid Sch.0 3.5 165 11./DN(mm) In.6 225 15.1 10.7 14.Valves & Accessories FIG.

for additional information Model or 10 dig.5 1⁄4 6.563 141.6 450 31.7 3 ⁄4 19.0 6./mm psi/bar In.9 4.0 4.2 14 355.1 10. 109 .3 30.6 54.7 1⁄2 12.5 12.0 11.D.4 3 ⁄8 9.1 5⁄8 15.4 155 10./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.4 19.7 150 10.125 300 Series SS Annular Corrugated Hose AF21-FF .3 2./kN 9 228.0 13./mm Lbs.0 24.7 275 19.0 270 18.4 1⁄4 6.FLXFL FLEX CONNECTORS Nominal Size * See Motion Classification on previous page for additional information.4 11 279.3 5.3 145 10.4 14.7 3⁄8 10.500 88.6 225 15.0 105.5 1⁄4 6. # AF0390232387 AF0390232395 AF0390232403 AF0390232429 AF0390232437 AF0390232445 AF0390232452 AF0390232460 AF0390232478 Parallel Offset A Pressure 70°F Permanent Intermittent Approx.0 47.4 GRUVLOK ® A ± . In.3 6.5 165 11.750 273. Ea.3 8.0 8.0 34. In.0 11⁄8 28.4 1⁄4 6.750 323.6 25.7 1⁄2 12.8 13 330.0 3./DN(mm) In.9 1⁄2 12.6 9 228.4 1⁄4 6.4 12 304.6 9 228./mm In. Wt.625 219.4 5⁄8 15.6 11 279.6 9.875 73.6 9 228.625 168.9 1⁄2 12.5 75.0 5.9 304 SS Braid Plate Steel Flange 150# Drilling Flat Face See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 190-191. Anvil also provides AnvilFlex™ Increaseres contact your Gruvlok Rep. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.375 60. AF21-FF CLASS 150 FLANGED X CLASS 150 FLANGED FLEX CONNECTOR 300 Series SS Ferrule O.4 1⁄4 6.1 12.6 1 25.500 114.Valves & Accessories FIG.5 3 ⁄8 9.0 300 20.

9 800 55.99 102.790 34.545 51. Lbs.8 1000 68.6.0 3.5 7.6.6.65 11.9 1.750 323.141 454.36 19.6 11.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . For additional details.3 14. In.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . see coupling data chart notes on page 262.9 4.2 0 -1⁄8 0 ./Kg 3.0 6.6 3.2 Max.6 32. Coupling Bolts Qty.316 23.085 84.3. End Load Lbs.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .74 41.375 60. Pressure PSI/bar 1200 82.35 Fig.2 2.8 1200 82.89 72.563 141./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .0 25.3 5.1 12.6.500 114.8 1200 82./mm 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M20 x 110 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx.500 88.750 273.HPR COUPLING Range of Pipe End Separation In./mm In.366 184./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 . Wk. Size In.8 1200 82.3.90 29.D. 110 FIGURE 7004 .1 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .6 2. Size O. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.426 259. Ea.65 7.167 129.anvilintl./DN(mm) In.8 1200 82. 7004 HPR® with standard gasket.625 219.9 14.High Pressure System FIG.7 43.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .4 Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.6.3 2.2 800 55.4 8.9 19.875 73.1 10.4 15. Wt.00 58.610 322.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6.625 168.9 Max.8 1200 82.3 8.8 4.3 6. 7004 HPR® COUPLING Y Z GRUVLOK ® X Nom.9 www./kN 5.com .3./mm In./mm 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 11 279 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 Not for use in copper systems.

4 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 0 -1⁄8 0 .1 2. Center Approx. Lbs.3 5./ In.7 43. Wt.66 159.453 504./DN(mm) In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 1. O.2 19.3 8./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3.761 176.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .750 323.943 306.5 2. Ea. 7004 EG® FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 61⁄4 159 67⁄8 175 71⁄2 191 91⁄2 241 121⁄8 308 147⁄8 378 17 432 191⁄4 489 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 21⁄4 57 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 25⁄8 67 2 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 2 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 2 2 2 2 2 2 – M16 x 85 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 M16 x 85 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 M16 x 85 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 M22 x 150 1 x 51⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – 1 x 61⁄2 – Approx.9 4.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .375 60.3.230 72.500 88.3 8./mm In. Size To-End Wt./mm PSI/bar Lbs.86 68.595 709.1 12. In.5 5./mm In.9 1500 103.92 0 -1⁄8 0 . Max.1 11.6 32.19 24. Size In.500 88.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .0 3.625 219./mm In.4 2500 172.0 25.6.5 9.053 106.6.67 87. Not for use in copper systems.4 1250 86.1 10.84 113.2 1250 86.6.6. Fig.750 273. Wk.6 11. End Range of Pipe Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts O.0 20.3.9 FIG.D.500 114.3 2.9 19.D./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.1 15.D. Ea.625 168.075 49. 7004 EG with “EG” gasket.3 6. 7068 EG END GUARD® COUPLING Y HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Z C to E X FIGURE 7004 .3 2.4 2000 137.0 4.625 168. 7068 EG HIGH PRESSURE CROSS Nom.99 39.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .500 114.8 3./mm In./mm In. 111 .8 6.375 60./kN In.3.0 3.4 2500 172.8 46.9 2500 172.3 14. Size Pressure Load End Separation X Y Z Qty.875 73.2 11./Kg 4.875 73.3 6.9 GRUVLOK ® O.9 5.4 35⁄8 92 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 61⁄4 159 83⁄4 222 111⁄8 283 131⁄2 343 157⁄8 403 For additional details.27 16.639 389.9 4.6./mm Lbs.5 7.9 1. see coupling data chart notes on page 262.High Pressure Fittings FIG.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .END GUARD (EG) COUPLING Nominal Max.4 2500 172.

500 88.2 12. In.875 73. 112 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 6.625 219.D. C to E 2.3 6.5 3./mm In./ In.0 2.500 114.625 168.500 88./mm Lbs. Ea.5 17.500 114.8 0.D.375 60.375 60. Center Approx.3 1.7 11. HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 O. Center Approx. 7051 EG FIG./mm Lbs.0 5.500 88.D. Ea. O.3 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 3. O.0 7. 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE 90° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE HIGH PRESSURE TEE O.3 2 51 21⁄4 57 21⁄2 64 3 76 31⁄2 89 1.875 73./mm Lbs.0 3./mm In.2 3. In. In.1 4./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 2 50 2.8 2./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2./ In.750 273.2 38.5 7.3 9. Size To-End Wt.anvilintl. Size To-End Wt.4 * * * * * * FIGURE 7051 EG./mm In.3 6.375 60. In.6 FIGURE 7060 EG HIGH PRESSURE TEE Nom.1 2. OD Size To-End Wt.875 73.D.5 5. HIGH PRESSURE 45° LR ELBOW Nom.750 323.375 60.3 2.3 4.3 61⁄2 165 5 127 4.3 2./Kg DN(mm) 2.9 7.500 114. 7022 EG HIGH PRESSURE HEADER TEE Nom.9 1. 7022 EG FIG./mm Lbs. www.9 4.2 15.D.9 2. O.0 3. GRUVLOK ® Nom.9 4.D.3 4./mm In.3 2.625 168. Size To-End Wt.375 60.0 27.2 1.0 3. Ea.5 FIG.6 1./ In. 7050 EG FIG. O. Center Approx.1 10.com .3 2./Kg DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 2.5 1.D.625 168.9 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 * * * * * * C to E C to E C to E C to E C to E FIGURE 7050 EG. Ea.9 4.0 12.5 *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.4 16./ In.High Pressure System FIG. Center Approx.3 8. O.3 6.3 2.

/mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.9 4.4 0 -1⁄8 0 . see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.3 6./DN(mm) In.9 0. Max.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6.9 2.Advanced Copper Method FIG.1 1.3. -Lbs.3 5.0 3.875 73. Lbs.3 8.563 141.625 219. In.5 8. 113 . See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 156-157.5 2. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size In.1 Range of Pipe End Separation In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6.500 114./mm 0 -1⁄8 0 .RIGIDLITE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts.D.625 168.1 5.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .7 1.6 2. X Y Z In.4 4./mm In./mm In.1 1. 7400 RIGIDLITE® COUPLING Z Y Nominal Size O.0 3./mm 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 Specified Torque § Min./N-M 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 80 110 80 110 80 110 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 100 150 100 150 100 150 Approx Wt.3./mm 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 41⁄2 114 55⁄8 143 67⁄8 175 77⁄8 200 101⁄4 260 51⁄2 140 5 127 63⁄4 171 73⁄4 197 91⁄4 235 103⁄8 264 123⁄4 324 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 2 51 23⁄8 60 Qty. Ea.2 0 -1⁄4 0 .2 FIGURE 7400 .6.3./Kg 1.8 GRUVLOK ® X § – For additional Bolt Torque information on page 200.500 88.3 2.4 0 -1⁄4 0 .3.375 60.4 3.2 0 -1⁄8 0 .6 0. Ft.

X Y Z A Max.-Lbs/N-M Lbs. Max./Kg 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.com .3 2./mm Ft./mm In./mm In.6 4. Torque § Torque § Pressure▼ Load▼ Bolt Size Min.97 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 3⁄8 x 23⁄4 M10 x 70 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 30 40 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 45 60 61⁄4 159 7 178 77⁄8 200 9 229 10 254 11 279 131⁄2 343 83⁄8 213 91⁄2 241 101⁄2 267 111⁄2 292 121⁄2 318 14 356 161⁄2 419 3⁄4 19 3 ⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 3⁄4 19 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 1 25 23⁄8 60 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 59⁄16 141 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.22 7.7 300 20.D.91 1.7 1.9 4.7 6.3 2.528 77.3 5. GRUVLOK ® Amax.292 32./DN(mm) In.886 12.563 141. B Min. Max./mm In.0 2. Specified Surface Nom.Advanced Copper Method FIG.6 2.00 17./kN In.625 219.329 5. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Z Y X Bmin.44 10. Working End Mating Flange Bolts Latch* Wt. 37⁄16 87 4 102 49⁄16 116 59⁄16 141 63⁄4 171 713⁄16 198 10 254 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 (12) 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5 ⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 705⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 5⁄8 x 23⁄4 M16 x 70 3⁄4 x 27⁄8 3⁄4 x 31⁄8 M20 x 80 3⁄4 x 31⁄4 M20 x 80 110 149 110 149 110 149 110 149 220 298 220 298 220 298 140 190 140 190 140 190 140 190 250 339 250 339 250 339 4.9 4.1 6.-Lbs/N-M In. In. Range Dimensions Specified Approx. Size O. Qty.0 9.anvilintl.66 2.500 114./mm PN10 (16) In.FLANGE: ANSI CLASS 150 OR ISO PN10 OR PN16 BOLT PATTERNS Latch Bolt Mating Flange Bolts Max. Sealing Max.7 300 20.1 www.8 4.7 300 20.875 73. ANSI Size (ANSI) Min.9 8.3 6.771 21.2 1.6 7. 114 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7012 .948 8.341 46.1 300 20.0 3.3 8./mm PSI/bar Lbs.7 300 20. (ISO) mm Ft.84 4. Ea.4 15./mm In.500 88.375 60.7 300 20.625 168.7 300 20.

See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 162-165. 7012 (NOTES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE) GRUVLOK FLANGES FOR GRUVLOK ADVANCED COPPER METHOD Serrated Face Mating Flange X A max. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. 115 . § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200.5. Rubber Grooved Surface Bmin. ▼ Based on use with standard wall pipe. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. Pipe Flange Adapter Insert Grooved Flange Pipe Gasket Flange Adapter Insert ✛ PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange * Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated.Advanced Copper Method FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. To avoid interference issues. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or Anvil's web site for more information on installing this flange See “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16. Gruvlok Flange adapter insert required when mating to rubber surfaces or serrated faced mating flanges. GRUVLOK ® Y Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure 7012 Component Gruvlok Figure 7012 Flange Flange Z Effective sealing area of mating flange must be free from gouges. undulations or deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket.

3 8./Kg 0.6 0./DN(mm) In.500 114.3 3.500 88. O.9 4. Ea.3 5.3 6.4 6. Ea.0 3.3 2.1 Center to End In.375 60.875 73.9 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.3 2.D.4 13./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.com .D. Lbs. Nom.7 18.2 17. Wt.D.9 0.625 219.6 0.0 3.3 8. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Wt.5 1.563 141.D.625 219.500 114.563 141.8 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.9 3. Size O./Kg 1.1 Center to End In. 116 0.45° ELBOW Nom.875 73.4 1. O.5 0.3 7.1 3.4 1.8 11.4 8. Lbs. Size O.375 60.5 1.3 5.9 4. 7551 FIG./DN(mm) In.625 168.1 2.3 8.563 141.90° ELBOW Nom.625 168.9 4.8 2./mm 21⁄8 54 23⁄8 60 25⁄8 67 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 71⁄2 191 Approx.7 3.D.500 114.3 4.0 29.6 13.3 6.1 Center to End In./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.5 1.875 73./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx./DN(mm) In. In. In.3 FIGURE 7560 . C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7550 . Ea./mm 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 12 305 Approx.1 5.D.anvilintl.Advanced Copper Method FIG.3 2.625 168.TEES FIGURE 7551 .3 19.1 41.5 9.500 88. Lbs.3 1. In.5 1.6 6. 7550 FIG.375 60./Kg 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.5 2. www.3 6.3 5.500 88.6 7. Size O. 7560 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEES C to E C to E O.7 5.0 3.7 0.7 2.6 8.625 219./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.1 0. Wt.

2 5.0 2. Contact your Gruvlok Representative for more information. Ea.9 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 51⁄2 140 55⁄8 143 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 2.D.9 2. Size In.3 3. 7572 FIG. Lbs.8 1.4 0.0 GRUVLOK ® O. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Approx./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 4 203 Approx.5 2.3 0.3 2. In. sizes ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nominal Size In.0 5. Wt.0 2./mm 2.2 1. O.2 0.3 6.5 4. Ea.0 0. 7574 (GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER END CAP E to E E to E FIGURE 7572 . Wt. Lbs.3 11./DN(mm) End to End In.D.500 88.563 141.3 1.D.4 2.0 0. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.0 3. Wt./DN(mm) End to End In.(GR X GR) CONCENTRIC REDUCER FIGURE 7574 .END CAPS Nom.2 1.625 168./Kg 0.5 0./mm Approx.1 0.2 4.D.625 219.Advanced Copper Method FIG.2 2.6 0.0 0./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.3 5.875 73.375 60.3 1.8 1. 117 .500 114.9 2.4 8" fittings fabricated upon request.0 0./Kg Nom.9 0.1 End to End In.6 0. 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.3 1. Lbs. Ea.9 4.3 8.8 2./Kg 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 35⁄8 92 5 127 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 0. Size In.

Ea.3 12./DN(mm) 8 x 8 x 21⁄2 200 x 200 x 65 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 Center to End In./mm Lbs.D./Kg Cup 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 18 8.8 2./DN(mm) Center to End In. sizes 118 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 2.1 1.3 Nominal Size In.5 11. Wt.7 1. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7561A .5 5.6 Nominal Size In./mm Lbs.7 5.5 3.4 8. Ea.5 12./mm 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 15 381 Approx.Advanced Copper Method FIG.2 2.2 18.3 18./mm Lbs.8 2.2 11.anvilintl.2 5.(GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In. Wt. Wt.3 18. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.2 4.0 4. Ea./mm 5x5x3 125 x 125 x 80 5x5x4 125 x 125 x 100 6 x 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 150 x 65 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 6x6x5 150 x 150 x 125 11 279 11 279 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx. www. In.8 3. In.5 19 8./Kg Cup 51⁄2 140 51⁄2 140 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 7.1 5.1 2.4 7.6 8" fittings are copper coated stainless steel.4 5./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 Center to End In.2 8.D./mm 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx.8 0.com . 7561A (GR X GR X GR) REDUCING TEE C to E O.8 8./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 5 127 1. In.

/mm 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 Approx. In.0 0. Size In.2 2.1 2.7 0.1 0. In.1 4.1 2.7 0.1 2.0 4.5 2.8 0.7 0./mm 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254 Approx. 119 .5 1.5 1./DN(mm) 4 x 4 x 3⁄4 100 x 100 x 20 4x4x1 100 x 100 x 25 4 x 4 x 11⁄4 100 x 100 x 32 4 x 4 x 11⁄2 100 x 100 x 40 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 Center to End In.1 0.6 2. Wt.D.8 1.1 4./Kg Cup 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 1.8 2./mm 71⁄2 191 71⁄2 191 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 Approx.5 1.8 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Nom.8 1. C to E FIGURE 7564A . 7564A (GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE C to E O. Ea.(GR X GR X CUP) REDUCING TEE Nom./DN(mm) 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 80 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 65 x 32 Center to End In.7 1. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm Lbs.7 2.D.5 1.7 1./Kg Cup 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 1.5 1. Size In./Kg Cup 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 5 127 4.1 4. Wt.2 Nom.6 0. Size In. Ea./mm Lbs. Wt.Advanced Copper Method FIG.7 2./mm Lbs.2 GRUVLOK ® Cup See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.8 2.0 0.5 1. Ea. In.6 1./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x 3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 Center to End In.5 1.

2 1. 7582 (GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER TRANSITION FITTING E to E E to E Cup Cup O./mm 7 ⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 7⁄8 23 15⁄16 25 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 11⁄16 28 15⁄16 34 15⁄16 34 Approx.1 0.7 0./mm 2.3 0.4 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O./Kg 0.625 168.0 0.7 0.563 141.2 0.3 2.D. GRUVLOK ® O./mm 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 111⁄16 42 23⁄16 55 25⁄8 67 31⁄8 79 Approx.0 3.875 73. Lbs.2 0.TRANSITION FITTING Nominal Size In.5 2./DN(mm) 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄4 65 x 32 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 3x2 80 x 50 4x2 100 x 50 End to End In. 7575 FIG.6 0.3 End to End In.D.3 2.0 0.3 6./Kg 0.Advanced Copper Method FIG.5 1.500 114.375 60. Lbs./mm 23⁄4 70 3 76 7 3 ⁄16 87 47⁄16 112 57⁄16 138 63⁄8 162 Cup In.2 0./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 O. Wt.5 5. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 3 76 3 76 27⁄8 73 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄4 83 37⁄8 98 37⁄8 98 5 127 Cup In.9 3.4 0.4 0. Wt.9 4.6 0.3 1. Ea.3 0.3 1.0 FIGURE 7582 .6 0.anvilintl. In.3 0.D.5 2.D.4 0. Ea.(GR X CUP) REDUCING ADAPTER Nom.4 0. Size In.2 0. 120 FIGURE 7575 .3 5.3 1. www.0 0.com .500 88.

5 91⁄4 235.1 511⁄16 144. C FULL PORT D L M K B A Vent Hole C D with extension piece L H A O.Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B W1 GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE .5 41⁄2 114.888 48.9 35⁄16 84.365 60.9 21⁄4 57.5 65⁄8 168.9 3 76.0 35⁄8 91.8 5⁄8 16.2 21⁄4 57.876 73./mm 1.490 88.0 5⁄16 7.5 1.0 5⁄16 7.FULL PORT . GRUVLOK ® J 121 .D.D.0 5⁄8 16.9 41⁄4 108.1 71⁄2 190.1 21⁄2 63.8 21⁄4 57.375 60.2 2 50. A B C D H In.6 J K L M W W1 In.2 57⁄16 137.8 65⁄16 159.500 88.6 91⁄4 235.3 2.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size In./mm 5⁄8 16.0 5⁄16 7.9 3.9 21⁄4 57.0 91⁄4 235.FULL PORT W OPEN FULL PORT B CLOSE O.8 65⁄16 159.0 21⁄4 57.8 5 ⁄8 16.0 91⁄4 235.1 2.9 211⁄16 69.0 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.6 6.0 5 ⁄16 7.1 61⁄8 155.29 159.9 3.5 415⁄16 126.910 48.8 39⁄16 90.1 71⁄16 179.0 51⁄16 128.1 43⁄4 120.D.9 13⁄4 45.1 2.870 72.0 2.4 53⁄4 146. Vent Hole SERIES 7500B .1 11⁄2 38.4 51⁄8 129./DN(mm) 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 O.1 211⁄16 67.1 61⁄4 159.

0 Vent Hole with extension piece 5.545 115.12 B A M OD C 3.STANDARD PORT 4" .anvilintl.5 71⁄8 180.1 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 In.5 45⁄16 109.DIMENSIONS Nominal Size O.5 91⁄4 235.12 SERIES 7500B .Advanced Copper Method SERIES 7500B GROOVED-END BRONZE BALL VALVE .8 61⁄4 159./mm 5⁄8 16.5 21⁄4 57.250 122 J OPEN K B A STANDARD PORT CLOSE C 3.0 3⁄8 9./DN(mm) In.469 113.D.0 Vent Hole 7. In.STANDARD PORT 4" W1 GRUVLOK ® 9.400 O.4 4. 7. www.com .D./mm 4 100 4.5 A B C J K L M W1 71⁄2 190.

022 -0./mm 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 1.625 168.007/-.000 102 4.000 102 4.76 In.7 1.53 0.76 In.875 73.720 69 3.88 0.090 +/-2. 7089 & 7090 .660 42.250 57 2.050 26. 7090 THREAD BY THREAD FIGURE 7088.000 152 6.005/-.3 2.3 6.53 n/a n/a C Actual Tolerance +0.4 1. NIPS/DN In.315 33.DI-LOK® Nipple FIG.697 43 2.00 +.006/-.3 2.7 1.15/-. 7089 GROOVE BY GROOVE E FIG.13/-.45 -0.881 22 1./mm In.000 76 4.50 -0.0 3.00 +.55 1.000 +.375 60.008/-.005/-./mm B +/-.3 Tolerance In.37 -0.53 0.000 152 6.000 +.660 42.000 102 6.13/-.3 5.33/-.625 15.92 0.625 15.3 5.500 88.000 +.55 -0.88 0.000 +. IPS Pipe Size O.88 0. 7090 E A B STEEL TUBE POLYPROPYLENE FIG.18/-./mm 3.315 33.375 9.900 48.D.018 -0.000 +.625 168.000 +.3 2.020 -0.900 48.010/-.030 +/-. Figure 7089 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 6" only.00 +.625 15.9 4.00 +.006/-.4 1.000 +.334 110 5.022 -0.000 152 GRUVLOK ® GRUVLOK DI-LOK® NIPPLE DI-ELECTRIC PIPE CONNECTION Figure 7088 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 2" through 4" only.00 102 4.000 +.455 164 n/a n/a n/a n/a -0.312 7. 7088.3 6.015 ±.9 4.000 D Actual In.DI-LOK® NIPPLES Nom.7 1.00 +.500 114./mm +.88 0.114 28 1.92 0. 7088 GROOVE BY THREAD E B STEEL TUBE A POLYPROPYLENE FIG.312 7.312 7.500 114./mm In.375 9.015 -0.29 In.344 85 4.00 +013/-.375 60.563 141.625 15.20/-.625 15.3 2.500 88.018 -0.010 ±. Figure 7090 available in Nominal Pipe Sizes 3⁄4" through 2" only.375 9.38 E +/-. 7089 & FIG.000 152 6.3 A +/-.15/-.563 141.00 +. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.625 15.458 37 1.0 3.88 0.25 ±.050 26.45 -0.25/-.88 0.875 73./mm n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.7 1. 123 .030 +/-./mm 0.92 0.00 ±.395 137 6.000 152 6. FIG.

/Kg N-m N-m 150 203 150 203 200 271 200 271 250 339 250 339 250 339 500 678 550 746 550 746 550 746 190 257 190 257 250 339 250 339 300 406 300 406 300 406 600 814 700 949 700 949 700 949 6.6 3.6 16.D.0 7.625 168.375 60.7 300 20. LbFt/ LbFt/ Lbs. Max.0 3.858 10. In.4 600 41.3 8.159 13.5 4.1 300 20.7 300 20.4 3.323 1.4 88 39.com .4 23.3 2.7 600 41.7 3.9 4. 7005 ROUGHNECK® COUPLING Z GRUVLOK ® Y 124 FIGURE 7005 .7 14.4 450 31.750 273./mm In./kN 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 2.5 40 18.1 www.341 4. End No.4 7./mm In.507 3. Nominal Size Max.507 3.950 27. Wk. § – For additional Bolt Torque information see page 200 see “Coupling Data Chart Notes” on page 262.8 31.773 2.6 17.1 12.625 219.919 14.3 6.anvilintl.995 30.8 16.0 350 24.229 12.7 300 20./DN(mm) In.157 3.563 141. Ea./mm PSI/bar Lbs.788 13.4 10.246 8.377 31.4 38. Wt.Plain-End Fittings FIG.618 7.690 17.709 Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts X Y Z Qty.4 750 51.000 355. Not for use in copper or PVC systems.766 5./mm 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 8 12 12 12 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 47⁄8 124 63⁄8 162 71⁄2 191 83⁄4 222 107⁄8 276 125⁄8 321 147⁄8 378 163⁄4 425 183⁄4 476 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Load Grippers Pressure In.528 7.895 1.500 114.3 5.ROUGHNECK® COUPLING X NOTES: See Coupling data chart notes in technical data section for additional information.500 88.875 73.1 56 25. Max.9 14./mm 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄4 5⁄8 x 31⁄4 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 3⁄4 x 41⁄2 7⁄8 x 5 1x6 7⁄8 x 5 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 1 x 61⁄2 - Specified Approx.1 10. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 174-175.509 30.7 300 20. Torque § Min. of O.7 300 20. 63⁄8 162 71⁄8 181 81⁄8 206 93⁄8 238 111⁄8 283 127⁄8 327 141⁄2 368 18 457 201⁄4 514 221⁄8 562 24 610 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 31⁄2 89 41⁄8 105 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 53⁄8 137 61⁄4 159 61⁄4 159 Size In.750 323.8 10.000 406.9 95 43.

500 114.563 141.2 4.500 114. GRUVLOK ® O.500 88.2 18.625 219.7 17./mm 2.4 6.500 88.6 9.0 13.1 27.6 4.0 3.3 Nominal Size In.6 4.D. In.6 6.500 88.3 6. 7051P FIG.8 8.563 141.3 2.5 1.1 Center To End In.3 8.3 2.45° ELBOW Nominal Size In.375 60. Ea.4 4.8 30.2 7.3 12. Ea.625 168.6 3.9 3.5 1.3 5.90° ELBOW Nominal Size In.6 4.4 24. Lbs.D. In.0 0. C to E C to E 125 .8 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.563 141.375 60./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 FIGURE 7060P .3 8.3 2. Lbs. Wt.D. O.000 101.3 6./Kg 2. 7050P FIG.2 3.1 Center To End In.Plain-End Fittings FIG.9 4.3 5.9 11 5.3 9./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx. In.000 101.2 4.9 14.3 5. Ea.TEE O.1 31 14./Kg 2.9 4.1 Center To End In. Wt.6 4.0 61.D./Kg 3.000 101.0 3.625 168.D.3 5.8 8.0 3.D.5 8. 7060P 90° ELBOW 45° ELBOW TEE O.375 60.6 13./mm 31⁄8 79 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 51⁄8 130 53⁄4 146 6 152 Approx.8 6./mm 2.9 4.2 2.625 219./mm 2./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O. Wt.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIGURE 7051P .875 73.8 2.3 6.1 38.3 8.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 43⁄4 121 51⁄2 140 61⁄4 159 7 178 73⁄4 197 91⁄2 241 11 279 11 279 Approx.7 9.9 11.0 3.625 168.3 21.2 2.500 114.875 73.625 219. Lbs.7 1. C to E FIGURE 7050P .2 6.875 73.

8 8.9 10.1 37.3 5./mm Lbs.anvilintl./mm In.7 4. 7071P GRUVLOK ® 126 FIGURE 7068P .1 22.3 8.0 6.625 168.500 114.4 21.1 38./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.6 6.1 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 3.8 31.7 6. Lbs./Kg 4.3 2. 7068P FIG.0 3. Wt./Kg Nominal Size O.500 114.6 4.2 2. In.3 9./DN(mm) In.6 4.0 4.5 14.2 14. End End In.5 4.5 10.9 13.625 168.6 9.8 3.7 26.D./Kg 71⁄4 184 73⁄4 197 83⁄4 222 10 254 103⁄4 273 123⁄4 324 14 356 18 457 23⁄4 70 3 76 31⁄4 83 31⁄2 89 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄2 114 6 152 O./mm 2.3 5./mm In./DN(mm) In. C to Center Center Approx. Ea./mm 41⁄4 108 43⁄4 121 51⁄8 130 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 67⁄8 175 75⁄8 194 10 254 Approx.625 168.D.3 6./mm Lbs.D.7 17.563 141.90° TRUE WYE Center Center Approx. 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.7 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.500 88.000 101.625 219.1 Center To End In.1 LE LE Nominal Size 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 to 5.CROSS Nominal Size In.4 2.9 4.375 60.500 114.45° LATERAL 2.3 8.3 8.8 C to SE O.875 73.625 219.8 5.3 2.0 9.3 www. O.6 33.0 17.2 53./mm In.0 24. C to SE FIGURE 7069P .3 2. to Long to Short Wt.563 141.8 20.2 17 7. Ea.1 2.D.000 101.D. FIGURE 7071P .D.875 73.3 12.Plain-End Fittings FIG.0 7.3 6.6 4.2 54.375 60.0 3.7 12.0 41.5 3. 90° TRUE WYE C C to LE C to E FIG.9 4. 7069P CROSS 45° LATERAL O.875 73. to Long to Short Wt.3 5. End End In.5 92.2 10.375 60.5 1.563 141.6 24.3 6. Ea.500 88./mm In.500 88.9 4.625 219.0 3.1 74.com .000 101.

6 11. To End Wt./mm Lbs.0 39.4 11.0 21.0 53. Ea.2 11.7 74.0 19.Plain-End Fittings FIG.D. In.2 11.D. 127 .4 24.0 20.2 25.1 44. 7061P REDUCING TEE Nominal Size In.4 86.0 33.0 20. To End Wt.3 5.9 42.6 5.1 11. In.0 35. Ea./mm Lbs.5 26.REDUCING TEE See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.3 11.9 5.8 118.6 78.0 22.8 50.0 59. GRUVLOK ® C to E FIGURE 7061P ./DN(mm) 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x5 200 x 200 x 125 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 10 x 10 x 4 250 x 250 x 100 10 x 10 x 6 250 x 250 x 150 10 x 10 x 8 250 x 250 x 200 12 x 12 x 6 300 x 300 x 150 12 x 12 x 8 300 x 300 x 200 12 x 12 x 10 300 x 300 x 250 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Center Approx.0 112.0 Nominal Size In./DN(mm) 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x2 150 x 150 x 50 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x2 200 x 200 x 50 8x8x3 200 x 200 x 80 Center Approx.0 O./Kg 10 254 10 2254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 131⁄2 343 46.0 50./Kg 51⁄2 140 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 57⁄8 149 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 75⁄8 194 10 254 10 254 7.9 48.5 130. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 3.

875 73. FIGURE 7075P .9 2. In.1 Center To End In.0 15.5 7.500 114.8 3.3 8. 7050LRP FIG.625 168.8 28.375 60. Ea.0 1./mm 5 127 53⁄4 146 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 8 203 93⁄4 248 111⁄4 286 15 381 Approx. Wt.9 4.anvilintl.625 168.D.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.875 73.8 34.0 3.500 88.3 17.45° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In.000 101.375 60./mm 33⁄8 86 33⁄4 95 4 102 41⁄4 108 41⁄2 114 53⁄8 137 6 152 8 203 Approx.D.3 8.3 2.8 6.2 6.3 5.6 1./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.D.5 12.7 FIGURE 7051 LRP ./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.563 141.3 7.3 2.0 3.8 4.5 2.875 73. 7051LRP FIG.375 60.9 4.0 13./Kg 1.D.90° LR ELBOW Nominal Size In. Ea.6 4.563 141.5 1.5 9.3 5.3 2. Ea.1 4.D.500 88.563 141.000 101. 7075P 90° LR ELBOW 45° LR ELBOW BULL PLUG C to E E E to E C to O.com .2 www.9 4.500 114.5 2./mm 2.3 5.0 3. In.5 3.Plain-End Fittings FIG./mm 4 102 5 127 6 152 61⁄2 165 7 178 81⁄2 216 10 254 11 279 Approx./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.500 114.4 4.4 12.3 8.625 219. Wt. Wt. 128 FIGURE 7050 LRP ./mm 2.1 Center To End In.5 2.3 6.3 6.5 5. Lbs.9 9.7 3.4 13.625 219. Lbs. Lbs. In. GRUVLOK ® O.8 0.5 5.4 11.0 3.6 4.0 6.500 88./Kg 2.3 6.0 7.BULL PLUG Nominal Size In.6 4.9 56.0 5.0 7.6 4.1 Center To End In.7 17.D./mm 2.625 168.3 1. O.625 219.2 21.000 101.5 2./Kg 2.5 3.7 29.7 25.

/mm Approx.7 23. 7082P ADAPTER NIPPLES E to E (Plain-End x Class 150 or 300) E to E O. Ea.1 End To End In.7 FIG.2 0.3 5.2 6.875 73.5 1.9 0.4 15.7 11.500 114. 7084P & FIG. Wt. 7081P.7 72. 7085P FIG.D.9 50.7 O.4 5.Plain-End Fittings FIG.000 101./mm 2.0 22.4 4.1 3.0 10./Kg 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 8.0 15.3 2.D.5 2.D.D. Ea.3 6./mm In.0 32.500 114. End To End In. Wt.5 19. Ea.500 88.875 73.5 4.3 8./Kg 1. 7081P Plain x Thread FIG.4 3.5 7.3 8.9 5. Lbs./DN(mm) 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 O.3 2.PLAIN-END X CLASS 150 FLANGE NIPPLES Nominal Size In.0 6. Wt.500 88.9 4.563 141.3 14.625 168.375 60. 7082P Plain x Bevel FIGURE 7080P.625 219.2 10.5 7. FIG.563 141. 7082P .1 1. 7080P.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 5 125 6 150 8 200 2.6 4.625 219. 7080P Plain x Grooved E to E O.5 1./DN(mm) In.D.2 4. 7081P & FIG.5 13./Kg 6.3 5. FIGURE 7085P PLAIN-END X CLASS 300 FLANGE NIPPLES End To End In.5 28. FIGURE 7084P .0 3.0 9. Lbs. E to E O.4 29.375 60.7 9.D.3 6. In.000 101. GRUVLOK ® FLANGE NIPPLES 129 .0 2.0 21.7 14.4 43.7 35.0 3.4 9. Lbs.9 2.4 19./mm 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.1 8.ADAPTER NIPPLES Nominal Size O.2 3.9 4.0 12.1 4 102 4 102 4 102 4 102 6 152 6 152 6 152 6 152 Approx.6 4. FIG.625 168.

Wt.5 2.0 7. sizes 130 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 29. Ea.4 11.0 7./DN(mm) 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x2 80 x 50 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 65 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 5x2 125 x 50 5x3 125 x 80 5x4 125 x 100 End Center To End In.7 17.com .2 Nominal Size In. www./DN(mm) 6x2 150 x 50 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 6x5 150 x 125 8x3 200 x 80 8x4 200 x 100 8x5 200 x 125 8x6 200 x 150 End Center To End In.4 4.SWAGED NIPPLES Nominal Size In.Plain-End Fittings FIG.7 29.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.5 5.2 11.2 11.0 13./Kg 3.0 7./Kg 17.7 17.0 13.5 3.5 5.4 7. Wt.0 4.0 13. FIGURE 7077P .D. Lbs.0 7.0 1.5 2.0 7.anvilintl.5 5.0 13./mm 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 12 305 13 330 13 330 13 330 13 330 Approx. 7077P SWAGED NIPPLES E to E GRUVLOK ® O.5 3.2 29. Lbs.7 17.D.5 3.4 7.2 29./mm 7 178 8 203 8 203 9 229 9 229 9 229 11 279 11 279 11 279 Approx.7 17.0 7. Ea.

9 4.5 9. Size In.9 12.750 323.1 12.625 168. Wt.3 8.625 219. Wt./mm In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Approx.3 34. Ea./mm In./mm In.HDPE COUPLING Coupling Dimensions Nominal O./DN(mm) In.625 168. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 7 ⁄8 x 51⁄2 7⁄8 x 51⁄2 - Approx./Kg 4./mm In.5 15.625 219.5 5.HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING FIGURE 7305 .375 60.5 58 26.6 42.0 6 2.9 12 5. 7305 FIG./mm In.3 6.5 2./DN(mm) In./mm In. Size X Y Z In.500 88.0 8.500 114./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.9 33⁄8 86 45⁄8 117 51⁄4 133 71⁄2 191 10 254 12 305 143⁄8 365 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 8 203 11 279 131⁄4 337 153⁄4 400 177⁄8 454 Z 45⁄8 117 45⁄8 117 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 6 152 61⁄2 165 71⁄4 184 Coupling Bolts Qty.9 33⁄8 86 41⁄2 114 53⁄4 146 8 203 101⁄2 267 125⁄8 321 143⁄4 375 6 152 71⁄8 181 81⁄2 216 111⁄4 286 135⁄8 346 17 432 191⁄2 495 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 5 127 Coupling Bolts Qty. Size X Y Z In.9 4.3 8.1 12.3 Coupling Dimensions Nominal O.D.750 273.D.6 43 19.375 60.HDPE Couplings FIG.750 323./Kg 4. Size In.3 6. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄8 1⁄2 x 3 1⁄2 x 3 5⁄8 x 31⁄2 5 ⁄8 x 31⁄2 3 ⁄4 x 43⁄4 3⁄4 x 43⁄4 - See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 176-177.7 20.1 10.5 19. 7307 HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING Z Y Y X X FIGURE 7307 . 131 .500 88.2 30 13.7 8.500 114.3 GRUVLOK ® HDPE COUPLING See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 178-179. Lbs.3 3.750 273.5 3.5 3./mm 2 50 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 2.1 10. Ea.3 3. Lbs.5 2.4 18 8.

Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. Flange Adapter Insert FlangeGasket Flange Adapter Insert Rubber Surface FIGURE 7312 ./mm 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 Mating Flange Bolts Qty./mm 41⁄2 114 65⁄8 168 85⁄8 219 A. The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area. Size In.D./mm In. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment.625 168. 53⁄4 146 73⁄4 197 101⁄4 260 Latch Bolt Qty. 7312 Flange Component Serrated Face Mating Flange GRUVLOK ® X 132 Amax.3 6. Ea. D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 180-181. The sealing surfaces A Max. F. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.com .8 22 10. undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of gasket./DN(mm) 4 100 6 150 8 200 O.625 219.3 8./mm 8 5⁄8 x 3 2 5⁄8 x 15⁄8 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 2 3⁄4 x 2 8 3⁄4 x 31⁄2 Approx. 7312 HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Y Z Gruvlok Fig. C.1 Flange Dimensions X Y Z In.HDPE Couplings FIG./Kg 15 6.anvilintl. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. of the mating flange must be free from gouges.7 E.500 114. 7312 Flange Mating Flange Gruvlok Fig. Size In. www. Lbs.0 26 12. to B Min. Fig. Wt./mm In./mm In. Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tierods across non-restrained joints. Grooved Pipe B min. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing./mm 4.HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER Nominal Size In. Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation. In./mm 9 229 111⁄4 286 131⁄2 343 103⁄8 264 123⁄8 314 147⁄8 378 31⁄8 79 37⁄8 98 31⁄2 89 Sealing Surface A Max B Min. B. In.

/mm Lbs.Run take-out dimension. O. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.3 300 20.2 25⁄16 59 27⁄16 62 25⁄8 67 31⁄4 83 7⁄8 22 1 25 11⁄8 29 19⁄16 40 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 * “U” .900 48./ DN(mm) In. Working Center Size Wt.2 13⁄16 21 1 25 11 ⁄16 17 15 ⁄16 23 15⁄8 41 2 51 21⁄8 54 25⁄8 67 21⁄4 11⁄16 57 17 27⁄16 11⁄4 62 32 29⁄16 13⁄8 65 35 3 111⁄16 76 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 41⁄2 114 47⁄8 124 51⁄8 130 6 152 2.Sock-It® Method FIG.8 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1./mm In. Dimensions Nominal O.4 1.7 1./mm Lbs.7 300 20.3 300 20./mm In. 7100 FIG. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.4 1.0 2.315 33. Ea./mm PSI/bar In./Kg DN(mm) Max./mm In. Size **T U* V W Y Z Wt. 7103 90° ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) STRAIGHT TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) Y Z C to E W U Y T W U FIGURE 7100 .9 2.9 0.Outlet take-out dimension.D./ In.Run take-out dimension. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.D.660 42.375 60.660 42. **“T” ./mm In./Kg 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1. W Y U* Pressure To End In.SOCK-IT® STRAIGHT TEE (S X S X S) Dimensions Max.4 1.0 1./mm PSI/bar In.5 5.3 1. Pressure In. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.7 300 20.7 1./mm In.3 1.375 60./mm In.7 250 17.315 33.9 1. Working Approx. Nominal Approx./mm In.7 300 20.7 250 17.6 2.0 2.900 48.3 2. Ea.3 3.5 GRUVLOK ® V * “U” .2 4./mm In.3 2.SOCK-IT® ELBOW (S X S) FIGURE 7103 .7 1.7 300 20. 133 .

/Kg 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 1.anvilintl.7 300 20.7 300 20.1 2.7 300 20. Sock-It® End. Ea. Nominal Working Size Pressure In. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. In.5 0./DN(mm) PSI/bar Y C to TE T U C to SE See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183./mm Lbs.1 1. ** “T” .Take-out dimension./mm 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 25⁄16 59 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 Dimensions U* T** W Y Approx.0 * “U” ./mm In.0 2.9 2. sizes 134 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 15 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 20 1x1 25 x 25 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 300 20.7 2.0 2 0.6 0.7 Center to TE In. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.8 1./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 C to SE .Center to Sock-It® End C to TE .SOCK-IT® REDUCING ELBOW (S X NPT) GRUVLOK ® W Max.7 300 20.7 300 20. Thread End.7 300 20.7 300 20.D.7 1.1 2. www.3 1.com .7 0.7 300 20.2 1./mm In.5 1. 7101 90° REDUCING ELBOW (SOCK-IT® X NPT) FIGURE 7101 ./mm In.Take-out dimension. Wt.Sock-It® Method FIG.4 1.Center to Thread End Center To SE In.

2 1.2 250 17.9 1.0 0.Sock-It® Method FIG.9 0.9 2.2 250 17. Wt.7 300 20.Run take-out dimension. Lbs./mm In.0 0.9 0.4 5./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 21⁄8 54 21⁄8 54 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄16 17 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 Y In.7 300 20.7 300 20.1 **T In.4 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.7 250 17.2 175 12./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7 ⁄8 22 1 1 ⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 11⁄2 38 11⁄2 38 U* In./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 43⁄4 121 Approx. Ea. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.5 1./mm 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 27⁄16 62 27⁄16 62 Z In./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In.4 1.7 300 20.0 2.5 1. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 20. GRUVLOK ® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) 135 .D.9 2.7 300 20.0 2.2 2.Outlet take-out dimension.3 1.7 300 20.1 175 12.2 2.7 1.7 300 20. sizes FIGURE 7105 ./DN(mm) 1 x 1 x 1⁄2 25 x 25 x 15 1 x 1 x 3⁄4 25 x 25 x 20 1x1x1 25 x 25 x 25 1 1 ⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 32 x 32 x 15 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 32 x 32 x 20 11⁄4 x 11⁄4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 40 x 40 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 2 x 2 x 1⁄2 50 x 50 x 15 2 x 2 x 3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 1 2 ⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Max. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.9 1. 7105 Z U Y V T W Note: Anvil® is the only manufacturer to offer a 21⁄2" Sock-It Fitting * “U” .2 1.7 300 20.1 3.2 2.2 2.5 5. ** “T” ./Kg 2.6 3.5 3.SOCK-IT® REDUCING OUTLET TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In.6 1.

1 1. 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 Y In.2 250 17.0 2.5 3.0 1.0 3.2 1./mm 1 25 7⁄8 22 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 29 1 25 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄8 29 11⁄8 29 U* In.anvilintl.7 300 20.1 1.2 1. sizes 136 11⁄4 x 1 x 1⁄2 32 x 25 x 15 11⁄4 x 1 x 3⁄4 32 x 25 x 20 11⁄4 x 1 x 1 32 x 25 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1⁄2 40 x 32 x 15 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 3⁄4 40 x 32 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 x 1 40 x 32 x 25 2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄2 50 x 40 x 15 2 x 11⁄2 x 3⁄4 50 x 40 x 20 2 x 11⁄2 x 1 50 x 40 x 25 Max./mm 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 13⁄8 35 Dimensions V W In. Wt.1 300 20.Sock-It® Method FIG.4 www.4 1.2 250 17.4 3.0 2.7 300 20. Lbs.SOCK-IT® REDUCING TEE (S X S X NPT) Nominal Size In./Kg 2.Outlet take-out dimension. Working Pressure PSI/bar 300 2.D. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183./mm 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 17⁄16 37 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 19⁄16 40 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.Run take-out dimension.0 0. ** “T” ./mm 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 23⁄16 56 Z In.2 **T In. 7106 REDUCING TEE (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT® X NPT) Z Y V T W GRUVLOK ® U FIGURE 7106 .1 2.7 250 17./mm In.7 300 20.9 2.com .7 300 20.1 2./DN(mm) * “U” . Ea./mm 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 43⁄8 111 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 49⁄16 116 Approx.1 1.5 1.

900 48.375 60. Max.7 250 17.3 300 20./DN(mm) In.7 0. Wt.7 300 20.D.3 GRUVLOK ® COUPLING (SOCK-IT® X SOCK-IT®) * “U” . Lbs./mm W In.9 2./mm Y In. Ea./mm Z In./mm 1⁄4 11⁄16 111⁄16 43 113⁄16 46 115⁄16 49 23⁄16 56 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄4 83 35⁄8 92 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 6 17 11⁄4 32 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 Approx.8 1.7 300 20.0 2. Working Pressure In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.315 33. See Installation & Assembly directions on pages 182-183.Run take-out dimension.9 0.2 Dimensions U* n. 137 .660 42.1 1.7 1.Sock-It® Method FIG./mm PSI/bar 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 1.4 1.3 2.9 1. 7107 Z Y W U FIGURE 7107 ./Kg 1.SOCK-IT® COUPLING (S X S) Nominal Size O.

47 1.RIGIDLITE STAINLESS STEEL COUPLING Z Nominal Size O. In.3 2. No Coatings or zinc options.5 13. with Type 316 Grade 8M stainless steel heavy hex nuts conforming to ASTM A194.2 0-1⁄8 0-3./mm 27⁄8 73 31⁄8 79 35⁄8 92 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 6 152 81⁄8 206 103⁄8 264 41⁄8 105 45⁄8 117 53⁄8 137 57⁄8 149 65⁄8 168 73⁄4 197 111⁄8 283 135⁄8 346 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 44 13⁄4 44 17⁄8 48 2 51 23⁄8 60 Coupling Bolts* Size Approx./mm Lbs.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.Stainless Steel FIG.7 1. Refer to ratings chart for additional data.46 9.2 0-1⁄8 0-3.0 2.66 42.65 780 3.77 4.3 6.500 88.8 3. In.4 1.2 0-1⁄4 0-6./mm 0-1⁄8 0-3.0 Lbs.2 6. 138 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.anvilintl.625 168.8 2.com ./mm In.4 2.0 3.0 7.0 275 19.4 * All bolts are hex head design Type 316 Grade B8M Class 2 stainless steel to ASTM A193.7 0.1 1.374 19.0 275 19.D.900 48.0 CAUTION: Contact your local Gruvlok representative for corrosive application environments.375 60.0 275 19.067 71.0 275 19./mm In.9 4. Max. Wk.6 0.875 73.44 2./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 1.2 0-1⁄8 0-3. Ea.0 275 19.47 Range of Pipe End Separation In.0 3.218 5. Coupling Dimensions X Y Z In.42 1.480 42./mm In./kN 595 2.3 2./Kg 3 ⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 3⁄8 x 21⁄4 M10 x 57 1 ⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 23⁄4 M12 x 76 1⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1 ⁄2 x 3 M12 x 76 1.0 275 19.3 1.17 16.3 8.785 7.1 1. 7400SS RIGIDLITE® COUPLING GRUVLOK ® Y X FIGURE 7400SS .646 11.625 219.1 Max.4 0-1⁄4 0-6.500 114. Wt.4 0-1⁄4 0-6. † Ratings apply when used with Schedule 40 ASTM A312 Type 304 stainless steel pipe for all sizes. End Pressure† Load† PSI/bar 275 19.0 275 19. www.4 4.

Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE B C F Valve Pipe O./mm In.3 51⁄2 140 63⁄4 171 81⁄4 210 101⁄8 257 23⁄4 70 33⁄8 85 41⁄8 105 51⁄16 128 81⁄4 209 10 254 16 406 28 711 313⁄16 81 413⁄16 122 65⁄16 176 87⁄16 215 115⁄16 49 27⁄8 74 313⁄16 97 511⁄16 144 41⁄8 105 413⁄16 121 6 152 75⁄8 194 Cv Approx.2 106 48./Kg 165 310 815 1500 8 3. A SERIES 7500 SS . Wt. Lbs. In./mm In./mm In.2 38 17.500 88./mm In.6 18 8.1 GRUVLOK ® E D * Bare Stem ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./mm In.375 60.625 168.500 114./DN(mm) 2 50 3 80 4 100 6* 150 Dimensions A B C D E F In.D.3 6.3 3./mm 2.9 4./mm In. 139 .BALL VALVE Size ANSI O. Ea.D.

In.anvilintl. www./mm C In. A SERIES 7500 SS ./DN 2 FP 50 O.com . Ea.D.2 31./mm Cv 31⁄4 83 53⁄8 137 135 Approx. 140 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.2 NOTE: Contact your Gruvlok representative for actuator mounting details./mm G In.THREE-WAY DIVERTER VALVES Size ANSI In./mm In./Kg 14. Full port only.Stainless Steel SERIES 7500 SS GROOVED-END BALL VALVE GRUVLOK ® B G C E H D F Valve Pipe O.3 61⁄2 165 31⁄4 83 103⁄16 258 Dimensions D E In./mm 2.D. Wt. Lb./mm A In./mm 43⁄16 106 2 51 F In.375 FP 60./mm B In.

0 7.0 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe./DN(mm) In./Kg 0. Ea.9 0. O.6 2.9 0.7 1.D. 7051SS FIG. 7074SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW STAINLESS STEEL TEES STAINLESS STEEL CAPS O.7 0.4 0.0 1.1 3.D.7 1. Wt.4 1.4 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe. Ea.8 1. Ea.4 1.2 0.3 1.6 0. Wt.4 0.D./DN(mm) In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK FIG.9 3./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 5 127 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 Approx. Wt. FIG.9 3. C to E 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 37⁄8 98 41⁄4 108 43⁄8 111 53⁄4 146 57⁄8 149 71⁄2 191 103⁄4 273 15 381 E to E C to E C to E FIG.8 2. Lbs. 7050SS 90° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In. 7074SS STAINLESS STEEL CAPS Nominal End to End Size In./DN(mm) In. Wt.6 10.8 9.8 2.4 1. Lbs. C to E Approx.2 5. FIG.5 1.2 0. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative./DN(mm) In.3 4. Lbs.1 18. Lbs.D.5 1. 7060SS FIG.1 4. NOTE: Pressure and load ratings equal to or greater than Schedule 10S as listed above. Ea.1 0.3 1.0 3./Kg 1.7 25.5 4./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 21⁄2 64 3 76 33⁄8 86 4 102 51⁄2 140 71⁄4 184 Approx. 7060SS STAINLESS STEEL TEE Nominal Center to Size End In./mm 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 6 150 8 200 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 15⁄8 41 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 13⁄4 45 17⁄8 48 21⁄4 57 Approx. 7050SS FIG.2 14. 141 .5 0.3 0. 7051SS 45° STAINLESS STEEL ELBOW Nominal Center to Size End In./Kg 0.7 41.4 11.5 0./Kg 1.8 0.4 13.6 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.1 19.8 0.2 0.3 7./mm O.5 0.9 6.7 11.7 2.Stainless Steel FIG.4 2.5 5.6 17.8 5.8 GRUVLOK ® O. Caps are all cast fittings.1 7.6 2.7 29.3 1.

2 1.0 2.2 See Fitting Size Chart on page 146 for O.6 1.anvilintl.9 2.6 3.9 2.7 4./DN(mm) In. Lbs. Additional sizes available. Lbs.1 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.9 4./DN(mm) In.4 0./DN(mm) In.7 6.6 1.9 4.6 5.5 31. Wt.8 4.3 1./mm 4x4x2 100 x 100 x 50 4 x 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 100 x 65 4x4x3 100 x 100 x 80 6x6x3 150 x 150 x 80 6x6x4 150 x 150 x 100 8x8x4 200 x 200 x 100 8x8x6 200 x 200 x 150 5 127 5 127 5 127 61⁄2 165 61⁄2 165 73⁄4 197 73⁄4 197 Approx.5 6. Ea. Ea.1 2.com .4 Nominal Size Center to End In.9 4.5 0. Ea.7 14. C to E GRUVLOK ® C to E 142 FIG.3 3. Wt. Wt.Stainless Steel FIG. 7061SS STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEES O.1 1.0 0.5 1./Kg 3.8 1.5 1.8 2.6 13. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information./Kg 1.3 0.0 4. www. sizes For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.8 1.4 14.0 1.STAINLESS STEEL REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Center to End In./mm 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 65 x 50 3 x 3 x3⁄4 80 x 80 x 20 3x3x1 80 x 80 x 25 3 x 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 80 x 32 3 x 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 80 x 40 3x3x2 80 x 80 x 50 3 x 3 x 21⁄2 80 x 80 x 65 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 41⁄4 108 Approx. Nominal Size Center to End In.0 6.7 2./mm 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x3⁄4 40 x 40 x 20 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 40 x 32 2 x 2 x3⁄4 50 x 50 x 20 2x2x1 50 x 50 x 25 2 x 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 50 x 32 2 x 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x3⁄4 65 x 65 x 20 21⁄2 x 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 65 x 25 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 23⁄4 70 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 33⁄4 95 Approx.0 2.0 2./Kg 5.1 1.5 2. Lbs.1 14.6 29.0 1.D.3 1.8 2. 7061SS .D.

4 1.2 FIGURE 7073SS .STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx. GRUVLOK ® STAINLESS STEEL CONCENTRIC REDUCERS 143 . End to End Size Wt.D.9 3. End to End Size Wt.4 7.7 3.5 For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.0 1.9 0. Ea.5 2.1 3.5 1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1.4 3.3 7.2 7.0 4.0 2. In.3 2.4 0.8 0.9 23.5 1.5 2.6 12.2 7.2 0.6 1.5 1. End to End Size Wt./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 10 254 10 254 10 254 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 111⁄2 292 12 305 12 305 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe. Ea.1 2.7 0.2 14./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 81⁄2 216 81⁄2 216 9 229 9 229 9 229 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 91⁄2 241 1.7 0./Kg 11⁄2 x 1 40 x 25 11⁄2 x 11⁄4 40 x 32 2x1 50 x 25 2 x 11⁄4 50 x 32 2 x 11⁄2 50 x 40 21⁄2 x 1 65 x 25 21⁄2 x 11⁄2 65 x 40 21⁄2 x 2 65 x 50 3x1 80 x 25 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 31⁄8 79 27⁄8 73 27⁄8 73 23⁄4 70 27⁄8 73 33⁄8 86 0.8 13. 4./mm Lbs.D. 7072SS STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS E to E E to E O./DN(mm) In.3 11.8 Nominal Approx.5 3.8 4. End to End Size Wt. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.8 19.8 Nominal Approx.0 6.3 0./mm Lbs.5 1.2 0. In./Kg 3 x 11⁄4 80 x 32 3 x 11⁄2 80 x 40 4x2 100 x 50 4 x 21⁄2 100 x 65 4x3 100 x 80 6 x 21⁄2 150 x 65 6x3 150 x 80 6x4 150 x 100 8x4 200 x 100 8x6 200 x 150 33⁄8 86 31⁄4 83 33⁄4 95 35⁄8 92 31⁄2 89 43⁄4 121 45⁄8 117 41⁄2 114 51⁄8 130 5 127 NOTE: Fabricated fittings weights are based on Schedule 10 pipe.9 2.2 1.6 6.8 1.0 2.9 0. Additional sizes available./DN(mm) In. Additional sizes available.3 0./DN(mm) In.0 7.1 1. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information.2 10.1 0.1 3./mm Lbs./mm Lbs.STAINLESS STEEL ECCENTRIC REDUCERS Nominal Approx.9 1. In.5 5.8 0.2 1. 7073SS FIG.2 11.8 5.9 6.3 3./DN(mm) In. In.0 1. O.Stainless Steel FIG.7 5.3 3.0 3. Ea.2 0.8 4.1 1.4 1.6 4.7 0.0 3. FIGURE 7072SS .5 1.7 8. Ea.9 0.

) Pipe Size (In. (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: 200 250 300 n/a n/a 14 16 350 Std. 10S requires optional roller sets Copper: 2" .anvilintl.8" – Type DWV MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 . 5570603. Wall) Steel Pipe Model 3007 Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.S.com . 14" & 16" Std. 5778715 & others pending. (3) Contact a Gruvlok Representative for information on grooving alternate materials Steel: 2" .Roll Groovers MODEL 1007 & 3007 ROLL GROOVERS MODEL 1007 & MODEL 3007 .12" – Sch. n/a n/a NOTE: Some sizes may require optional equipment.12" – Sch. 40 (Std. 144 2 21⁄2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 125 1:00 150 1:20 200 1:35 250 1:50 300 2:20 350 2:40 400 3:00 This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover setup for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove. n/a n/a 400 Std. Patents 5450738. Wall Stainless Steel: 2" .GROOVER CAPABILITY GRUVLOK ® Pipe Material 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule In/DN mm) 4 5 6 8 10 12 100 Steel Stainless Steel Copper Model 1007 125 150 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material.21⁄2" – Type M 3" . 10./DN mm) – Sch.STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC. www.

L. 145 .S.219" n/a n/a n/a n/a NOTES: (1) All wall thickness shown are the maximum wall thickness for the indicated pipe material.) GRUVLOK ® MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . The times shown are average times from the start of rotation of the pipe in the grooving rolls to completed groove. Note: The universal diameter gauge is part of the copper option or is available as a stand alone option (2) Minimum wall thickness for each pipe materials & size is: (3) Please contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information on grooving alternate materials & wall thickness. 5570603. 10 Stainless Steel: All sizes – Sch. 2 21⁄2 3 4 6 8 10 12 50 0:20 65 0:20 80 0:25 100 0:30 150 1:20 200 1:55 250 0:40 300 1:20 GROOVING TIMES: This chart shows approximate grooving times with the groover set-up for the proper size and groove diameter and the pipe properly positioned on the groover. Steel: All sizes – Sch. 21⁄2" – Type M 3" . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative. Patents 5450738. M & DWV Steel Stainless Steel Copper 150 8 10 12 200 250 .6" – Type DWV MODEL 3006 & MODEL 3006C . 40S Copper: 2".Roll Groovers MODEL 3006 & 3006C ROLL GROOVERS 2 21⁄2 3 50 65 80 Pipe Size/Wall Thickness (Schedule) 4 5 6 100 125 Schedule 40 Schedule 40S K.GROOVER CAPABILITY Pipe Material Pipe Size (Inches)/Max Steel Pipe Wall Thickness Gruvlok roll grooving technology is protected by U. 5778715 & others pending.188" n/a n/a 300 .STEEL PIPE GROOVING TIMES (MIN: SEC.

4 1.375 60.5 0. & FLOW DATA FRICTIONAL RESISTANCE (EXPRESSED AS EQUIVALENT STRAIGHT PIPE) 146 Nominal Size In.4 3.0 5.500 139.1 2.6 3.375 9.8 2.3 2.3 4./DN(mm) 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 O.8 0.5 5.0 1.2 0.9).4 12.0 Nominal Size In. 108.7 1.8 7./mm 0.3 6. 76.7 2.4 1.9 23.1 10.1 3.7 4.8 8.2 6.1 33.3 9.2 25.7 5.2 0.0 6.237 6.9 1.6 16.2 20.4 2.9 19.2 28. the branch value of 3" is 12.3 0.1 12.0 0.2 1.4 0. The Fitting Size Chart is used to determine the O.375 9.000 508.6 7.1 0.D.750 273.2 22.6 20.280 7.3 8.375 9.5 97./m 24.875 73.8 7.8 6.6 Pipe Wall Thickness In.280 7.0 16.4 4. 159.3 6.8 ft (3.5 0.D.5 0.3 0.4 3.1 2.3 13.9 9.3 0.1 5.7 5.0 2.7 1.6 0.1 2.7 5.8 38.322 8./mm 0.0 0.6 113.3 2.D.9 14.8 6.3 6.7 9.5 0. Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance GRUVLOK ® FITTING SIZE O.250 108.4 3.6 13./m 10.375 9.0 Pipe Wall Thickness In.1 Elbow 90° 45° Ft./m 1.6 9.4 7.9 4.4 2.7 4.216 5.6 1.236 133.0 25.4 6.2 0.5 0.3 1.1 1.7 3.1 41. of the pipe that the fittings is to be used with.D.5 1.7 7.D.9 0.0 8.3 5.1 50.0 51⁄2 O./mm 6.7 12.8 6. In.4 2.3 9.000 609.9 10.203 5./m 4./m Ft.5 20.5 4.5 Elbow 90° 45° Ft.1 3.197 5.4 34.0 1.1 3 80 41⁄4 O.D.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.5 Tee Branch Run Ft.6 1.996 76.1 3. 165.0 6.0 1.220 5.7 5 125 61⁄4 O.1 4. 133.0 32.0 2.248 6.8 0.000 406.3 10.4 5.5 21.1 3.6 3.0 1.8 29.7 6.0 10.0 8.7 5. In.0 3. Gruvlok Fittings are identified by either the Nominal size in inches or the Pipe O.8 5.154 3.5 0.2 1.3 10.625 168.D.2 2.7 3.0 4 100 1 5 ⁄4 O.4 25.1 2.259 159.0 7.9 31.3 3.1 6.0 5.2 17.0 73.7 10.563 141.9 3.3 0.660 42.6 0.500 114.4 22.6 16.258 6.9 0.7 1.0 20.1 64. For Gruvlok Technical Detail Refer to the Gruvlok Catalog or contact your local sales representative.1 8.9 2.6 0.1 2.133 3.6 1./m Ft.2 10.5 10.3 0.1 6 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 O.625 219.8 4.3 2.3 8.3 1.0 16.D.2 8.750 323.900 48.anvilintl.7 2.1 3.D.9 26.3 0.0 20.6 4.6 24.4 2.500 88.4 20.0 4.0 4.8 5.D.2 31.4 4.000 457.4 2.7 6.0 40.Fitting Size O.14 3.315 33.2 2.8 16. in/mm.5 8.365 9.1 2. www./m Ft.D./mm 1.com .7 0.4 1.0 10.0 15.2 2.7 0.3 2.3 1. For example: for 6" x 6" x 3" tee.1 26.1 11.1 1.6 0.000 355.4 1.1 7./m Ft. use the value that is corresponding to the branch size. 139.248 6.0 O.3 12.4 18.0 0.0 87.145 3.7 0.3 4.7 8.2 0.1 6.1 0.280 7.5 0.500 165.1 1.1 8.0 0.0 6.0 24.9 8.D.375 9.3 For the reducing tee and branches.375 9.3 34./DN(mm) 61⁄2 O.0 22.

...... 7305 HDPE Coupling .. 152-153 FIG....... Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing... 7000 Standard Coupling .......... 7011 Standard Coupling ....... 7045 & FIG...................... Thorough lubrication of the external surface of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket....... 178-179 FIG.. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling ... 158-159 FIG.. 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling ..... 199 Specified Bolt Torque............. 196-198 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ...... See Gruvlok Lubricants in the Technical Data section of the Gruvlok catalog for additional important information............................ internal and external......... 170-171 FIG.................................... 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2" ................ 7044 Branch Outlet .... 7042 Outlet Coupling ....... 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling .. For temperatures above 150°F (65...... 176-177 FIG............... 156-157 FIG..............24") ........ 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ...... 180-181 Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting ................... GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves............................6° C) use Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant and lubricate all gasket surfaces............................. 166-167 FIG............The instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications............................................................. 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14" .............................. 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter ..12") ......... AF21-GG.................................................... 182-183 FIG......... 150-151 FIG.......... 162-165 FIG............... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™......... 190-191 Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® .... 184-189 FIG......... 200 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY 147 .. 154-155 FIG.. 7001 Standard Coupling ......... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling .............................................. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY..... 7010 Reducing Coupling ...................... 160-161 FIG........... 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets.... ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS FIG............. 174-175 FIG.................................................................. 168-169 FIG..................................... 148-149 FIG... 172-173 FIG.... 192-195 Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ..........

On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown. TO INSTALL: loosely pre-assemble the segments into two “Housing Halves” making sure that the alignment tang(s) and slot(s) on the bolt pad(s) are properly mated. The coupling is properly installed when all bolt pads are firmly together .com . 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. Install the “Housing Halves” as shown in steps 4 & 5.FIG. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.anvilintl. 7001 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 148 Step 1 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.Metal-to-Metal. On couplings 10" and larger. www. Step 3 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. NOTE: The housings for sizes 16" and larger are cast in four or more segments. flip or roll the gasket into centered position.

lower bend load capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. battery strength and operational variations.FIG. 7001 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 149 . CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

4 Pull the two pipes into contact aligning the pipe ends. Working your way around the circumference of the pipe. (Dimension A) should be visible when the gasket is in proper position. 2 Turn the gasket inside out and slide the gasket completely over one of the pipe ends. flip the gasket toward the pipe end so that the proper side is facing out. 7011 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 150 1 Inspect the pipe ends making sure the criteria. in the Gruvlok Large Diameter Pipe Roll and Cut Groove Specifications. The end of this procedure will result in the gasket snapping into place. approximately 75% of the pipe’s gasket-sealing surface.anvilintl. are met.FIG. www. Turning the gasket inside out will reduce the stretching necessary to put the gasket into position. Position the gasket centrally between the grooves of the two pipe ends.com . The use of Gruvlok lubricants ensures compatibility between the lubricant and the gasket. CAUTION: Be careful not to pinch fingers during this step. 3 Lubricate the gasket sealing lips. This will aid in step 4. Ideally.

-lbs. again balancing the weight of the housings on the top of the pipe. 8 Installation of the Figure 7011 Standard Coupling is completed. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.FIG. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 151 . 7011. Continue this procedure for all segments. battery strength and operational variations. Secure the adjacent housing with an oval neck track bolt and heavy hex nut and then rotate the secured housings. The specified maximum torque for each nut is 800 ft. 5 Lubricate the exterior surface of the gasket. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 6 Secure the housings about the pipes making sure the coupling keys are engaged in the pipe end grooves. See page 200 for bolt torque information. This helps prevent pinching of the gasket during assembly. The specified minimum torque for each nut is 600 ft. CONT'D. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Hint: For horizontal assembly.-lbs. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Firmly torque each bolt. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. place housing segment on top of the pipe to support the weight of the housing segment. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.

flip or roll the gasket into centered position. On couplings 10" and larger it may be easier to turn the gasket inside out-then lubricate and slide the gasket over the pipe end as shown.anvilintl. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. To install the larger sizes align the tongue and pocket of the couplings appropriately and tighten the nuts alternately to the specified bolt torque.com .FIG. 7401 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 152 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. On couplings 10" and larger. NOTE: Sizes 14" and larger are cast in multiple segments. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. www.anvilintl.www. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends. NOTE: VdS . see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .com 2Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. When properly assembled there will be a small equal gap between the adjacent bolt pads. Some applications require lubrication of the entire gasket surface.

lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. CONT'D. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. 5Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced.FIG. 4Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. battery strength and operational variations. 7401. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLOK® COUPLING 153 . Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. See page 200 for bolt torque information. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. Place one housing over the gasket.

pull the gasket into position.com . NOTE: VdS . battery strength and operational variations.anvilintl.www. centering it between the grooves on each pipe. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two pipe ends together. 7000 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 154 1 Check & lubricate gasket — Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site .FIG.anvilintl. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end.com 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. www.

making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. CONT'D. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 5 Tighten Nuts — Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. 6 Assembly is completed — Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. 7000.FIG. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY STANDARD COUPLING 155 . unthread the other nut completely and swing the coupling housing halves over the gasket. Insert the bolt and turn the nuts finger tight. 4 Housings— With one nut unthreaded to the end of the bolt. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. lower bend load capabilities. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. See page 200 for bolt torque information.

The gasket should not extend into the groove on either tube. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the tube end. battery strength and operational variations.anvilintl.www. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. of the gasket.com 2 Gasket Installation— Slip the gasket over the one tube.FIG.anvilintl. NOTE: VdS . www. pull the gasket into position. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . 7400 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 156 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. both internal and external. 3 Alignment— After aligning the two tube ends together. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant to the entire surface. centering it between the grooves on each tube.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications.com .

Place one housing over the gasket. keeping the gaps at the bolt pads evenly spaced. lower bend load capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CONT'D. 7400. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY RIGIDLITE® COUPLING 157 . making sure the tongue and recess of each housing is properly mated. Gasket should not be visible between segments after bolts are tightened. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both tubes. making sure the housing keys fit into the tube grooves. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Re-insert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves. See page 200 for bolt torque information.FIG. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 4 Housings— Remove one nut and bolt and loosen the other nut. The bolt pads are to have equal gaps on each side of the coupling. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Tighten Nuts— Securely tighten nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque.

anvilintl. 3 Alignment — After aligning the two pipe ends. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. www. pull the gasket into position centering it between the grooves on each pipe.FIG.com . 7003 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 158 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. 2 Gasket Installation — Slip the gasket over the pipe end making sure the gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.

2) Care needs to be taken so that fingers do not get caught or pinched when handle is placed in locked position as a result of cam action of handle assembly. CAUTION: 1) Hammering or banging on the handle or coupling housing could cause serious damage to the locking device and coupling assembly. always inspect gasket for damage and hinge/handle assembly for loosenenss.FIG. 4 Housings— Put one half of the open coupling over the gasket as the coupling keys fit firmly into the grooves on each pipe end. Press firmly down on the handle until it makes contact with the coupling housing. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HINGELOK™ COUPLING 159 . distortion or any other damage. CONT'D. (See Caution. Swing the other half of the coupling into position around the gasket and into the grooves. The result may be an unsuitable pipe joint and unusable coupling assembly. 7003. 3) When re-using coupling and gasket. Insert locking pin into handle linkage to secure handle in closed position. 5 Lock coupling— Fit the nose of the locking handle in the notch of the opposite housing.) 6 Assembly is completed— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling.

anvilintl. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. NOTE: VdS .anvilintl.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications.com 2 Gasket Installation— Place the smaller opening of the gasket over the smaller pipe.www. 3 Alignment— Align the adjoining pipe center lines. battery strength and operational variations. The center leg of the gasket should make flush contact with the pipe end and will prevent telescoping of the smaller pipe inside the larger.com . Angle the gasket over the pipe end and pull the gasket lip open around the circumference of the pipe. www. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . and insert the larger pipe end into the gasket. Angle the pipe end slightly to the face of the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket and tilt the pipe into the gasket to ease assembly.FIG. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. 7010 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 160 1Check & lubricate gasket— Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. 5 Tighten Nuts— Tighten the nuts alternately and equally to the specified bolt torque. A illustrates the correct position of the Fig. CAUTION: In vertical installations the pipes must be supported to prevent telescoping during installation. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. Gasket Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Center Rib Proper Position of The Gasket Sealing Lips 4 Housings— Place the coupling housing halves over the gasket making sure the housing keys engage the grooves. 7010. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Insert bolts and turn nuts finger tight. A NOTE: Fig. 6 Assembly Complete— Visually inspect the pipe joint to assure the coupling keys are fully engaged in the pipe grooves and the bolt pads are in firm even metal-to-metal contact on both sides of the coupling. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY REDUCING COUPLING 161 . 7010 Reducing Coupling gasket and housing properly assembled onto adjacent pipe ends. CAUTION: Uneven tightening may cause the gasket to pinch. The housing bolt pads must make metal-to-metal contact. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities.FIG. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CONT'D. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.

anvilintl. When mating to a rubber-faced metal flange. 1 On the side without the hinge pin. if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max.) Swing the latch bolt out of the slot. Bmin.anvilintl. loosen the latch bolt nut to the end of the bolt thread. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve). Amax. The flange gasket cavity must face the pipe end. use procedure described in note 3. When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert.FIG. see the Technical Data/ Install Instructions section on Anvil's web site . Open the Gruvlok Flange and place around the grooved pipe end with the key section fitting into the groove.com www. NOTE: VdS .www. place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok Flange.). 4. (It is not necessary to remove the nut from the latch bolt.Roll Grooving Approval Specifications. 3. the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber-faced flange. to B Min. and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard flange gasket. a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face. Check pipe end for proper grooved dimensions and to assure that the pipe end is free of indentations and projections that would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok flange gasket.com . When mating to a serrated flange surface. 2. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 162 APPLICATIONS WHICH REQUIRE A GRUVLOK® FLANGE ADAPTER INSERT: 1.

Gasket "A" Latch Bolt Note: This side must face the mating flange 2 Place the latch bolt back into the slotted hole. The pipe should extend out beyond the end of the sealing lip by approximately 1/8" on the 2"-6" sizes and 3/16" on the 8"-12" sizes. (See Figure below) 3 Check the gasket to assure that it is properly suited for the intended service. sealing on the pipe. using the proper Gruvlok lubricant. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 163 . including the sealing lips. 7012. should not extend beyond the pipe end. The Gruvlok Flange gasket must be inserted so that the sealing lips face toward the pipe end and the mating flange. Lubricate the entire exterior surface of the gasket. The lip of the gasket. CONT'D. Tighten the nut until there is a 1/16" gap between the flange halves at location "A".FIG.

www. which will seal on the mating flange. Tighten the nuts on the latch bolts alternately to the specified latch bolt torque. pump. flat and smooth. 5 With the gasket in place apply lubricant to the exposed gasket tip. When using a flange insert. bolt holes.D.. etc. The gasket must be properly positioned as shown in the figure below.FIG. 7012.com . Assure the gasket is still in the proper position and align Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange. The flange housings must be in firm metal-to-metal contact. It is important to line up the bolt holes before bringing the two flanges together. free of indentations. 6 Verify that the mating flange face is hard. which would prevent proper sealing of the Gruvlok Flange gasket. Sliding the flanges into place will dislodge the gasket and cause leakage to occur.anvilintl. it is important that the insert is properly aligned with the gasket prior to tightening the bolts. CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 164 4 Stretch the Gruvlok gasket around the pipe end and then press the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O. and the flange. tank.

CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (2"–12") 165 . All the bolts or studs must be torqued to the mating flange bolts specified torque. 7012. Tighten the nuts alternately and evenly so the flange faces remain parallel. battery strength and operational variations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Figure C1 NOTE: The Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange requires the use of an Flange Adapter Insert when used against rubber surfaces (Figure C1). serrated flange surfaces or mating flanges with inserts (Figure C2). The flange faces should have metal-tometal contact. lower bend load capabilities.FIG. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Ensure that the Insert is compatible with the fluids in the systems and with adjacent piping components. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Figure C2 Do not use a steel Flange Adapter Insert in copper systems or in systems where galvanic corrosion is possible. The Flange Adapter Insert will be exposed to the fluids in the system. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. 7 Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted.

If so.anvilintl. The gasket may be shipped with the sealing lips facing outward. Lubricate the entire surface of the gasket and the flange cavity using the appropriate Gruvlok Lubricant. 2 Check the gasket grade to verify that it is properly suited for the intended service. Place the Gruvlok Flange Gasket around the pipe end by pressing the gasket into the cavity between the pipe O.FIG.D. “This face towards mating flange” on the 16"-24" sizes) is facing out as shown in figure Step 3.com . Move around the gasket in both directions until the gasket is fully seated in the flange gasket cavity. Alternately and equally tighten the latch bolts and nuts to the specified latch bolt torque bring the four flange segments into full. above. www. 7012 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 166 Gruvlok® Flanges of 14" size and larger are cast in four segments to ease handling during assembly. 1 Place each Gruvlok Flange segment around the grooved pipe with the key section fitting into the groove and the flange gasket cavity facing the pipe end. Loosely assemble the segments using the four segment-bolts-and-nuts. firm metal-to-metal contact. it will be necessary to rotate the gasket so the narrow gasket lip (marked. Place the flange halves around the pipe and complete the assembly as described in Step 1. NOTE: An alternative method of assembly is to loosely preassemble two segments into two equal halves of the flange leaving a small gap (approximately 1/8") between the two segments of each flange-half. and flange recess.

Only Gruvlok Flange gaskets may be used with Fig. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. CONT'D. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 4 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with mating flange bolt holes. lower bend load capabilities. NOTE: Take care to assure that the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. Pull the two flanges into contact using care to assure that the gasket remains fully seated within the gasket cavity during assembly. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces.FIG. The wide gasket lip must seal on the pipe surface diameter and the narrow gasket lip must face the mating flange. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CAUTION: Proper torquing of flange bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Insert a flange bolt or stud with material properties of SAE J429 Grade 5 or higher through the bolt holes and thread a nut on hand tight. 5 Tighten the nuts evenly to the specified mating face bolt torque so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm even contact around the entire flange. battery strength and operational variations. Continue this procedure until all bolt holes have been fitted. Insert the next bolt or stub opposite the first and again thread the nut on hand tight. Insertion of the flange bolts prior to contact of the flanges will help in the alignment of the flanges. 14” – 24” FIG. 7012. 7012 flanges. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK FLANGE (14"–24") 167 . NOTE: Design of the Gruvlok Flange provides sealing only with the special Gruvlok Flange gasket. 7012 GRUVLOK FLANGE CAUTION: GASKET MUST BE FULLY SEATED AGAINST THESE THREE SURFACES PIPE SURFACE DIAMETER GASKET NARROW UP PROPER POSITION OF GASKET SEALING LIPS WIDE UP 3 The correct position and relationship of the components of the Gruvlok Flange assembly is shown in the Figure above.

4Housing Assembly– With one nut and bolt removed and the other loosened. Make sure the ribs on the outside of the gasket align with the recesses in the housing and the keys in the housing are in the grooves on both pipes. 2Gasket Installation— 3Alignment— Slip the gasket over one pipe end making sure the pipe abuts the gasket’s center ribs. Make sure the recess in the outlet of the housing is properly aligned with gasket outlet. Check pipe ends for proper groove dimensions and to assure that the pipe ends are free of indentations and projections which would prevent proper sealing. The gasket should not extend into the groove on either pipe.anvilintl. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok lubricant to outside and sealing lips of the gasket. Swing the other housing over the gasket and into the grooves on both sides of the pipe. Align the pipe ends and pull the pipe into the gasket until the center ribs are in contact with the pipe ends. & lubricate 1Check gasket —Check gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service.FIGURE 7042 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 168 These instructions are based on pipe grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® grooving specifications. Rotate the gasket to align the outlet of the gasket to the same direction as the branch outlet. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to lubricated surfaces. place one side of the housing over the gasket.com . Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to prevent pinching and possible damage to the gasket. www. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY.

Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Continue tightening the nuts alternately and equally until the specified bolt torque is reached. 5Tighten Nuts— Reinsert the bolt and run-up both nuts finger tight. 6Assembly is complete CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CAUTION: Make sure the ribs on the exterior of the gasket are enclosed in the housing recesses. CONT'D FIG. battery strength and operational variations. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.FIGURE 7042. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY OUTLET COUPLING 169 . 7042 – SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges. See page 200 for bolt torque information. lower bend load capabilities. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Securely tighten the nuts alternately and equally until they are completely tightened and there is no gap between the bolt pads. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation.

FIGURE 7045 & 7046 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 170 ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER COUPLING ASSEMBLY. PIPE PREPARATION Branch Size (Inches) 1 ⁄2. Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5/8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. 1Pipe Preparation— Cut the appropriate size hole in the pipe and remove any burrs.com . 3Gasket Installation— 4Alignment— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe. 3⁄4. Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. Some sizes use a Ubolt design. insert the bolts and tighten the nuts finger tight. Apply a thin layer of Gruvlok lubricant to the back surface of the gasket. 1 1 1 Hole Saw Size (Inches) (+1/8. 1 ⁄2 2 2 21⁄2 21⁄2 23⁄4 3 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 & lubricate 2Check gasket— Check the gasket to be sure it is compatible for the intended service. -0) 11⁄2 1 ⁄4. www. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing.anvilintl. Align the strap around the pipe.

7045 & 7046—SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts and U-bolts used on the Gruvlok® Clamp-T’s. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. 5 Tighten nuts—Alternately and evenly tighten the nuts to the specified bolt torque. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. FIGS. lower bend load capabilities. battery strength and operational variations.FIGURE 7045 & 7046. CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CLAMP-T® BRANCH OUTLETS 171 . CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 6Assembly is complete ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply.

Be careful that foreign particles do not adhere to the lubricated surfaces. 3 Alignment— Align the outlet housing over the pipe hole making sure that the locating collar is in the pipe hole. www.com . Clean the gasket sealing surface within 5⁄8" of the hole and visually inspect the sealing surface for defects that may prevent proper sealing of the gasket.FIGURE 7044 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 172 1 Pipe Preparation and Gasket Lubrication— Cut a 13⁄16" hole in the pipe and remove any burrs. Be sure to remove the slug from inside the pipe. Remove the gasket from the housing and apply a thin layer of Gruvlok® lubricant to the back surface of the gasket.anvilintl. Insert the gasket back into the outlet housing making sure the tabs in the gasket line up with the tab recesses in the housing. 2 Gasket Installation— Lubricate the exposed surface of the gasket with Gruvlok® lubricant.

5 Tighten Nuts — Making sure the fitting is properly located over the pipe hole. battery strength and operational variations.-Ft. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 6 Assembly is Complete — Visually inspect the as- sembly. 4 Housing Assembly— Attach the U-bolt from the other side and fasten the nuts finger tight. Thorough lubrication of the gasket is essential to to assist the gasket into the proper sealing position. the gasket will extrude out from under the housing. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury.FIGURE 7044. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. tighten the nuts alternately and evenly to the specifed torque of 27 to 33 Lbs. See page 200 for bolt torque information. CONT'D. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY BRANCH OUTLET 173 . joint leakage and pipe joint separation. (37 to 45 N-M). Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. ALWAYS USE A GRUVLOK LUBRICANT FOR PROPER BRANCH OUTLET ASSEMBLY.

See the chart.) 2-21⁄2 3-4 5-8 10 12 14-16 1 1 11⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 13⁄4 150 200 250 500 550 550 190 250 300 600 700 700 3 Check the gasket color code to verify that the gasket grade is properly suited for the intended service. In. Align the second pipe and while holding the pipe in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end.anvilintl. www.) (Ft-lbs. projections. Max.FIGURE 7005 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 174 1 4 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. from pipe Pipe Size Distance end for mark Bolt Torque Min. (Ft-lbs. weld splatter.com . 2 Mark each pipe at a distance from the pipe end according to the pipe run size. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. The gasket should be equally spaced between the lines scribed on each pipe. In. battery strength and operational variations. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside of the gasket and slip the gasket over one pipe. or other imperfections which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket.

contact Gruvlok. 6 Tighten the nuts alternately and uniformly until the required bolt torque is reached. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ROUGHNECK® COUPLING 175 .FIGURE 7005 7 Reinstallation after a disassembly will require that the threads on the bolt and in the nut are clean and lubricated with a light oil. plastic. Gasket Housing Pipe Grippers ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NOTE: Torque requirements must be met and housing halves must be assembled with equal gaps between bolt pads. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. *Bolt torque ratings shown must be applied at installation. Not recommended for use on steel pipe with a hardness greater than 150 Brinell. For externally coated pipe applications. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. cast iron or other brittle pipe. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. HDPE. on plain-end or beveled standard wall steel pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings. See page 200 for bolt torque information. 5 Place each half of the Roughneck coupling over the gasket. See chart on previous page for bolt torque. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Working pressure and end load are based on a properly assembled Roughneck coupling with bolts fully torqued to the above specifications. Roughneck Couplings are designed to be used on plain-end pipe and Gruvlok Plain-End Fittings only. making sure that the tongue on one housing half is aligned with the recess on the other housing half. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. lower bend load capabilities.

102 mm) 1" (25. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings.FIGURE 7305 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 176 1 Make certain the pipe ends are free of indentations. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket.anvilintl. Mark each pipe at a distance from the end of the pipe according to the pipe size: Size Inches Distance to Mark 2-4" (51 . projections or other imperfections.com . The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). www. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe products. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is accept able for the intended service. The gasket must be positioned centrally between the lines on the pipe ends. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end.8 mm) 10&12" (254 . If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation.5 mm) NOTE: Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Align the second pipe and while keeping the pipes in the butted position slide the gasket back over the second pipe end.305 mm) 13⁄4" (44.203 mm) 11⁄4" (31. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lip and outside surface of the gasket. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends.4 mm) 5-8" (127 .

CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities.FIGURE 7305. joint leakage and pipe joint separation. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. lower bend load capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. 4 Place the Figure 7305 housing casting over the gasket. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact. battery strength and operational variations. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. See page 200 for bolt torque information. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE COUPLING 177 . CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. making sure the tongue on one casting is aligned with the recess of the other casting.

com . The gasket must be positioned on the gasket seat surface of the grooved steel pipe. Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. www.anvilintl. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Align the second pipe and while holding it in the butted position. The pipe ends must be free of scratches. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket. Make sure the gasket does not overhang the pipe end. indentations. 3 Slip the gasket over one of the pipe ends. The steel pipe must be grooved in accordance with Gruvlok® Grooving Specifications for Steel Pipe. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. Make sure the gasket does not overhang into the pipe groove. projections or other imperfections. 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant. slide the gasket back over the second pipe end. The Gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. If silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation.FIGURE 7307 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 178 1 Make certain the HDPE pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 2" to 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and larger sizes.

CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings. There is no gap between the bolt pads and the bolt torque should be within the range given when the coupling is properly assembled. making sure the housing grooved end is directed into the pipe groove. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Refer to the Specified Bolt Torque Table. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Insert the bolts and secure the nuts alternately and uniformly until the bolt pads are in contact.FIGURE 7307. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. See page 200 for bolt torque information. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE TRANSITION COUPLING 179 . battery strength and operational variations. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. Torque all bolts to the required bolt torque levels. lower bend load capabilities. Alternate and even tightening of the bolts will significantly reduce the torque needed to close the gap at the pipe joint. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. 4 Place each half of the coupling housing over the gasket. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.

4 Tighten the housing nut until the housing bolt pads make firm metal to metal contact. The gasket color code is green for EPDM and orange for Nitrile (Buna-N). 2 Check to assure the gasket material is acceptable for the intended service.com . Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant contains silicone. • The gasket temperature rating may exceed the manufacturer’s temperature rating for the HDPE pipe. Refer to the Specified Latch Bolt Torque Table. Inspect the surface of the mating flange to be assured the surface is free of dimensions of the mating flange to be assured that the scratches.FIGURE 7312 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 180 1 Make certain the pipe end is square cut to 1⁄8" maximum for the 4" and 5⁄32" maximum for the 6" and 8" sizes. www. Consult the HDPE pipe manufacturer for the temperature and pressure ratings. align the face and the flange face with the end of the pipe. If Silicone is unacceptable for the application contact Gruvlok for the lubrication recommendation. which could prevent proper sealing of the gasket. Torque all bolts to the required latch bolt torque levels. indentations. Do not let the pipe extend beyond the flange face. CAUTION: Use only Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant with HDPE pipe Products. Apply a thin coating of Gruvlok Xtreme™ Lubricant to the gasket lips and outside surface of the gasket.anvilintl. or other imperfections. 3 Place the housing over the end of the pipe and using a straight edge. projections.

Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. Torque all bolts to the required mating flange joint torque levels. Insert a standard bolt or stud through one bolt hole and thread the nut on hand tight. 5 Position the Gruvlok Flange gasket around the pipe end and press the gasket into the flange gasket pocket. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.FIGURE 7312. 6 Align the Gruvlok Flange bolt holes with the mating flange bolt holes. Continue this procedure until all holes have been fitted. battery strength and operational variations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 7 Tighten the flange face nuts alternately and evenly so that the flange faces remain parallel and make firm contact around the entire flange. CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance. lower bend load capabilities. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Be sure the flange sealing lips are facing out. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER 181 . The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. CONT'D SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE FOR LATCH & MATING FLANGE BOLTS Specified bolt torque is for the latch and mating flange bolts used on Gruvlok® flanges. Refer to the Specified Mating Flange Bolt Torque Table. See page 200 for bolt torque information. Note: Take care to assure the gasket lip is not bent backwards and pinched between the two flanges. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. Insert the next bolt or stud opposite the first and thread the nut on hand tight.

mark the pipe at a distance of 11⁄2" from the end for 1".anvilintl. NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING 182 1 Pipe surface shall be cleaned at least 1" from the end of the pipe to remove any coating. No additional cleaning is required. www.com . projections. Also apply a light coating of lubricant to the pipe ends to further ease insertion of the pipe into the Sock-It Fitting. and sharp edges which could affect proper gasket sealing.D. As a guide for installation. 11⁄4". of the Sock-It Fittings as this would prevent proper insertion of the pipe. 2 Check all lock bolts to be sure they do not extend into the I. and 11⁄2" size fittings and 13⁄4" for the 2" & 21⁄2" size fittings. Other lubricants may affect gasket performance. indentations. NOTE: Use only Gruvlok Lubricants. 3 Apply a light coating of GRUVLOK Lubricant to the gaskets located in each end of the Sock-It Fitting.

battery strength and operational variations.4 Insert the prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It Fitting until the pipe end makes contact with the internal pipe stop. Rotate the fitting until the desired position is obtained. (See Step 1). CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. CONT'D 183 . Reinstallation may be accomplished as described in Steps 1-4. CAUTION: Do NOT hammer fitting on. The end of the Sock-It Fitting should be within 1⁄16" from the edge of the marking on the pipe. WARNING: System pressure must be relieved and vented. A slight twist while pushing fitting and pipe together will ease the required insertion force. Replace bolts in cases where bolt end sharpness has been comprised. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY GRUVLOK SOCK-IT® FITTING. (NOTE: The 21⁄2" Sock-It fitting has 2 locking bolts for each pipe end. and the system drained of fluid prior to loosening the lock bolts to remove or reposition the Sock-It Fitting. Tighten the lock bolt until the bolt head bottoms against the threaded boss. Bolt end must be inspected to assure bolts ability to cut into pipe. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 5 Sock-It Fittings may be removed by loosening the lock bolts.) Install the other prepped and lubricated pipe end into the Sock-It fitting in the same manner.

2). 4 All GBV’s are marked with an arrow on the valve body to indicate direction of flow. GBV-T models are tapped with NPT threaded connections. Always follow local plumbing codes for installation best practices. flow rates must be corrected for the changes created by the fluid medium. Caution should be used when sweat style connection valves are installed to prevent overheating the valve. or call your local Anvil representative. For optimum operation. each valve loop must be adjusted to the correct flow setting. air entrapment in the fluid must be removed. GBV-T . which vary with the fluid temperature.NPT THREADED CONNECTIONS 3 To ensure accuracy of measurement Circuit Balancing Valves (GBV’s) should be located at least five pipe diameters downstream from any fitting and at least ten pipe diameters downstream from a pump (as illustrated in Fig. rust. 5 GBV’s may be installed in horizontal or vertical piping (as illustrated in Fig. reading scale. For installations using fluids other than 100% water. Once the GBV installation has been completed and the system has been filled and purged. Overtightening when installing valves may result in fracturing of the valve body at the threads. Anvil recommends that the GBV be protected during installation by wrapping a damp rag around the handle / bonnet assembly prior to soldering the valve into the line.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 1 Clean the system piping of debris (pipe scale.com . See www. 2 GBV-S . 1 184 www. Employ piping best practice when engaging pipe to threaded valves. 5% antimony) type solder or equal.anvilintl. 1). 7 6 Fig. All threaded connections should be sealed using an approved pipe sealant per industry standards. The arrow must point in the direction of flow for proper operation. and memory stop. Provisions must be made for easy access to the probe metering ports (PMP’s). CAUTION: Before soldering. (Go to Step 8) Fig. ensure the valve is opened at least one full turn to avoid damage to the sealing O-ring due to overheating.SWEAT (SOLDER) CONNECTIONS: 6 GBV-S models are supplied with sweat style connections.com for appropriate correction factors. welding slag) and other contaminants. As with any water system it is important to make provisions to keep the system clean.anvilintl. GBV GBV 5D PUMP 10 D Solder the valve body in line using 95/5 (95% tin. 2 The operation of the valve is dependent on the fluid characteristics such as specific gravity and viscosity.

Each mark represents 1⁄10th of a full. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1⁄10th of a turn of the arrowhead symbol when the valve is closed hand tight. the valve may open as much as 5. Testing HVAC systems with pressurized air can be dangerous due to the high compressibility of air.3 turns. indicates that the valve is fully opened. 10 The valve operates from fully open to closed by a clockwise rotation of the orange handwheel using five 360° turns.0 11 SCALE DIAL setting of 2. adjust the handwheel position until the differential pressure reading across the venturi corresponds to the required GPM.0 indicates that the valve is closed.9 and is located on the upper half of the handle assembly. This is not a problem with the valve.5 to indicate the valve position in terms of the number of full turns. (Fig. DO NOT USE A WRENCH ON THESE VALVES – THEY SHOULD BE OPENED AND CLOSED HAND-TIGHT ONLY! • Micrometer Scale: This scale is marked 0 .3 turns open). 5: GBV setting of 5. 3) WARNING: Anvil does NOT recommend leak testing an HVAC system with air due to safety concerns. CONT'D The valve is considered “zeroed” when fully closed hand tight. 3) Fig. Fig. however.3 indicates that the valve is partially open (2. 4: GBV Fig. located above the handwheel turns display window. Each complete 360° revolution of the handwheel is visible through a display window and is scaled 0 . 3: GBV setting of 0. • “Handwheel Turns” Dial: This dial is printed on the outer surface of a gearing mechanism located inside the lower half of the handle assembly (Fig. as compared to water. Two indicators describe the position of the valve: the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale. 9 To set the system flow. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. Both the handwheel turns dial and the micrometer scale indicate a valve position reading of 0. due to the depth of the stem threads.0 turns. the performance curves for these GBVs are calibrated only to 5. The “0” on the micrometer scale should be within one half of 185 .CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 6). (Fig. OPERATION: 8 Valves are circuit balancing valves that are selected to deliver the correct flow in a piping circuit based on line size and design flow rate. 360° turn of opening when lined up with an arrowhead symbol. In some cases.

. 14 The handle of the GBV is not designed to be removable. as this will cause permanent damage to the probe. as leakage of the P.P. the locking memory stop should be set. If necessary. It is not necessary to www. CAUTION: When inserting probe. Over-tightening may cause damage to the P.anvilintl. Low Pressure Port (blue) High Pressure Port (orange) 12 Connect pressure measuring device to the GBV metering ports as follows: • Remove protective cap from metering ports (1⁄4" NPT connection). 16 17 Insert a 2. The hose with orange fitting. it is only necessary to tighten the locking nut FINGER-TIGHT. The probe should not be left inserted into the fitting for prolonged periods of time. CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES CAUTION: Hot water leakage can occur from metering ports (P. The locking nut on the probe is designed to hold it in the P. overnight. may occur when the probe is removed. etc. The memory stop will allow the valve to be fully closed for isolation and then reopened to the preset flow position. Wear protective eyewear and clothing to prevent personal injury when measuring pressure. do not bend. the hose with blue fitting downstream. adversely affecting the pressure measurement.5 mm (or 3⁄32") Allen key through the hole provided in the valve’s handle cap. or locking nut threads. 13 Before taking a measurement reading. (Fig.M.com . Table 1 PART NUMBER SIZE 1⁄2" 871158-010 871158-011 871158-012 871158-013 871158-014 871158-015 3⁄4" 1" 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" MEMORY SETTING: 15 After valve has been properly adjusted and without moving the handwheel. As sealing is accomplished internally on the probe stem. • Insert the meter probe into the metering ports. Do not try to take it off 186 the valve. simply wet the probes with clean water. Read the pressure drop across the venturi with a digital meter.’s) during probe insertion and hookup of metering device.M. Do not use any lubrication on the probes when inserting them. 6) Turn the setscrew in a clockwise direction until it stops.P.M. set the valve to its fully open position (5. or it may become damaged.0) or at a preset position. the handle is damaged. replace the entire handle / stem assembly with the appropriate replacement part indicated in the table below.P.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. Determine flow rate by use of venturi Cv performance curves on page 4 or the Anvil Balancing Slide Rule. up stream. If for any reason. when taking readings.M.P.

SET SCREW CAP LOCK NUT Fig.CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES Venturi Cv Performance Curves tighten. for isolating the piping during system maintenance. DO NOT USE A WRENCH TO OPEN. 8 for both the GBV-S & GBV-T and a troubleshooting chart HANDWHEEL TURN INDICATOR INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. flow across the entire valve. For pressure drop vs. please refer to Fig. 8. 7: These curves are for balancing contractors' use when balancing an HVAC system. This establishes the maximum opening position for this particular valve. CLOSE. CONT'D STEM Fig. DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN REOPENING THE VALVE – OPEN ONLY UNTIL THE VALVE STOPS TURNING UNDER “HAND TIGHT” CONDITIONS. OR TIGHTEN VALVES. See next two pages for Fig. simply open the valve by turning the handwheel counterclockwise until the handle stops turning (the valve stem inside the handle has hit the memory setscrew). The memory has now been set. To return the valve to its preset “balanced” position. 18 The valve may now be closed tightly. 6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 187 . as needed.

For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. Fig. please refer to Fig. For “pressure drop / flow” curves – required for system balancing. 7. please refer to Fig. 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing.com . CONT'D INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 188 GBV-S GBV-T Fig.FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T. 8: These curves show the pressure drop across the balancing valves and are for use in valve sizing. www.anvilintl. 7.

If threaded . The seat O ring has been deformed due to overheating during soldering. Re-solder the connection and recheck for leakage. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. 1.the connection is not sufficiently tight. • At the pipe connection If solder joint . CONT'D TROUBLESHOOTING: Symptom Likely Cause Solution • At the bonnet / body joint Bonnet O Ring has been damaged. Valve does not shut off completely when closed (hand tight). being careful not to over-tighten.the joint has failed. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES 189 . or Tighten and recheck for leakage. Remove the handle / stem assembly and replace with the appropriate replacement part indicated in Table 1. Remove and reinstall a new valve. Valve is leaking: 2. or was not soldered properly. the valve was over-tightened during installation and the valve body has cracked (fractured).FIGURE GBV-S & GBV-T.

. extreme care is necessary in ensure no weld spatter comes in contact with the braided hose sections. Utilize sound geometric configurations that avoid sharp bends. 9 The corrugated metal hose alloy must be chemically compatible with the media in the piping system. The utilization of lap joint flanges or pipe unions will minimize this condition. Use care not to torque the braided metal hose assembly while tightening the union.anvilintl. The mating flanges should also straddle the centerline to avoid torque on the braided metal hose assembly. Do not install a braided metal hose assembly compressed (bagged braid).FIGURE AF21-GG. AF21-GF & AF21-FF INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 190 Installation 1 Avoid torque. braided metal hose assemblies. Check system pressure and temperature and do not exceed recommended performance limits. It is recommended that two wrenches be used in making the union connection. for guidance. Always provide sufficient length to prevent over bending and to eliminate strain on the hose assembly. the braid is designed to lake the stress of system pressurization and contain the core. Operation beyond design limits will result in premature failure. Do not twist the hose assembly during installation when aligning the bolt holes in a flange or in making up pipe threads. one to prevent the hose from twisting and the other to tighten the coupling. The corrugated inner hose contains the fluid. 5 10 Avoid over bending. 11 Verify that the movements of the system are within the design parameters of the braided metal hose assembly being installed. Do not place wrenches on the braided portion or the collar of the braided metal hose assembly. 2 To install a thread end braided metal hose assembly unions must be used. 7 12 6 Prevent out-of-plane flexing in an installation. If in doubt as to suitability.this being the plane in which the bending occurs 8 The maximum system test pressure must not exceed 150% of the maximum rated working pressure as shown When installing weld end. especially near the end fittings of the assembly. or when welding in the area of a braided metal hose assembly. The flanges on a concentric increasing braided metal hose assembly have the bolt holes straddling the hose centerline. or sweat end. www. refer to a Chemical Resistance Data table or contact your Gruvlok rep. The repetitive bending of a hose assembly to a radius smaller than the radius specified will result in early hose failure.com . Always install the hose assembly so that the flexing takes place in only one plane . 3 Install the braided metal hose assembly with neutral face-to-face dimension as shown on the submittal drawing. 4 If the braided metal hose assembly must be installed with an initial offset then the maximum allowable movement is reduced by the amount of the initial deflection.

Always support the piping to prevent excessive weight from compressing the hose and relaxing the braid tension. Also inspect to ensure there is no damage to the hose. must be properly anchored and/or guided. AF21-GF & AF21-FF. deflect. PARALLEL IMPROPER INSTALLATION COMPRESSED ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ANVILFLEX™ FLEX CONNECTORS 191 . which utilizes braided metal hose to absorb movement. 15 The shipping sticks. the shipping sticks should be removed. The braided hose sections must not be allowed to bend. After installation. 14 Use care when handling the braided metal hose assembly during transportation. on flanged units. or otherwise extend beyond their rated capabilities. sag. the braided metal hose assembly should be replaced. Inspect for frayed or broken braid wires. Maintenance 1 PROPER INSTALLATION 2 IMPROPER INSTALLATION The braided metal hose assembly should he inspected during routine maintenance to ensure there are no signs of external damage. In the event that such damage is found. and installation. are to keep the braided metal hose assembly in its neutral end-to-end dimension during shipping and installation. During system shutdown braided metal hose assembly should be examined to verify no thermal axial motion has occurred causing compression of the assembly.FIGURE AF21-GG. storage. CONT'D 13 A piping system.

Note that the same hole diameter for a given outlet size is required for both Type A and Type C Tee-Lets 1-11⁄2" larger.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS® 192 RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES RECOMMENDED WELDING PROCEDURES Merit Weld-Miser Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings are designed and manufactured to reduce the cost of installation from both the standpoint of labor required and energy consumed.anvilintl. Merit offers a simple approach to cutting the hole. If holes are cut prior to welding. certain grades of carbon steel pipe are manufactured from skelp whose RECOMMENDED TEE-LET HOLE SIZES Tee-Let Size In./mm 5⁄8 16 7⁄8 22 11⁄8 28 11⁄2 38 13⁄8 35 15⁄8 41 2 50 27⁄16 61 3 75 4 100 Holes may be cut employing mechanical means—including hole sawing. Merit specifies that residuals. Merit Tee-Lets are manufactured from continuous cast aluminum killed steel with a carbon range of from 0. and on Type C outlet sizes through 4". Accordingly. such as chrome.25. and air plasma cutting (constricted tungsten arc) machines. the amount of weld required for adaquent penetration is significantly reduced. On the other hand. heat setting can be made to optimize penetration on both the fitting and the pipe which it is being welded. including burn through and excessive shrinkage resulting in pipe distortion./mm 1⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 Type Type A Type A Type A Type A Type C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Type A or C Recommended Hole Size In. mechanical flame cutting (oxy-acetylene or propane). In addition. nickel and other metals resident in the scrap used for production of the steel be reported and kept to a minimum. One advantage of cutting the hole after welding is that the pipe is left intact during welding thereby reducing shrinkage and possible distortion. then the following hold sizes are recommended. www. Merit Weld-Wiser Tee-Lets are designed to be installed on standard weight or light weight pipe with one weld pass on Type A outlet sizes from 1⁄2" through 21⁄2" inclusive. RECOMMENDED HOLE SIZES The hole cut in the branch or header pipe can be cut prior or subsequent to attachment of the Tee-Let. as some codes require.com . many of the problems associated with installing welding outlet fittings on standard weight or light weight pipe are eliminated. Hand-held templates are sized to match your plasma cutter. the wall thickness at the weld end of the fitting approximately matches standard weight pipe. Aside from reducing the likelihood of burn through and distortion resulting from excessive heat. by following the recommended installation procedures. Moreover.05 to 0.

This wire contains scavengers which allow gases in the molten weld puddle to escape before the weld solidifies. The following is intended only as a guide. the weld should be only as hot as required to allow the weld to ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK penetrate the materials being welded while concomitantly allowing gases developed in the welding process to escape. It should be noted that Merit Tee-Lets have been subjected to exhaustive testing and evaluation.21⁄2 Outlet RECOMMENDED AMOUNT OF WELD Outlet Size A B In. 3⁄4 & 1 Outlet 1 11⁄4 . on the other hand. The threads. one approach is to slightly increase the heat in order to give the gases time to escape from the puddle. When the metal inert gas shield (MIG) welding process is employed. and only negligibly distort when subjected to excessive heat./mm 1 ⁄2 13 3⁄4 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 1 ⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 5⁄16 8 3⁄8 10 3 ⁄8 10 3 ⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 3⁄16 5 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 1⁄4 7 5⁄16 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®. A flux cored wire can also be used. and assumes that the welding equipment is properly calibrated and functioning normally and the operator is qualified. As a general rule.A chemical composition is not specified. Every effort must be made to avoid welding too hot or overheating both the pipe and the Tee-Let. Excessive heat may cause the wrench tight threads (those in the bottom of the TeeLet near the weld zone) to distort while also causing the branch pipe to bend./mm In. CONT'D. spatter or lack of penetration. B ⁄2. gases released during the welding process do not escape before the molten puddle sets up. 5 ⁄16 5 5 193 . The following recommended settings for welding therefore may need to be adjusted slightly higher if any of the above mentioned adverse conditions exist./mm In. certain residuals may cause excessive porosity. When porosity or lack of penetration occurs. Specifically. may not return to their gauged form after cooling if excessive heat causes them to expand.

035 100-130 16-20 210 25-30 0.035 110-140 18-22 220 25-30 0./mm 11⁄4 .035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0.2 13-50 21⁄2 .065 2 0.035 130-150 18-20 270 15-20 0.4 63-100 1 ⁄2 .5 1⁄2 .4 63-100 1⁄2 .5 0.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.035 120-150 17-20 270 20-25 0.2 13-50 1 2 ⁄2 . Volts Wire Feed Thickness B.035 140-160 20-22 270 15-20 0.045 180-205 20-24 245 27-32 www.120 3 0.035 110-140 17-20 210 20-25 0.4 63-100 1⁄2 .com .4 63-100 21⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .109 3 5-6 125-150 0.035 115-150 17-21 270 20-25 0./mm In.134 3.4 63-100 1⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .083 2.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®.4 63-100 RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS.4 63-100 1⁄2 . Electrode Size Welding Current Arc.035 120-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.109 3 0./mm AMPS-DC POS. C In. IPM 0.anvilintl. CONT'D 194 Header Size In.2 13-50 21⁄2 .2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 120-150 17-20 210 20-25 0.4 63-100 Travel Speed IPM 0.2 31-50 21⁄2 . CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE Pipe Wall Tee-Let Types A.035 130-160 19-22 290 20-25 0.

/mm Pipe Wall Thickness In. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Travel Speed IPM Merit assumes no liability for any consequential damages resulting from the improper use of its Tee-Let Welding Outlet Fittings. B.2 13-50 21⁄2 ./mm 1⁄2 .) 25% . C In.035 130-160 19-22 240 20-25 0. high welding speeds without meltthrough. Recommended for . nor for any recommendations made with respect to installation procedures.045 180-225 20-24 290 12-18 0. good penetration.4 63-100 21⁄2 . 17-20 IPM 240 20-25 0./mm 0.035 140-160 20-22 260 15-20 0.148 3.2 13-50 21⁄2 .035 SHIELDING GAS FLOW (FOR ALL SIZE S) 20-25 CFH 1. 2.Co2.4 63-100 1⁄2 . faster welding. Volts Wire Feed AMPS-DC 120-150 POS. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY WELD-MISER™ TEE-LETS®.Argon.5 Tee-Let Types A.4 63-100 Electrode Size Welding Current Arc. low cost.035 130-150 18-20 260 15-20 0. CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE Header Size In. minimum distortion and spatter.045 170-220 18-22 290 12-18 0.109 3 8 200 0.RECOMMENDED SETTINGS FOR MICROWIRE WELDING PROCESS. CONT'D 195 .Deeper penetration. 75% .) Co2 .4 63-100 21⁄2 .134 wall and lighter.

Specification for Tapered Pipe Threads. If seven (7) perfect threads are counted. 1) GENERAL DESCRIPTION Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples Models “M” and “F” are the screw type consisting of an outer case which has one (1) inch N. sprinkler connection. or ISO-7 male or female thread on the inlet.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES INSTALLATION A) For use in wet and dry pipe automatic sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes.com . Instead back the sprinkler out of the fitting. Gauge both the male threads of the sprinkler and the female threads of the Adjustable Drop Nipple for compliance with ANSI B1. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from three (3) to four (4) threads hand tight.2. If five (5) to six (6) threads are counted.P. count the number of fully developed male threads on the brand of sprinkler to be installed into the fittings.P. www. Apply pipe thread sealant only to male threads on the nipple and sprinkler only. (See item 4).T. Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are designed for use in automatic fire sprinkler systems installed in accordance with all applicable standards or codes. It is recommended that the system pressure be relieved when adjusting. Allow twenty-four hours for setting. Refer to the pipe chart on the back of 196 this card for correct make-up lengths. The inner case employs 0-Ring Seals and adjusts either in or out over the range of the adjustment. D) If either of the above fails to allow the sprinkler to make-up to a minimum of from five (5) to six (6) full threads.T. (See item 4) B) Before starting the job of making sprinklers into steel threads of the above fittings. C) Use an anaerobic pipe thread sealant for thread make-up. Clean any debris and/or pipe sealant from both the male and female threads. the sprinkler should thread into the 1⁄2" or 3⁄4" thread from two (2) to three (3) threads hand tight. however it is not necessary to drain the system.1. The same procedure would apply if a leak has been detected.anvilintl. do not overtighten the sprinkler. If within tolerance. Damage to the Adjustable Drop Nipple or Sprinkler may result. reapply the anaerobic pipe sealant and makeon to the required length. F) After the ceiling has been installed adjust the sprinkler to its final position by using the sprinkler wrench and assemble the escutcheon plate to the inner support ring. E) Connect the Adjustable Drop Nipple assembly to the sprinkler system by wrenching on the make-up area on the Drop Nipple DO NOT WRENCH ON THE BARREL PORTION OF THE UNIT OR SPRINKLER. and an inner case which has either a one-half inch (1⁄2") or a three-quarter inch (3⁄4") N.

20. F3.9' for F3.175 and M3.V. (Vds). The outer and inner casings are manufactured from high strength carbon Steel.1 / ISO-7R/RC. and F3. The inlet and outlet threads conform to ANSI B1. 3) TECHNICAL DATA Merit Adjustable Drop Nipples are rated for use at a maximum temperature of 300° F.150. INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES.. schedule 40 pipe (where C= 120) is 1' for 1⁄2" outlet Model ‘M’. In addition.The purpose of these fittings is to allow for the final adjustment of the drop nipple between a branch line and a pendant sprinkler by eliminating the need to re-cut the existing drop nipple in order to fit-up flush to the ceiling. 1.2' for F1. (UL Listing Number 57SO) and approved by the Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM). Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples do not require any secondary locking following final adjustment and they will not extend as a result of vibrations or pressure surges in the system. 4. 5) DIMENSIONAL DATA See chartson next page.150. 4) WARNING Adjustable Drop Nipples described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document as well as the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association in addition to the standards for any other authorities having jurisdiction.175.150 is 17⁄32" and Models F1. CONT'D 197 .175 is 5/8". 1. DO NOT USE ANY PETROLEUM BASED LUBRICANTS ON THE O-RING SEALS. and 2. 2) APPROVALS AND STANDARDS Merit Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples are listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Merit Eliminator Drop nipples maximum sprinkler orifice size for Models M3.6' for 3⁄4" outlet Model ‘M’. M1. ME3.150. F2.150. Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are approved by the New York Board of Materials and Equipment Standard (BSA886-86-5A) and verband der Schadenversicherer e.150. The approximate friction loss based on the Hazen and Williams Formula expressed in equivalent length of one (1) inch. All Model “M” and “F” Adjustable Drop Nipples are hydrostatically tested for o-ring integrity prior to shipment.3' for F2. 2. Inc. and a maximum service pressure of 300 psi.150.5' for F3. Petroleum based lubricants are incompatible with EPDM and will impair serviceability of the unit. The O-Ring seals used in the manufacture are an ethylene propylene elastomer (EPDM).

Length Max Length Max./MAX.150 Outlet Min./mm 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1 Male 25 1⁄2 Female 41⁄8 105 61⁄8 156 77⁄8 200 81⁄8 206 51⁄8 130 91⁄8 232 107⁄8 276 111⁄8 283 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3⁄4 Female 19 /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET MIN.1⁄4" Model # BARREL DO NOT WRENCH /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 /2" FEMALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 M3./mm in.175 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1 Female 25 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 1⁄2 Female 13 3 ⁄4 Female 19 Max.175 198 “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE “O” RING SEALS DO NOT LUBRICATE Model # MODEL F DIMENSIONAL DATA Max Inlet NPT Outlet Min.150 ME3. LENGTH +./MAX./mm F1./mm in.150 F2. ADJUSTMENT Model F MODEL M DIMENSIONAL DATA M1. CONT'D /2" MALE THD’D NPT OUTLET 1 BARREL DO NOT WRENCH MAX.com . LENGTH +.150 F3./mm in./mm in. Length Length or DIN NPT In.1⁄4" Model M Inlet 1 MAKE UP AREA MAX.150 F3.anvilintl.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY ELIMINATOR ADJUSTABLE DROP NIPPLES. Adjust in./mm in.150 M3./mm 31⁄2 89 41⁄2 114 51⁄2 14 75⁄16 186 41⁄2 114 61⁄2 165 81⁄2 216 105⁄16 262 1 25 3 76 3 76 3 76 www. Adjust In. ADJUSTMENT MIN./mm In.

32 18.3 0.70 19.00 6.50 30.553/7.5 1. an anaerobic sealant may be utilized. 3) Joint Makeup • For sizes up to and including 11⁄2" pipe.40 33.(mm)/Thrds 1⁄2 13 3⁄4" 19 1 25 11⁄4 31 11⁄2 38 2 50 21⁄2 63 3 75 4 100 0.83 17.9 0.(mm)/Thrds In.339/4.261/3.13 18.0 0. 2) Application of pipe dope • Use a pipe dope that is fast drying. • Threads should be free from mechanical damage.320/4.13 19.8 0.00 5.83 10.420/4.2 0.1 0.400/4.250/2.4 0.7 1.682/5.757/8.214/3.00 6. • For 21⁄2" through 4" sizes.6 0.138/9. wrench tight makeup is considered three full turns past hand tight.683/7.6 0. Best application is achieved with a brush stiff enough to force sealant down to the root of the threads.5 0.00 6.420/4.46 17.681/7.724/8.4 0.83 17.46 turns to 6.534/7.75 27.01 turns.4 0.6 0.GENERAL ASSEMBLY OF THREADED FITTINGS 1) Inspect both male and female components prior to assembly.3 0.48 turns to 5.436/5.48 2. Hand tight engagement for 1⁄2" through 2" thread varies from 4.60 16.8 0.9 0.7 0.706/8. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK L1 NPT TAPERED PIPE THREADS—Length of Effective Threads Drop Nipple L2 Dim.48 13.4 0.707/8.534/7.75 turns.13 25.214/3.661/7.85 17.4 0.697/7.016/8.6 0.6 0.546/7. • Apply a thick even coat to the male threads only. Hand tight engagement for 21⁄2" through 4" thread varies from 5.00 6. wrench tight makeup is considered two full turns past hand tight. chips and excess cutting oil./mm In.01 17.(mm)/Thrds In. dirt.250/2.8 1.46 23.0 0.00 5.261/3. • Thoroughly mix the thread sealant prior to application.3 0. Alternately. Total L1 + L3 or Tee-Let Effective Hand Tight Wrench Tight Length Outlet Size Threads In.83 10.6 0.094/8.6 0.200/9.4 0.250/2. L3 Dim.6 0.47 13.766/6.00 6.00 6.10 28.932/7.(mm)/Thrds. Female Thread L3 Male Thread • Clean or replace components as necessary.00 6. L1 Dim.2 1.75 14.64 13.75 21.75 8.4 0.261/3.0 INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY L2 199 .844/6.300/10.1 0. sets-up to a semi hard condition and is vibration resistant.7 0.9 1.01 11.60 10. In.261/3.

www. The nuts must be tightened alternately and evenly until fully tightened. Pipe joint separation may result in significant property damage and serious injury. lower bend load capabilities. Under torquing the bolts may result in lower pressure retention capabilities. CAUTION: Use of an impact wrench is not recommended because the torque output can vary significantly due to many variables including air pressure supply. Over torquing the bolts may result in damage to the bolt and/or casting which could result in pipe joint separation. 11⁄16 7 ⁄8 11⁄16 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 2 Specified Bolt Torque * Ft.anvilintl.INSTALLATION & ASSEMBLY SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE 200 Specified bolt torque is for the oval neck track bolts used on Gruvlok® couplings and flanges.com . NOTE: Specified torques are to be used unless otherwise noted on Product Installation Instructions. battery strength and operational variations. ANSI SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size In. 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5⁄8 3 ⁄4 7 ⁄8 1 11⁄8 11⁄4 Wrench Size In. joint leakage and pipe joint separation.-Lbs 30-45 80-100 100-130 130-180 180-220 200-250 225-275 250-300 METRIC SPECIFIED BOLT TORQUE Bolt Size mm M10 M12 M16 M20 M22 M24 Wrench Specified Size Bolt Torque * mm N-M 16 40-60 22 110-150 24 135-175 30 175-245 34 245-300 36 270-340 * Non-lubricated bolt torques * Non-lubricated bolt torques CAUTION: Proper torquing of coupling bolts is required to obtain specified performance.

. . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Barlow’s Formula . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes . . . . . . . . . . 214 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Liquids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Lap Joint Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges. . . . . . . . . . 45° Elbow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stub End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel . . . .223 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . .224 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . . . . . . Cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Tee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Useful Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221-222 Hardness Conversion Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe . . . . . . . . 218-219 Sprinkler System Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .List Of Abbreviations . 212 Weights of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Blind Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . .237 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps . .225 Standard Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ./600Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow. . . . . . . . . 213 Specific Gravity Of Gases .238 Tap & Drill Sizes . . .234 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 Weight/Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS 201 . . . . . . . . . . Steel Flange . . . . .228 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees . . . . . . . 203-204 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231-232 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Feet Head To Water Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Types & Styles .224 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head. .236 Alignment of Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Unit Conversions . . Threaded and Socket Flanges . . . . 180° Return. . . . . . . . . Cross. . . . . . . . . . . . . .220 Standard Conversions . . 217 Geometry Formulas .228 Slip-on.208 Flow Conversion Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Melting Points of Metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . 263-266 Coupling Flexibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-295 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256-257 PVC Pipe Support Spacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262 Figure Number Index . . . 302-304 Movement—Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239-241 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-248 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286-287 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 Design Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299-301 Coupling Chart Data Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281-285 www. . . . . . 267-270 Pipe Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253-254 Copper Tube Data . . . . . . . .255 Other Pipe Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 Gruvlok® Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242-243 Beam Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 258-259 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249-251 Steel Pipe Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297-298 Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT'D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296 Vacume Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288-290 Symbols For Pipe Fittings . . . . . . 274-280 A Typical Pipe Hanger Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260-261 Alphabetical Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS. . . 271-273 Pipe Support . . . . . . . . .259 Anvil Design Services . . . . . 202 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment. . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Center to Face AISI . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra-heavy ASME . . . . . . . . . . American Standards Association dwg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Gas Association C to F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange or Flanges bbl . . . . . . . . . . . . Gage or Gauge C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Society for Testing Materials F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cast Iron CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Iron and Steel Institute °C. . .American Standard °F . . . . . . . Drawing Ashve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bell and Spigot or Brown & Sharpe (gauge) flg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Flanged Btu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . American Petroleum Institute diam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mercury ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION ABBREVIATIONS LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASA Z10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Society of Heating and Ventilation Engineers ex-hy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Faced and Drilled ASTM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hexagonal cfm . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cubic feet per minute hg. . . . . . . . . Centigrade hex . . . . .Abbreviations conform to the practice of the American Standard Abbreviations for Scientific and Engineering Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Fahrenheit API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet per second CI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter ASA . . . . . . . . . . Degrees Centigrade Amer Std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Barrel flgd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .American Water Works Association F to F . . . . Fahrenheit AWWA . . . . . . . . . . . Companion AGA . . . .1 cfs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Absolute Comp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Face to Face B & S . . . . . . . . . . American Society of Mechanical Engineers F & D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . British thermal unit(s) g . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .Maximum Std . . . . . Oil. . . . Screwed 204 www. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reducing Sch or Sched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seconds Saybolt Universal max . Outside diameter OS&Y. . . . . . . . . . Manufacturers Standardization Society (of Value and Fittings Industry) WWP . Nominal pipe size (formerly IPS for iron pipe size) OD. . . . . . . . Gas (see WOG) psig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New England Water Works Association XXS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iron Body Bronze (or Brass) Mounted SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gage red . . . . . . . . . . Inside Diameter Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Steam Service Pressure MI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum Trans . . . . .TECHNICAL INFORMATION LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS IBBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .com . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Working Water Pressure XS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Extra Strong NPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Specification kw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilowatt(s) SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside Screw and Yoke OWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transactions mtd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pounds per square inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Schedule scd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mounted WOG . . . . . . . . .anvilintl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extra Strong NEWWA . . . . Gas (see OWG) MSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semifinished ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water. . . . . . . . Malleable Iron SSU .

.... 0........... 0............65625 21 ⁄ 64 ... 0. 0.........3667 23 ......... 1.............5000 31 ........0.. 0. 0..0..28125 5 ⁄ 8 ...0. 0....0.765625 3 ⁄ 32 ............ 0...DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES 1 ⁄ 64 .0.... 0...0.... 0.53125 7 ⁄ 8 ...7667 47 ..84375 11 ⁄ 64 . 0...............0...9833 60 . 0........546875 57 ⁄ 64 ..1 5 ⁄ 16 .0....6875 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Min Degree 1 ...8167 50 .0.59375 15 ⁄ 16 ....4167 26 ...0..........8667 53 ............. 0..5625 29 ⁄ 32 ............. 0..........03125 3 ⁄ 8 ..5167 32 ..... 0..0.. 0.....3125 21 ⁄ 32 . 0..125 15 ⁄ 32 .....203125 35 ⁄ 64 . 0..0............ 0............................7000 43 ......0..............0....... 0.. 0...........578125 59 ⁄ 64 ....96875 19 ⁄ 64 .......3000 19 .........8500 52 .........2667 17 .0........1167 8 .......0............................... 0................ 0.0500 4 ..0...0...............................46875 13 ⁄ 16 .0.........0..140625 31 ⁄ 64 ................0..... 0.. 0.0667 5 .9333 57 .......................0......875 13 ⁄ 64 ......75 5 ⁄ 64 ....0833 6 .......421875 49 ⁄ 64 .......0.....9375 17 ⁄ 64 ...8333 51 .4000 25 .3500 22 . 0.............1500 10 .1875 17 ⁄ 32 .0167 2 ......0..71875 3 ⁄ 64 ............921875 1 ⁄ 4 ..................................296875 41 ⁄ 64 .. 0.. 0........0.. 0.......0..8125 9 ⁄ 64 ..265625 39 ⁄ 64 .....0... 0............15625 1 ⁄ 2 ..0. 0.0......0..484375 53 ⁄ 64 ............. 0.....8000 49 .0..734375 1 ⁄ 16 .0.......609375 61 ⁄ 64 ... 0.....0.7167 44 . 0...........0..... 0...2167 14 .375 23 ⁄ 32 ......90625 15 ⁄ 64 .359375 45 ⁄ 64 ...984375 1 ....4375 25 ⁄ 32 .9667 59 ....0.................046875 25 ⁄ 64 ........0...........0...5667 35 .........7500 46 ......6500 40 .953125 9 ⁄ 32 ........4333 27 .....3167 20 .....0........6833 42 .....328125 43 ⁄ 64 ........... 0........4500 28 .......... 0....40625 3 ⁄ 4 ...5 27 ⁄ 32 ................ 0...0..0......390625 47 ⁄ 64 ....0...6000 37 .....703125 1 ⁄ 32 . 0........0333 3 .........171875 33 ⁄ 64 .0.. 0.. 0...... 0..1667 11 ..828125 5 ⁄ 32 ...671875 11 ⁄ 32 .... 0....... 0..............1000 7 .....0... 0.....0....... 0......0000 TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL EQUIVALENTS OF FRACTIONS 205 ...1333 9 . 0.. 0....4667 29 .......0..0..........0.........25 19 ⁄ 32 ..0. 0....... 0. 0.......................796875 1 ⁄ 8 ........015625 23 ⁄ 64 . 0.. 0.. 0... 0........0....8833 54 ........... 0.......2000 13 .... 0...0..3333 Min Degree 21 ..................... 0....0.... 0......7833 48 ......2833 18 .....................9000 55 ..640625 63 ⁄ 64 . 0.078125 27 ⁄ 64 ..0...9500 58 .....234375 37 ⁄ 64 ....................0.2333 15 .....3833 24 ..........21875 9 ⁄ 16 ..........6167 38 ........ 0....9167 56 .........5833 36 ... 0.......34375 11 ⁄ 16 ..... 0.......890625 7 ⁄ 32 ...0625 13 ⁄ 32 .......859375 3 ⁄ 16 ..0...... 0.......453125 51 ⁄ 64 .....2500 16 .... 0.4833 30 ....625 31 ⁄ 32 .....5500 34 . 0......................1833 12 ............515625 55 ⁄ 64 ...7333 45 .78125 7 ⁄ 64 ..6333 39 .09375 7 ⁄ 16 ..5333 33 ....0............ 0.......6667 Min Degree 41 ......109375 29 ⁄ 64 ...........

300 - - - 0.200 - - - 0.050 0.750 0.088 0. Actual thickness may be as much as 12.065 0.109 0.126 0.382 11 ⁄ 2 1.219 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASME B36.191 0.900 0.109 0.203 0. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch.049 0.294 3⁄4 1.065 0.400 2 2. or specifically: 206 1.531 0.095 - 1⁄4 0. 140 Sch.com .375 - 0.134 - - 0.068 0.154 - 0.134 0.216 0.113 0.237 0. NOTE: All dimensions in inches & thicknesses are nominal or average wall thickness.109 - - 0.113 0.083 - - 0.187 0.049 - - 0.154 0.119 - - - - 0.218 0.126 - 1⁄ 2 0.840 0.133 0.147 0. 3.120 0.675 - 0.5% under nominal due to mill tolerance.300 0.anvilintl.375 0.109 - - 0.318 0.068 - 0.438 - 0.10 for carbon steel.109 - - 0.154 0.083 - - 0.120 - - 0.120 0. Nom.065 0.145 - 0.088 - 0.091 0.625 0.140 - 0.120 0.276 0.065 - - 0.191 - - - 0.083 0.318 4 4.147 - - - 0.216 0.145 0.308 1 1.203 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 1⁄ 8 0.065 0.375 0.318 - - - - 0.000 0.109 0.258 0.660 0.065 - - 0.088 0.436 21 ⁄ 2 2.375 0.119 - 3⁄8 0.344 0.113 - 0. Traditional standard weight.500 0.120 0.337 - 0.133 0.145 0.140 0.250 0.500 0.200 0.300 0.068 0.120 - - 0.065 0.109 0.109 0.109 0.19 & applicable only to corrosion resistant materials.147 0.091 - 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.358 11 ⁄ 4 1. extra strong & durable extra strong pipe.281 0. Pipe wall thickness in ASTM Specification A409 & ASME B36.083 0.083 0.COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES TECHNICAL INFORMATION This table lists standard pipe sizes and wall thicknesses.120 - - 0.237 - 0.200 0.237 0.154 0.674 5 5.095 - - - - 0.337 0.109 - - 0.179 - - - 0.500 - 0.179 0. (IN) Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 Sch Std.120 - - 0.218 - - - 0.109 - 0.065 0.083 0.258 - 0.216 - 0.065 0.119 0.226 0.337 0.563 0.437 31 ⁄ 2 4.258 0.133 - 0.875 0.109 0.179 0.154 0.250 0.276 - - - 0.405 - 0.226 0.315 0.154 - - - 0.095 0.276 0.600 3 3.226 - 0.083 0.140 0.203 - 0.540 - 0.083 0.375 0.552 0.191 0.091 0.218 0.065 0. 2.636 www.126 - - - - 0.

250 1.500 1.094 1.000 - 0.750 - 0.000 - 0.219 - 1.322 0.000 1.109 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.500 - - - TECHNICAL INFORMATION COMMERCIAL PIPE SIZES AND WALL THICKNESSES Nom.562 0.562 - Sch.344 0.250 - 0.165 0.000 0.312 - 0.000 12 12.688 - 0.500 0.375 1.719 0.322 0.500 - 32 32.625 0.500 0.330 0.188 0.312 0. 140 - 0.375 - 0.125 0.594 0.250 0.500 - 24 24.219 1.125 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.180 0.844 - 1.375 0.438 - 0.500 0. 160 X XX Strong Strong 6 6.375 0.500 0.500 - 30 30.375 0.781 0.000 - 0.250 0.969 1.000 0.365 0.250 0.969 0.218 0.864 10 10.165 0.109 0.000 14 14.165 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.562 0.750 0.312 0.188 0.500 0.500 0.625 0.406 0.500 - 16 16.375 0.375 0.432 Sch 100 Sch 120 Sch. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 207 .250 0.125 1.250 0.134 0.375 0.250 0.000 - - 0.750 1.500 - 36 36.218 0. (IN) All dimensions shown are in inches.562 1.500 - 34 34.625 0.750 0.375 0.218 0.156 0.148 0.500 - 0.188 0.500 - 26 26.812 2.000 - 0.500 - 28 28.000 0.000 0.500 0.188 0.250 0.438 0.750 0.375 0.844 1. NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS FOR Sch Sch Sch Sch Sch 40 40S 60 80 80S 0.500 - 22 22.134 0.125 - 1.406 0.312 0.000 0.438 1.312 - 0.134 8 8.375 0.500 0.844 1.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.432 0.312 0.500 1.500 0.812 1.719 0.375 1.500 0.322 0.432 0.148 0.688 - - - - - - - - 0.625 0.500 0.875 0.594 0.594 0.Sch 5S Sch 10 Sch 10S Sch 20 Sch 30 - - Sch Std.180 0.500 - 42 42.625 0.500 - 18 18.000 0.031 - 1.500 - 20 20.375 0.719 0.875 1.280 - 0.312 - 0.656 0.938 1.375 0.812 0.594 - 0.000 - 0.280 0.277 0.625 0.312 - 0.500 1.938 - 1.906 0.750 - - - - - - - - 0.000 1.031 1.625 0.688 0.375 0.375 0.562 - 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.250 0.156 1.156 0.365 0.312 0.625 1.280 0.500 0.500 0. Pipe Outside Size Dia.250 0.500 0.875 2.406 0.188 0.312 - 0.375 0.594 0.365 0.312 0.531 1.281 1.000 0.307 0.375 - - - - - - - - - 0.165 0.375 0.062 2.

Nom.970 28.0030 0.131 1.679 2.563 6.2487 0.479 14.500 4.981 10.360 473.568 0.020 Nom.622 0.026 5.425 0.800 754.405 0.620 96.500 5. Dia.718 3.660 1.625 8.050 1.733 49.5008 2. Pipe Inside Dia.1058 0.030 166.” P = (2 • t • S) / D Where: P = internal units pressure. (Inches) (Inches) 1⁄8 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 0.900 2. (Feet) Gallons per Linear Ft.1743 0.984 2.550 40.851 1.383.793 7.0449 0.375 2. easy method for finding the relationship between internal fluid pressure and stress in the pipe wall.625 10.469 3. in psi D = outside diameter of pipe. Outside Dia./Ft. The formula predicts bursting pressures that have been found to be safely within the actual test bursting pressures.BARLOW’S FORMULA TECHNICAL INFORMATION STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE DATA 208 Nom. Wt.068 3.110 10.526.750 0.0963 Barlow’s Formula is a safe.540 0.6613 1.047 6.493 0.0158 0.620 18.364 0.000 1. Ft. It is interesting to note that the formula uses the “outside diameter” of pipe and is sometimes referred to as the “outside diameter formula. in psi S = unit stress.com .480 2.675 0.245 0.067 2.840 1.269 0.0393 1.653 5. (Pounds) Length Containing One Cu.878 1.565 11.580 9.824 1.548 4.610 2.913 30.5988 4.077 19.0054 0.5136 0.312 7.875 3.065 7.198 4. (Inches) Nom. in inches www.790 14.0777 0.3840 0.380 1.826 0.0099 0.049 1.275 70.315 1. in inches t = wall thickness. (Gallons) 0.273 2.anvilintl.0277 0.910 270.000 4.

Pipe Size 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B – – 1 17 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 – – 15 ⁄ 8 5⁄8 7 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 7⁄8 14 16 18 21 24 27 14 16 18 28 32 36 21 24 27 83 ⁄ 4 10 111 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 3 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 23 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 16 27 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 16 1 11 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 8 20 22 24 30 33 36 20 22 24 40 44 48 30 – 36 121 ⁄ 2 131 ⁄ 2 15 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 4 315 ⁄ 16 43 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 4 5 6 6 71 ⁄ 2 9 4 5 6 81 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 16 125 ⁄ 16 61 ⁄ 4 73 ⁄ 4 95 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 26 30 34 36 39 45 51 54 26 30 34 36 52 60 – 72 – 45 – 54 16 181 ⁄ 2 21 221 ⁄ 4 42 63 48 – – 26 8 10 12 12 15 18 8 10 12 165 ⁄ 16 203 ⁄ 8 243 ⁄ 8 125 ⁄ 16 153 ⁄ 8 183 ⁄ 8 5 61 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK All dimensions shown are in inches. Pipe Size 1⁄2 90° ELBOWS Long R Short R A A A 180° RETURNS Long R Short R K K 45° LR Elbow B A Nom. TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—90° ELBOW.Nominal B Nominal Nominal K B A Nom. 45° ELBOW 209 . 180° RETURN.

STUB END 210 M Nominal M C C Nom. CROSS. All dimensions shown are in inches. www. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 161 ⁄ 2 17 191 ⁄ 2 22 25 261 ⁄ 2 C=30.anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—TEE. CAP.com .M=28 61 ⁄ 2 * 7* 8* 9* 10 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 101 ⁄ 2 12 11 12 131 ⁄ 2 15 – 17 – – – – – Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 12 12 12 12 – 12 – – – – – 161 ⁄ 4 181 ⁄ 2 21 23 – 271 ⁄ 4 – – – – – *Dimensions apply to STD and XS only. Pipe Size Straight Tees C&M Caps E Straight Crosses C&M 1⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 1 1 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 * 11 ⁄ 2 * 2* 21 ⁄ 2 * 21 ⁄ 2 * 3* 31 ⁄ 2 * 4* 5* 6* – – – 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 81 ⁄ 2 10 Long Pattern Stub Ends F G 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 13 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 16 2 21 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 35 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 2 63 ⁄ 16 75 ⁄ 16 81 ⁄ 2 105 ⁄ 8 123 ⁄ 4 15 Nominal G E C 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 M Nominal Nominal C F Nom.

Nom. Pipe Size 1⁄2 x 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄4 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 1 x 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 11 ⁄ 4 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 2 x 1 ⁄ 2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 2 x 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 H – – 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 3 3 3 C C. M: Reducing Outlet Tees C M Nom. Pipe Size M H H C H: Concentric & Eccentric Reducers Nom. M 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 5 51 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 8 6 6 61 ⁄ 8 63 ⁄ 8 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 75 ⁄ 8 8 81 ⁄ 2 85 ⁄ 8 9 91 ⁄ 2 93 ⁄ 8 93 ⁄ 4 101 ⁄ 8 105 ⁄ 8 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—REDUCERS AND REDUCING OUTLET TEES 211 . Pipe Size H 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 11 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 2 x 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 3x1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄ 2 x 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 4 x 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 – 31 ⁄ 2 1 3 ⁄2 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK C M 3 3 3 3 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 – 33 ⁄ 4 3 3 ⁄4 33 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 3 31 ⁄ 4 – 31 ⁄ 8 1 3 ⁄4 31 ⁄ 2 35 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 2 33 ⁄ 4 37 ⁄ 8 4 5x2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 6 x 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 8x3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 10 x 4 5 6 8 12 x 5 6 8 10 14 x 6 8 10 12 H 5 5 5 5 5 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 51 ⁄ 2 – 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 13 13 13 13 C 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 55 ⁄ 8 7 7 7 7 7 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 All dimensions shown are in inches.

Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 O 150 LB. Y(2) 23 57 ⁄ 8 251 ⁄ 2 6 28 61 ⁄ 2 301 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 33 63 ⁄ 4 36 67 ⁄ 8 381 ⁄ 4 75 ⁄ 8 43 85 ⁄ 8 471 ⁄ 2 91 ⁄ 2 50 97 ⁄ 8 52 813 ⁄ 16 233 ⁄ 4 27 291 ⁄ 4 32 341 ⁄ 4 37 40 441 ⁄ 2 49 513 ⁄ 4 551 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 7 71 ⁄ 4 71 ⁄ 2 73 ⁄ 4 8 83 ⁄ 4 93 ⁄ 4 105 ⁄ 8 111 ⁄ 8 11 (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. Pipe Size 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 O 150 LB. All dimensions shown are in inches. “Y”. Y(1) 31 ⁄ 2 37 ⁄ 8 41 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 5 6 7 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 2 9 10 11 131 ⁄ 2 16 19 17 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 213 ⁄ 16 3 31 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 2 4 4 41 ⁄ 2 300 LB. O Y(1) 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 10 11 121 ⁄ 2 15 171 ⁄ 2 201 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 29 ⁄ 16 211 ⁄ 16 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 16 33 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 37 ⁄ 8 43 ⁄ 8 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 8 400 LB. O Y(1) 23 251 ⁄ 2 28 301 ⁄ 2 33 36 381 ⁄ 4 43 471 ⁄ 2 50 503 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 8 53 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 4 63 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 4 81 ⁄ 4 91 ⁄ 8 91 ⁄ 2 77 ⁄ 8 400 LB. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub. O Y(2) O 600 LB. www. Y(1) 21 5 231 ⁄ 2 5 25 51 ⁄ 2 271 ⁄ 2 511 ⁄ 16 291 ⁄ 2 57 ⁄ 8 32 6 341 ⁄ 4 5 383 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 8 433 ⁄ 4 55 ⁄ 16 46 53 ⁄ 8 53 55 ⁄ 8 300 LB.anvilintl. O Y(2) O 600 LB.com . “Y”. Y(2) 33 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 16 45 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8 27 ⁄ 16 51 ⁄ 4 25 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 8 23⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 2 27 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 2 31 ⁄ 8 81 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4 9 33 ⁄ 8 10 31 ⁄ 2 11 4 121 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 16 15 45 ⁄ 8 171 ⁄ 2 47 ⁄ 8 201 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 8 33 ⁄ 4 45 ⁄ 8 47 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 61 ⁄ 8 61 ⁄ 2 71 ⁄ 2 81 ⁄ 4 9 103 ⁄ 4 13 14 161 ⁄ 2 20 22 21 ⁄ 16 21 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 16 25 ⁄ 8 23 ⁄ 4 27 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 8 4 41 ⁄ 2 45 ⁄ 8 51 ⁄ 4 6 61 ⁄ 8 Nom.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WELD FITTING—WELDING NECK FLANGES 212 Y O Nom.

O Y(1) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄16 13⁄16 15⁄16 11⁄2 111⁄16 13⁄4† 17⁄8† 2† 21⁄16† 27⁄16† 25⁄8† 27⁄8† 3† 31⁄4† 31⁄2† 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 10 11 121⁄2 15 171⁄2 201⁄2 23 251⁄2 28 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Y O O 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16 2 21⁄8 21⁄4 211⁄16 27⁄8 31⁄8 35⁄16 311⁄16 37⁄8 600 LB. O Y(2) 33⁄4 45⁄8 47⁄8 51⁄4 61⁄8 61⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄4 9 103⁄4 13 14 161⁄2 20 22 233⁄4 27 291⁄4 7⁄8 1 11⁄16 11⁄8 11⁄4 17⁄16 15⁄8 113⁄16 115⁄16† 21⁄8† 23⁄8*† 25⁄8† 3† 33⁄8† 35⁄8† 311⁄16† 43⁄16† 45⁄8† O Nom. (2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in length thru Hub.Y Y Nom.† O Y(2) 300 LB. 5† 51⁄4*† 51⁄2† 83⁄4*† 93⁄4*† 105⁄8*† 111⁄8*† - TECHNICAL INFORMATION SLIP-ON. All dimensions shown are in inches.† O Y(2) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 4 41⁄4* 41⁄2 75⁄8* 85⁄8* 91⁄2* 97⁄8* - 600 LB. 150 LB. Pipe Size O Y(1) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 31⁄2 37⁄8 41⁄4 45⁄8 5 6 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 9 10 11 131⁄2 16 19 21 231⁄2 25 5⁄8 5⁄8 11⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 1 11⁄8 13⁄16 11⁄4† 15⁄16† 17⁄16† 19⁄16† 13⁄4† 115⁄16† 23⁄16† 21⁄4† 21⁄2† 211⁄16† 400 LB. “Y”. 150 LB. Pipe Size O Y(1) 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 271⁄2 291⁄2 32 341⁄4 383⁄4 433⁄4 46 53 27⁄8† 31⁄8 *† 31⁄4† 33⁄8*† 31⁄2*† 311⁄16*† 33⁄4*† 4*† 300 LB. O Y(1) 301⁄2 33 36 381⁄4 43 471⁄2 50 - 33⁄4† 4*† 43⁄16† 71⁄4*† 81⁄4*† 91⁄8*† 91⁄2*† - 400 LB. O Y(2) 32 341⁄4 37 40 441⁄2 49 513⁄4 - * Not available in Threaded type † Not available in Socket type (1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in length thru Hub. “Y”. THREADED AND SOCKET FLANGES 213 .

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES
(for working pressures up to 125 psi steam, 175 psi WOG)
Size
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

31 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2

21 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
113 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 4
17
183 ⁄ 4
211 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

& BOLTS

No. Bolts

Bolt Size

Bolt Length

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16

3⁄8

13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
1⁄2
1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1

LAP JOINT FLANGES
Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
32

5⁄8
5⁄8

11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
15 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
115 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 16
31 ⁄ 8
37 ⁄ 16
313 ⁄ 16
41 ⁄ 16
43 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 2
111 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 16
27 ⁄ 16
33 ⁄ 4
4
43 ⁄ 8
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2
6

400 LB.
O
Y
7⁄8
33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
1
47 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 16
51 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 2 17 ⁄ 16
71 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 4 113 ⁄ 16
9
115 ⁄ 16
10
2
11
21 ⁄ 8
121 ⁄ 2 21 ⁄ 4
15 211 ⁄ 16
171 ⁄ 2
4
201 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 4
23
45 ⁄ 8
251 ⁄ 2
5
28
53 ⁄ 8
301 ⁄ 2 53 ⁄ 4
36
61 ⁄ 4

600 LB.
O
Y

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
103 ⁄ 4
13
14
161 ⁄ 2
20
22
233 ⁄ 4
27
291 ⁄ 4
32
37

7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
113 ⁄ 16
115 ⁄ 16
21 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8
3
43 ⁄ 8
45 ⁄ 8
5
51 ⁄ 2
6
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 4

All dimensions shown are in inches.

214

www.anvilintl.com

Size

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14 O.D.
16 O.D.
18 O.D.
20 O.D.
24 O.D.
30 O.D.
36 O.D.
42 O.D.
48 O.D.

Flange Dia. Bolt Circle

47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
36
43
50
57
65

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4
27
32
391 ⁄ 4
46
523 ⁄ 4
603 ⁄ 4

No. Bolts

4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24
24
24
28
32
36
40

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

BOLTS

1⁄16"

Bolt Size Bolt Length
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
13 ⁄ 4
2
2
2

BLIND FLANGES

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
5
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 2
91 ⁄ 2
10
11

Y
O

Nom.
150 LB.
Pipe Size O
Y(1)
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
1
1 ⁄2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
5
6
7
71 ⁄ 2
1
8 ⁄2
9
10
11
131 ⁄ 2
16
19
21
231 ⁄ 2
25
271 ⁄ 2
291 ⁄ 2
32
341 ⁄ 4
383 ⁄ 4
433 ⁄ 4
46
53

7 ⁄ 16
1⁄2
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
7⁄8
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 16

1
11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
19 ⁄ 16
111 ⁄ 16
113 ⁄ 16
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
5
2 ⁄ 16
23 ⁄ 8
25 ⁄ 8

300 LB.
O
Y(1)

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
3⁄4
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1

11 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 16
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 16
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
2
21 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 8
35 ⁄ 8
4
41 ⁄ 8
5
4 ⁄8

400 LB.
O
Y(2)

For
sizes
31 ⁄ 2
and
smaller
use
600 LB.
Standard
10
11
121 ⁄ 2
15
171 ⁄ 2
201 ⁄ 2
23
251 ⁄ 2
28
301 ⁄ 2
33
36
381 ⁄ 4
43
471 ⁄ 2
50
57

(1) The 1 ⁄ 16” raised face is included in Thickness, “Y”.
(2) The 1 ⁄ 4 ” raised face is not included in Thickness, “Y”.

33 ⁄ 4
45 ⁄ 8
47 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 4
61 ⁄ 8
61 ⁄ 2
71 ⁄ 2
81 ⁄ 4
9
13 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
17 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 8
1⁄4
23 ⁄ 8
21 ⁄ 2
25 ⁄ 8
23 ⁄ 4
27 ⁄ 8
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
43 ⁄ 8
1
4 ⁄2
51 ⁄ 8

600 LB.
O
Y(2)
9 ⁄ 16
5⁄8
11 ⁄ 16
13 ⁄ 16
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
13 ⁄ 8
103 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2
13 13 ⁄ 4
14 17 ⁄ 8
161 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 16
20 21 ⁄ 2
22 25 ⁄ 8
233 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4
27
3
291 ⁄ 4 31 ⁄ 4
32 31 ⁄ 2
341 ⁄ 4 33 ⁄ 4
37
4
40 41 ⁄ 4
1
44 ⁄ 2 41 ⁄ 2
49 43 ⁄ 4
513 ⁄ 4 47 ⁄ 8
583 ⁄ 4 51 ⁄ 2

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

EXTRA HEAVY CAST IRON COMPANION FLANGES AND
(for working pressures up to 250 psi steam, 400 psi WOG)

215

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 150 TO 300 LB. STEEL FLANGE

216

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.
1⁄2
3⁄4

1
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
2
21 ⁄ 2
3
31 ⁄ 2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

23 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2 1 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8 1 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4 5 ⁄ 8
51 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
5⁄8
6
5⁄8
7
71 ⁄ 2 5 ⁄ 8
81 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
91 ⁄ 2 3 ⁄ 4
113 ⁄ 4 3 ⁄ 4
141 ⁄ 8 7 ⁄ 8
17 7 ⁄ 8
183 ⁄ 4 1
211 ⁄ 4 1
223 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
16
16

21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 2
41 ⁄ 2
5
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4

13 ⁄ 4
2
2
21 ⁄ 4
21 ⁄ 4
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

25 ⁄ 8
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
37 ⁄ 8
41 ⁄ 2
5
57 ⁄ 8
65 ⁄ 8
71 ⁄ 4
77 ⁄ 8
91 ⁄ 4
105 ⁄ 8
13
151 ⁄ 4
173 ⁄ 4
201 ⁄ 4
221 ⁄ 2
243 ⁄ 4

1⁄2
5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8

1
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 2
31 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 4
41 ⁄ 2
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 4
71 ⁄ 2

2
21 ⁄ 2
21 ⁄ 2
23 ⁄ 4
3
3
31 ⁄ 4
31 ⁄ 2
33 ⁄ 4
33 ⁄ 4
4
41 ⁄ 4
43 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 4
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4

125/150 LB. FLANGE
Nom. Bolt
No.
Pipe Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Size Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

25
271 ⁄ 4
291 ⁄ 2
313 ⁄ 4
36
401 ⁄ 2
423 ⁄ 4
491 ⁄ 2

11 ⁄ 8
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2

20
20
20
24
28
32
32
36

6
61 ⁄ 2
63 ⁄ 4
7
71 ⁄ 4
8
81 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4

51 ⁄ 4
51 ⁄ 2
53 ⁄ 4
6
61 ⁄ 4
7
7
71 ⁄ 4

250/300 LB. FLANGE
Bolt
No.
Circle Bolt of *Stud Bolt
Dia. Dia. Bolts Len. Len.

27
291 ⁄ 4
32
341 ⁄ 2
391 ⁄ 4
431 ⁄ 2
46
523 ⁄ 4

11 ⁄ 4
11 ⁄ 2
11 ⁄ 2
15 ⁄ 8
13 ⁄ 4
17 ⁄ 8
2
2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
36

8
83 ⁄ 4
9
10
111 ⁄ 4
121 ⁄ 4
123 ⁄ 4
133 ⁄ 4

7
71 ⁄ 2
73 ⁄ 4
83 ⁄ 4
10
103 ⁄ 4
111 ⁄ 4
131 ⁄ 2

*1 ⁄ 16" Raised Face
Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown plus the thickness of two
laps of the stub ends.

www.anvilintl.com

Nom
Pipe
Size
1⁄2

3⁄4

1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
77⁄8
91⁄4
105⁄8
13
151⁄4
173⁄4
201⁄4
221⁄2
243⁄4

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
13⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
16
20
20
24

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄2
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄4
61⁄2
53⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄4
73⁄4
8
81⁄2
83⁄4

25⁄8
31⁄4
31⁄2
37⁄8
41⁄2
5
57⁄8
65⁄8
71⁄4
81⁄2
101⁄2
111⁄2
133⁄4
17
191⁄4
203⁄4
233⁄4
253⁄4

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

1⁄2

5⁄8
5⁄8
5⁄8
3⁄4
5⁄8
3⁄4
3⁄4
7⁄8
7⁄8

1
1
11⁄8
11⁄4
11⁄4
13⁄8
11⁄2
15⁄8

4
4
4
4
4
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
16
20
20
20
20

3
31⁄4
31⁄2
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄4
43⁄4
51⁄4
51⁄2
61⁄4
61⁄2
71⁄2
81⁄4
81⁄2
9
93⁄4
101⁄2

Nom
Pipe
Size

20
22
24
26
30
34
36
42

400 LB. STEEL FLANGES
600 LB. STEEL FLANGES
Diam
Length Diam
Length
of
Diam No. of Studs
of
Diam No of Studs
Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised Bolt
of
of 1⁄4" Raised
Circle Bolts Bolts
Face
Circle Bolts Bolts Face

27
291⁄4
32
341⁄2
391⁄4
431⁄2
46
523⁄4

11⁄2
15⁄8
13⁄4
13⁄4
2
2
2
21⁄2

24
24
24
28
28
28
32
32

91⁄2
10
101⁄2
111⁄2
13
133⁄4
14
161⁄4

281⁄2
305⁄8
33
36
401⁄4
441⁄2
47
533⁄4

15⁄8
13⁄4
17⁄8
17⁄8
2
21⁄4
21⁄2
23⁄4

24
24
24
28
28
28
28
28

111⁄4
12
123⁄4
131⁄4
14
15
153⁄4
171⁄2

Stud lengths for lap joint flanges are equal to lengths shown minus 1 ⁄ 2 "
plus the thickness of two laps of the stub ends.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BOLTING DIMENSIONS FOR 400 LB./600LB. STEEL FLANGE

217

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

218

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Seamless milled steel pipe for hightemperature service, suitable for
bending, flanging & similar forming
operations.

(1)
A106

As above, except use Grade A for close
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.

(1)
A106

Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res-welded steel pipe suitable for
A 53
coiling, bending, flanging, & other
special purposes, suitable for welding.
As above, except use Grade A for close
A 53
coiling, cold bending or forge welding.
Black or hot-dip galvanize seamless
or res. welded steel pipe suitable for
A 120
ordinary uses. (When tension, flattening (obsolete)
or bend test required, order to A-53).
Resistance welded steel pipe for liquid,
A 135
gas or vapor.
As above, except use Grade A for
A 135
flanging & bending.

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

A

48,000

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

STD
Round

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

28 long.
OR (4)
30,000
20
trans.
28 long.
OR (4)
35,000
12
trans.

17.5+ 56t
or
40t
12.5+

35

17.5+ 56t

t

25

C

.25 max .27 to.93

17.5+ 56t 35
30 max
or
32t 16.5
6.5+

B

60,000

A

48,000

30,000

28

B

60,000

35,000

22

15+

A

48,000

30,000

B

60,000

35,000

.27 to
1.06

P

S

.048 .058
max max
.048 .058
max max

35

(2)

(3)

-

48t

30

(2)

(3)

-

35

30

17.5+ 56t
15+

MN

48t

.050
max
.050
max

.060
max
.060
max

www.anvilintl.com

Yield
ASTM Grade
Point or
or Strength
Strength
Type
PSI
PSI

Elongation (% in 2")
Rectangular

Pipe and Tubing
Description and Applications

Spec
No.

Electric-fusion-welded strait- or spiralseam pipe for liquid, gas or vapor from
mill grades of plate.

A 139

A

48,000

30,000

As above

A 139

B

60,000

35,000

A105

I

60,000

30,000

A 105

II

70,000

A 181

I

A 181

II

Forged Pipe, Flanges
Description and Applications
Forged or rolled steel pipe flanges,
fittings (6) values and parts for high
temperature service. Heat treatment
required; may be annealed or
normalized.
As above
As above except for general service.
Heat treatment is not required.

As above

Chemical
Composition, %

5⁄16"

5⁄16"

C

MN

17.5+ 56t

35

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

48t

30

.30 max

.30 to
1.00

.040 .050
max max

25

.35 (5)
max

.90 max

36,000

22

60,000

30,000

22

70,000

36,000

18

(1) 0.10% silicon minimum.
(2) Open hearth, 0.13 max for 1⁄8" and 1⁄4" size resistance welded pipe only
(3) Seamless: open hearth 0.048 max, acid bessemar 0.11 max;
Res. welded: open hearth 0.050 max.
(4) Longitudinal or transverse direction of test specimen with respect to
pipe axis

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

STD
Round

t

15+

.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max
.35 (5)
max

P

S

.05
max

.05
max

.05
max
.05
.90 max
max
.05
.90 max
max

.05
max
.05
max
.05
max

.90 max

(5) When flanges will be subject to fusion welding, carbon content shall be
≤0.35%. If carbon is ≤0.35%, it may be necessary to add silicon to
meet required tensile properties. The silicon content shall be ≤0.35%.
(6) Factor-made Wrought Carbon Steel and Ferritic Alloy Steel Welding
Fitting Specifications are covered under ASTM A234.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

ASTM CARBON STEEL PIPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS

219

00 30.75 14. O.00 34.75 12.anvilintl. 37 1 ⁄2 22 1⁄ 2 15 B 10 15 15 10 5 1 Step 1– Measure distance on outside arc us- A ing the values from the previous table & make a mark.00 42. Step 3 B – Wrap tape around elbow & mark cutting line.63 8.00 26.00 16.00 4.D.88 3.63 10.00 36.00 1° 5° 10° 221⁄ 2° 15° A B A B A B A B 1⁄16 1⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 5⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 15⁄ 32 3⁄ 32 1⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 1⁄16 7⁄16 17⁄ 32 3⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄4 13⁄32 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 1⁄16 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 9⁄ 32 3⁄16 7⁄32 9⁄ 32 11⁄32 7⁄16 1⁄ 2 9⁄16 5⁄ 8 11⁄16 25⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄4 115⁄32 3⁄ 32 29⁄ 32 11⁄16 17⁄16 125⁄32 21⁄8 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 13⁄ 32 11⁄4 17⁄16 125⁄32 25⁄ 32 227⁄32 39⁄16 41⁄4 47⁄8 519⁄32 69⁄32 631⁄32 711⁄16 83⁄8 91⁄16 1015⁄32 117⁄8 129⁄16 1421⁄32 13⁄32 111⁄32 15⁄8 129⁄32 25⁄32 211⁄16 37⁄32 49⁄32 511⁄32 63⁄8 711⁄32 83⁄8 97⁄16 1015⁄32 1117⁄32 129⁄16 135⁄8 1523⁄32 1713⁄16 1827⁄32 22 1⁄16 3⁄ 32 1⁄8 5⁄ 32 3⁄16 1⁄4 9⁄ 32 5⁄16 11⁄ 32 3⁄ 8 13⁄ 32 15⁄ 32 17⁄ 32 19⁄ 32 5⁄ 8 23⁄ 32 5⁄16 1⁄ 2 21⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 1 7⁄ 32 113⁄32 19⁄16 13⁄4 129⁄32 23⁄32 29⁄32 25⁄8 231⁄32 35⁄32 321⁄32 9⁄16 21⁄ 32 13⁄16 1 111⁄32 111⁄16 21⁄32 27⁄16 225⁄32 35⁄32 31⁄2 327⁄32 43⁄16 417⁄32 51⁄4 515⁄16 69⁄32 711⁄32 A 121⁄32 19⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 23⁄ 32 215⁄ 32 27⁄ 32 227⁄ 32 31⁄32 31⁄4 11⁄4 41⁄32 11⁄2 427⁄32 2 613⁄32 217⁄32 8 31⁄32 99⁄16 321⁄32 11 43⁄16 129⁄16 423⁄32 141⁄8 51⁄4 1523⁄32 53⁄4 179⁄32 69⁄32 1827⁄32 613⁄16 2013⁄32 727⁄32 239⁄16 829⁄32 2623⁄32 97⁄16 289⁄32 11 33 371⁄ 2° 45° B A B 23⁄32 29⁄32 13⁄32 19⁄32 115⁄32 127⁄32 27⁄32 31⁄32 325⁄32 49⁄16 51⁄2 69⁄32 71⁄16 727⁄32 85⁄8 97⁄16 107⁄32 1125⁄32 1311⁄32 141⁄8 161⁄2 23⁄4 313⁄32 43⁄32 43⁄4 513⁄32 623⁄32 81⁄16 1011⁄16 1311⁄32 1531⁄32 185⁄16 2015⁄16 239⁄16 23⁄16 2813⁄16 3113⁄32 341⁄32 399⁄32 441⁄2 471⁄8 5431⁄32 13⁄16 11⁄2 113⁄16 21⁄8 215⁄32 33⁄32 323⁄32 51⁄32 65⁄16 719⁄32 95⁄32 1015⁄32 1125⁄32 133⁄32 1413⁄32 1523⁄32 171⁄32 195⁄8 221⁄4 239⁄16 271⁄2 A B 39⁄32 17⁄16 41⁄16 113⁄16 429⁄32 25⁄32 511⁄16 29⁄16 615⁄32 215⁄16 81⁄16 323⁄32 921⁄32 415⁄32 1213⁄16 61⁄32 16 79⁄16 195⁄32 91⁄8 22 11 251⁄8 19⁄16 289⁄32 141⁄8 3113⁄32 1523⁄32 349⁄16 179⁄32 3711⁄16 1827⁄32 4027⁄32 2013⁄32 471⁄8 239⁄16 5313⁄32 2623⁄32 569⁄16 289⁄32 6531⁄32 33 www.com .56 6.00 20.50 4.00 24. Step 2 – Measure distance on inside arc using the values from the table below & make a mark.00 22.TECHNICAL INFORMATION HOW TO CUT ODD-ANGLE ELBOWS 220 37 1 ⁄2 A 22 1 ⁄2 45 Nom.38 2.50 5.00 18. 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 36 42 2.

3. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. Level pipe using spirit level. 6. Place fitting to pipe leaving small welding gap. 3. some simple procedures can be followed to assist the pipe fitter. Level pipe using spirit level. 2. Tack weld in place. Place tee to pipe leaving small welding gap. 2. PIPE-TO-PIPE 1. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE 221 . Tack weld in place. Rotate pipe 90°. Tack weld top and bottom. Tack weld in place. Welding rings may be employed to assure proper alignment as well as the correct welding gap. 4.Proper alignment is important if a piping system is to be correctly fabricated. Bring lengths together leaving only small welding gap. 4. 3. Repeat procedure. Below and on the following page are alignment procedures commonly used by today’s craftsmen. 2. Level pipe using spirit level. Place 45" spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until bubble is centered. Place spirit level on face of elbow and maneuver elbow until level. Poor alignment may result in welding difficulties and a system that does not function properly. Place spirit level over both pipes as shown and maneuver unpositioned length until both are level. Level one length of pipe using spirit level. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 45° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. In addition to using welding rings. 4. 4. 2. Place spirit level on face of tee and maneuver tee until level. 5. 90° ELBOW-TO-PIPE 1. 3. TEE-TO-PIPE 1.

Bring flange to pipe end leaving small welding gap. 6. 2. 1.com .anvilintl. 222 FLANGE-TO-PIPE JIG FOR SMALL DIAMETER PIPING 1. Cut Notch. Center square on face of flange as shown. Bend channel iron to 90° angle and weld sides.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ALIGNMENT OF PIPE. 3. Align top two holes of flange with spirit level. 5. Tack weld in place. Heat & Bend 3. 4. Check sides in same way. 4. Tack weld in place. Repeat this step with several elbows so jig may be used for different operations. 1⁄8" x 3⁄4" for sizes 1" or smaller. The jig is made from channel iron 3' 9" long. Heat bottom of notch with torch. Place elbow in jig and saw half thru sides of channel iron as shown. Weld Sides 5. Use 1⁄8" x 11⁄2" for pipe sizes 11⁄4" thru 3". CONT'D. Cut out 90° notches about 9" from end. A used hack saw blade placed in notch as shown will provide proper welding gap. Cut Slots Using Fitting as Guide Weld Sides www. 2.

000 0.510 8.653 5.300 47.890 11.580 54.132 0.490 158.590 78.700 79.570 62.280 1.100 286.690 34.793 7.800 291.600 94.131 1.088 1.000 183.631 5.648 0.660 12.200 4.400 122.130 125.765 1. Tap Size Threads/In.250 12.500 98.997 3.200 TECHNICAL INFORMATION 1⁄8 PIPE & WATER WEIGHT/FOOT (Unified National Coarse) 223 .620 119.230 0.790 14.480 49.550 40.661 10.000 59.110 10.800 32.273 2.970 28.510 21.200 0.570 43.837 2.500 76. R 7 ⁄ 16 37 ⁄ 64 23 ⁄ 32 59 ⁄ 64 15 ⁄ 32 11 ⁄ 2 147 ⁄ 64 27 ⁄ 32 25 ⁄ 8 31 ⁄ 4 33⁄ 4 41 ⁄ 4 1⁄ 4 5⁄ 16 3⁄ 8 7⁄ 16 1⁄ 2 9⁄ 16 5⁄ 8 3⁄ 4 7⁄ 8 1 1 1⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 4 1 3⁄ 8 1 1⁄ 2 1 3⁄ 4 2 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 20 18 16 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 1⁄ 2 7 F 5⁄ 16 U 27⁄ 64 31⁄ 64 17⁄ 32 21⁄ 32 49⁄ 64 7⁄ 8 63⁄ 64 17⁄64 17⁄32 111⁄32 19⁄16 125⁄32 Nom.390 54.800 180.188 0.450 104.DRILL SIZES FOR NPT PIPE TAPS TAP & DRILL SIZES Tap Size Threads/In.280 5.980 20.864 3.580 70.200 126. Drill Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 27 18 18 14 14 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 111 ⁄ 2 8 8 8 8 Drill Dia.374 0.555 0.851 1.420 72.850 4.980 7.718 3.) STD Pipe Water WEIGHT (Lb.882 1.101 0.076 3.620 18.090 82. Pipe Size 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 1 1 ⁄2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 WEIGHT (Lb.172 2.455 2.311 0.) XS Pipe Water 0.290 19.000 57.022 7.780 28.000 1.740 65.474 2.770 93.679 2.100 101.100 49.580 9.510 14.

73 198.78 2.62 2.22 EXTRA STRONG Yellow Red Brass Brass Copper 1.75 192.80 Vacuum.91 1.51 1.87 200.27 1. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 76.73 2.8 234.9 www.96 1.9 352.82 2.31 146.19 194.00 172.9 387.46 4.63 3.23 1.22 124.56 3.21 189.1 337.BOILING POINTS OF WATER AT VARIOUS PRESSURES TECHNICAL INFORMATION WEIGHT/FOOT .4 229.25 204.25 Pressure Boiling Gauge Lbs Point 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 15 25 50 75 100 125 200 212.80 178.77 133.25 1.49 3.67 2.com .71 2.51 175.93 114.19 165.anvilintl.67 1.85 206.5 224.0 215.99 5.SEAMLESS BRASS & COPPER PIPE 224 Nominal Pipe Size Yellow Brass 1⁄2 0.04 4.13 4.82 184. in Inches Boiling of Mercury Point 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 181.69 3.61 187.39 4.91 Vacuum.51 3.75 161.19 1.01 3⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 REGULAR Red Brass Copper 0.29 3.8 297.30 1.70 208.22 140.6 218.39 3.62 99.23 1.24 169.12 0.45 151.50 196.50 210.19 5.10 5.20 4.96 202.8 266.4 249.87 156.7 320.8 239.93 1.

63 184.32 34.60 3. Feet Head 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.45 138. 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 17. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 0.63 46.62 6.24 216.433 pound pressure per square inch. 180 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.65 38.47 389.36 115.In.In.62 108.In.000 77.16 346.16 18.31 47./Sq. Feet Head 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 2.In.47 389.72 207.24 11. multiply the feet head by 0.85 16./Sq.96 86.93 151./Sq.18 57.43 0.In.00 Feet Head Lbs.65 25.58 173.72 69.000 77.93 9.85 303.87 1.31 4.96 69.54 161.30 60.58 173./Sq.98 43.99 Feet Head Lbs.85 303. To find the pressure per square inch for any feet head not given in the table above.29 73.99 30./Sq.63 Feet Head Lbs.66 10.24 216.32 21.00 NOTE: One foot of water at 62°F equals 0.97 56.50 8.30 1.90 4.Lbs.81 43.27 Lbs.64 51.83 12.27 129.97 56.27 129.47 20.78 23.17 2.29 73. Feet Head 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 92.03 3.33 6./Sq.93 151.31 47.433.63 64.16 346.55 259.78 433.In.62 108.63 Lbs.63 64.46 3.78 433.64 51.09 34. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION FEET HEAD TO WATER PRESSURE WATER PRESSURE TO FEET HEAD 225 .30 60.96 69.54 13.55 259.96 86.73 2.

S. in column “A” using the scale “Exact” and run a straight line from the point through the 3 in column “C”. The horizontal line already drawn to determine answers in columns “C” and “D” will provide the answer to the conversion in column “E”.P. The intersection with column “C” gives the velocity in feet/second.D. “F” gives the weight of the water in pounds/minute. (For liquids other tharn water.com . The intersection of this line at columns “D”. of the pipe in column “A” and extend this line to cross column “C”. From this intersection draw a line to the exact I. www. The chart can be used as a.conversion chart to determine the number of gallons in a certain number of cubic feet of liquid. of exactly 1 in.) “Standard” gives the internal diameter of standard pipe (somewhat greater than 1" for 1 in.TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 226 The accompanying chart provides fast answers to many problems that may confront the pipe fitter. “E” and “F” is known then velocity may be determined by reversing the procedure. “Extra Heavy” gives the internal diameter of extra heavy pipe. “E” and “F” gives the following information: “E” shows the volume of flow in gallons/minute If a quantity in columns “D”.D. “Exact” gives the exact diameter. Velocity of the water being 3 F. standard pipe). Draw a horizontal line from the known point to column “G”. multiply the value of column “F” by the specific gravity of the liquid for accurate weight conversion.anvilintl. Note that there are three sets of figures shown in connection with the extreme left-hand column A. A little practice will prove this chart to be a real timesaver. EXAMPLE:How much water is passing through a pipe with parameters: I. run a straight line horizontally to column “G”. From the intersection of this line with column “B”. To apply the chart to the problem locate 1 in. Procedures for using the chart are as follows: “D” shows the cubic feet/minute flowing through the pipe.

01 0.4 0.8 1.2 3⁄8" 0.5 3⁄8" 0.5 0.3 0.000 5. Ft.000 10.7 0.000 8 50 200 7 7 9 10 100 500 3.000 9 A 12" 14" 13" 15" 15 200 10.8 0.5 0.000 Extra Heavy TECHNICAL INFORMATION FLOW CONVERSION CHART 227 .1 1 4 1⁄2" 20 50.6 0.000 20.000 100. E Gal.000 2. D Ft.0 1 ⁄ 2" 3⁄4" 1" 3 10 2 20 4 6 1⁄ 4 " 1 1⁄ 2 " 2" 7 2 1⁄ 2 " 11⁄4" 11⁄2" 2" 2 3 1 2 5 10 50 100 5 3 1⁄ 2" 2 1⁄ 2 " 9 5" 4 6" 9 10 7 8 3" 31⁄2" 4" 41⁄2" 5" 6" 7" 8" 9" 10" 6 20 20 50 100 200 500 1./Sec.0 0.3 0.3/Min.1 2 1⁄8" 0./Min.5 1 3 ⁄ 4" 0.9 1.000 5.1 0.4 1⁄8" 0. F Lbs.000 30 C Velocity.5 1 6 1 1" 0.03 2 2 5 3 0.000 200.6 0.000 2./Min.000 10 11 G ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Exact Standard 1. (water) 30.3 3 1⁄4" 1⁄4" 0.000 8 12 14 16 500 1.000 B 8" 9" 10" 12" 13"14"15" 7" 6 5 11 10 5 4 10 1 ⁄2 " 4" 4 3 5 6 8 3 3" 2 1.

. . .2 5. .975°F White .0 0. .1 0. .4 3. Free Scalding . .8 1.7 2.7 5. . .277 0.0 2. Symbol Per Cubic In. . .0 – – – – – – 0. 1.323 0. 1.2422 0.0 0. .375°F Light Cherry. Aluminum Al Antimony Sb Brass – Bronze – Chromium Cr Copper Cu Gold Au Iron (cast) Fe Iron (wrought) Fe Lead Pb Maganese Mn Mercury Hg Molybdenum Mo Monel – Platinum Pt Steel (mild) – Steel (stainless) – Tin Sn Titanium Ti Zinc Zn 0.258 160 418 524 552 406 558 1. . . . .5 0. . 1. . .4 8. . . 1. .818 0. .309 0.2 7. . . 990°F Dark Blood Red . . . . .7 7.3 4. . . .6 3. .2816 0.2 9. Per Cubic Ft. .550° Salmon.318 0.3 2.5 1. .9 4. . 1.491 0. .8 1.9 1. . 1. . .0 2.1278 0. . .3 6.8 5. . .3 1.050°F Dark Cherry Red .3 5. .5 9.7 3.com . .26 0.303 0.205 450 490 710 463 849 534 550 1. . . in Lbs. . . . .2 3.2 – – – – Material Chemical Wt. .0 0. 2. . . .5 7.5 3.265 0. . 1.0 8.5 0.4 7. . .2348 0.3 4. .8 1. . . .1 6. . . .4105 0.650°F Light Salmon . . .4 2. Pipe Size (180°F) 5 PSIG (20 PSIA) 1⁄2 3⁄4 1 11 ⁄ 4 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 2 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 60 73 90 112 126 155 185 221 244 279 96 118 144 179 202 248 296 355 401 448 COLORS & APPROXIMATE TEMPERATURE FOR CARBON STEEL Black Red .2 1.0 6.6 5.2 2. .in Lbs. .8 1.6975 0. . . Scalding . . . .825°F Light Yellow . . .0 0. . .1 3. .6 6.0 4.0 2. .7 3.4 8.250°F Full Cherry Red . Wt. . .9 6.4 2. . .9 3. .1 4.TECHNICAL INFORMATION HEAT LOSSES FROM HORIZONTAL BARE STEEL PIPE 228 (BTU per hour per linear foot at 70°F room temperature) PIPE HOT WATER STEAM Nom.6 3. . . .220°F TOTAL THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPING MATERIAL WEIGHTS OF METALS (Inches Per 100 Ft.3 5. .8 4. . .093 0. . Above 32°F) Carbon & Brass Temp Carbon Molly Cast & Wrought °F Steel Iron Copper Bronze Iron 32 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 0. . .0 7.9 4.7 7. .6 4.7 2. .2 5. .2679 0. .5 2. . . .3 – – – – 0. .4 4.2834 0.anvilintl.175°F Medium Cherry Red .8 5.6 5.9 2.2 1. 1.0 0.9 8.32 0. . . .725°F Yellow . . . .1 3. . . 1.5 0. . . .9 6. . . . .413 490 484 459 221 446 www. . .8 6.5 – – – – – – 0.

. . . . . . . .067 Butene . . . . . . CH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . H2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92" Hg. . . . . . . . .0. . .-ft. . . . . . . . . . .53 Carbon_monoxide . . . . . . . . . .TYPICAL BTU VALUES OF FUELS Dry Air (1 cu.) Brine (Sodium Chloride 25%) Pennsylvania Crude Oil Fuel Oil No. . . . . . 935 to 1132 163 534 545 TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF GASES 229 . . . . at 60°F. .93 Chlorine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 and 2 Gasoline Kerosene Lubricating Oil SAE 10-20-30 Temp °F Specific Gravity 50 32 80 85 80 85 115 1.0. . .1. . . . . . . . .000 138. . . C4H10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . .0. . .1. . .486 Helium . . . .95 0. .00 1. . . . . . . . . . . .82 0. . . . . . . . . .0. 1 Fuel Oil No.07638 pound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.05 Methane . .1053 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF LIQUIDS Liquid Water (1 cu. . . . . .74 0. . . . . . Cl2 .000 Acetylene . . . . . . FT. .000 145. . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0. . . . . . . . .670 LIQUIDS Fuel Oil No. .554 Ammonia . 4 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 Carbon-dioxide . . .000 148. .100 13. . 6 BTU VALUES PER GALLON 136. .810 9. . . . & 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ft. . . .91 Ethane . . . .230 14. . . . . . Weighs. . . . . . . . . NH3 . . . .20 0. . . . . 5 Fuel Oil No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9718 Oxygen .967 Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . C4H8 . .000 GASES Natural Gas Producers Gas Illuminating Gas Mixed (Coke oven and water gas) BTU VALUES PER CU. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fuel Oil No. . . C2H4 . . . . .000 152. weights 62. . . . . . . CO2 . N2. . . . . . . . . . . . .080 10. . . . . . . . . . . He . . . . . . CO . . .94 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK ASTM RANK SOLIDS Anthracite Class I Bitiminous Class II Group 1 Bitiminous Class II Group 3 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 1 Sub-Bituminous Class III Group 2 BTU VALUES PER POUND 11. . . . . .85 0. . O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .0696 Nitrogen .41 lb. . . .2. . . . .0. . . . . . . C2H2 . . . . . . . . . . . .138 Hydrogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

000 900 Chromium Mild Cobalt Monel Steel Hard Pure Nickel Steel Iron Silicon Wrought Nickel Iron Alloys Manganese Haynes Stellite Chromium.500 2.200 2.700 1.300 1. Alloys Magnesium.230 Degree (C) Degree (F) 1.400 1.500 1.900 1.200 1. Antimony 200 800 700 600 500 400 300 Silver Brass 300 Magnesium Alloys Tin Alloys 100 0 200 100 0 Tin Babbitt Lead Alloys www.300 1. Chromium-Nickel St’ls.000 2.000 1.100 900 1.800 1.900 2.200 1.anvilintl. and Iron Gold Copper Cast Iron Chromium-Nickel Cast Iron Blac k He at Faint Red Cher ry. o r Du ll Re d Med ium Cher ry Dark Cher ry Bloo d Re d Salm on Oran ge Brigh t Red Lem on Color Scale Ligh t Yell ow Melting Points of Metals & Alloys of Practical Importance Whit e TECHNICAL INFORMATION MELTING POINT OF METALS 400 Lead Bronze Aluminum Aluminum.600 2.300 2.400 2.com .400 1.600 1.700 2.800 2.600 1.100 2.500 1.000 800 700 600 500 3. Alloys Nickel.100 1.

ALLOY STEEL: A Steel which
owes its distinctive properties
to elements other than
carbon.
AREA OF A CIRCLE: The
measurement of the surface
within a circle. To find the
area of a circle, multiply the
product of the radius times
the radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written A = πr2.
BRAZE WELD OR BRAZING:
A process of joining metals
using a nonferrous filler metal
or alloy, the melting point of
which is higher than 800°F
but lower than that of the
metals to be joined.
BUTT WELD: A circumferential
weld in pipe fusing
the abutting pipe walls
completely from inside wall
to outside wall.

CARBON STEEL: A steel which
owes its distinctive properties
chiefly to the various
percentages of carbon (as
distinguished from the other
elements) which it contains.
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE:
The measurement around the
perimeter of a circle. To find
the circumference, multiply
Pi (3.142) by the diameter.
(Commonly written as πd).
COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION:
A number indicating the degree
of expansion or contraction of a
substance.
The coefficient of expansion
is not constant and varies
with changes in temperature.
For linear expansion it is
expressed as the change in
length of one unit of length
of a substance having one
degree rise in temperature.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

CORROSION: The gradual
destruction or alteration of
a metal or alloy caused by
direct chemical attack or by
electrochemical reaction.

ELASTIC LIMIT: The greatest
stress which a material
can withstand without a
permanent deformation after
release of the stress.

CREEP: The plastic flow of
pipe within a system; the
permanent set in metal
caused by stresses at high
temperatures. Generally
associated with a time rate of
deformation.

EROSION: The gradual
destruction of metal or other
material by the abrasive
action of liquids, gases, solids
or mixtures thereof.

DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn through
the center of a circle from one
extreme edge to the other.
Equal to twice the radius.
DUCTILITY: The property of
elongation, above the elastic
limit, but under the tensile
strength.
A measure of ductility is the
percentage of elongation of
the fractured piece over its
original length.

RADIUS OF A CIRCLE: A
straight line drawn from the
center to the extreme edge of
a circle.
SOCKET FITTING: A fitting
used to join pipe in which
the pipe is inserted into the
fitting. A fillet weld is then
made around the edge of the
fitting and the outside wall of
the pipe.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

231

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

USEFUL DEFINITIONS

232

SOLDERING: A method of
joining metals using fusible
alloys, formerly tin and lead,
having melting points under
700°F
STRAIN: Change of shape or
size of a body produced by
the action of a stress.
STRESS: The intensity of the
internal, distributed forces
which resist a change in
the form of a body. When
external forces act on a body
they are resisted by reactions
within the body which are
termed stresses.
TENSILE STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to pull
a body apart.
COMPRESSIVE STRESS: One
that resists a force tending to
crush a body.

SHEARING STRESS: One that
resists a force tending to
make one layer of a body
slide across another layer.
TORSIONAL STRESS: One that
resists forces tending to twist
a body.
TENSILE STRENGTH: The
maximum tensile stress which
a material will develop. The
tensile strength is usually
considered to be the load
in pounds per square inch
at which a test specimen
ruptures.
TURBULENCE: Any deviation
from parallel flow in a pipe
due to rough inner walls,
obstructions or directional
changes.
VELOCITY: Time rate of
motion in a given direction
and sense, usually expressed
in feet per second.

VOLUME OF A PIPE: The
measurement of the space
within the walls of the pipe.
To find the volume of a pipe,
multiply the length (or height)
of the pipe by the product of
the inside radius times the
inside radius by Pi (3.142).
Commonly written as V =
hπr2.
WELDING: A process of
joining metals by heating
until they are fused together,
or by heating and applying
pressure until there is a
plastic joining action. Filler
metal may or may not be
used.
YIELD STRENGTH: The stress
at which a material exhibits a
specified limiting permanent
set. (.2% or.5%)

www.anvilintl.com

=
=
500 lb. per hr.
=
1 cu. ft. per min. (cfm) =

0.134 cu. ft. per min
500 lb.per hr. x sp. gr.
1 gpm / sp. gr.
448.8 gal. per hr. (gph)

POWER
1 Btu per hr.

= 0.293 watt
= 12.96 ft. lb. per min.
= 0.00039 hp
1 ton refrigeration (U.S.)= 288,000 Btu per 24 hr.
= 12,000 Btu per hr.
= 200 Btu per min.
= 83.33 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F.
= 2,000 lb. ice melted per
24 hr. from & at 32°F
1 hp
= 550 ft. lb. per sec.
= 746 watt
= 2,545 Btu per hr.
1 boiler hp
= 33,480 Btu per hr.
= 34.5 lb. water evap. per
hr. from & at 212°F
= 9.8 kw.
1 kw.
= 3,413 Btu per hr.

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

WEIGHT OF WATER

MASS

FLOW
1 gpm

1 lb. (avoir.)

=
=
=
=

1 ton (short)
1 ton (long)

16 oz. (avoir.)
7,000 grain
2,000 lb.
2,240 lb.

1 cu. ft. at 50°F.
1 gal. at 50°F.
1 cu. ft. of ice
1 cu. ft. at 39.2°F.

=
=
=
=

Note: Water is at its
greatest density at 39.2°F

PRESSURE
1 lb. Per sq. in.
1 ft. water at 60°F
1 in. Hg at 60°F
1 lb. Per sq. in.
Absolute (psia)

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

3.13 ft. water at 60°F
2.04 in. hg at 60°F
.433 lb. per sq. in.
.884 in. hg at 60°F
.49 lb. per sq. in.
1.13 ft. water at 60°F
lb. per sq. in gauge (psig)
14.7

TEMPERATURE
°C

1 cu. ft.

WEIGHT OF LIQUID
1 gal. (U.S.)
1 cu. ft.
1 lb.

=
=
=
=

128 fl. oz. (U.S.)
231 cu. in.
.833 gal. (Brit.)
7.48 gal. (U.S.)

=
=
=
=

8.34 lb. x sp. gr.
62.4 lb. x sp. gr.
.12 U.S. gal. / sp. gr.
.016 cu. ft. / sp. gr.

WORK
1 Btu (mean)

= (°F-32) x 5/9

VOLUME
I gal. (U.S.)

62.41 lb.
8.34 lb.
57.2 lb.
62.43 lb.

1 hp-hr
1 Kwhr

= 778 ft. lb.
= .293 watt hr.
= 1⁄180 of heat required to
change temp of 1 lb.
water from 32°F to 212°F
= 2545 Btu (mean)
= .746 kwhr
= 3413 Btu (mean)
= 1.34 hp-hr

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

UNIT CONVERSIONS

233

GEOMETRY FORMULAS
A1 = SURFACE

C=π•D
D=2•R

C
D

ELLIPSE
C

A=π•A•B
C=2•π•

A2 + B2
2

V = VOLUME

C = CIRCUMFERENCE

A = (π • R2 • α) / 360
L = (π • R • α) / 180
α = (L • 180) / (π • R)
R = (L • 180) / ( π • α)

B

π = PI (3.14159)

ELLIPTICAL TANKS
A1 = 2 • π •

L
R

α

(

A • B + H • A2 + B2
2

V=π•A•B•H

A

B

H

A = (W • H) / 2

A1 = 2 • [ (W • L) + (L • H) + (H • W)]
L
W
V=W•L•H

H

H

W

CONE

PARALLELOGRAM
H

H

R

RECTANGLE
CYLINDER

L

A=H•L

H

TRAPEZOID
A = H • (L1 + L2) / 2

S

A=H•L

SPHERE

A1 = (π • R • S) + (π • R2)
V = (π • R2 • H) / 3

L

A1 = 6 • π • R2
V = (4 • π • R3) / 3

R

CAPACITY IN GALLONS

A1 = (2 • π • R2) + (2 • π • R • H)
V = π • R2 • H
R

L1
H

L2

)

RECTANGULAR SOLID

TRIANGLE

A

H

234

AREA OF SOLIDS

SECTOR OF CIRCLE

CIRCLE
A = π • R2
R=D/2

R

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

A = AREA

For the above contains, capacity in
gallons (G) is:
G = (V / 231 ); when V is in cubic
inches
G = (V • 7.48); when V is in cubic feet

www.anvilintl.com

Simple Flow Rate
Q = K • P 0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
K = discharge coefficient of pipe
P = pressure (PSI)
General Volumetric Flow Rate
Q = 29.8 • D2 Cd • P0.5, where
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = outlet diameter (Inches)
Cd = discharge coefficient based on
outlet geometry
P = pressure (PSI)
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank above sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15, where
P = air pressure in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pressure Tank Sizing (Tank below sprinklers)
P = (30/A) - 15 + (0.43 • H/A), where
P = air pressure carried in tank (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
H = height of highest sprinkler above
tank bottom (Ft)

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Pressure Tank Sizing (Hydraulically calculated)

Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss

Pi = [(Pf + 15)/A] - 15, where
Pi = tank air pressure to use (PSI)
A = proportion of air in the tank
Pf = system pressure req'd per hydraulic
calc. (PSI)

P = (4.52 • Q1.85) / (C1.85 • d4.87), where:]
P = pressure loss (PSI) per lineal ft.
Q = flow rate (GPM)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (Inches)

Darcy-Weisbach Formula for Friction Loss
HL = f • (L/D) • (v2/2g), where
HL = friction loss (Ft)
Re = Reynolds number (pVD / µ)
f = friction factor (f=64/Re)
v = water velocity (Ft/Sec)
g = gravitational constant (32.174ft/sec2)
D = pipe diameter (Ft)
L = pipe length (Ft)
PRESSURE VELOCITY
Pv = 0.001123 • Q2 / D4 , where
Pv = pressure velocity (PSI)
Q = flow rate (GPM)
D = internal dia. of pipe (Inches)

Typical “C” values:
Unlined cast or ductile iron . . . . . .100
Black steel (dry sys.incl.preaction). .100
Black steel (wet sys.incl.deluge) . . .120
Galvanized (all) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Plastic (listed)– all . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Cement lined cast or ductile iron . .140
Copper tube or stainless steel . . . . .150
Hazen-Williams Formula for Pressure Loss
(in SI units)
P = 6.05 • 105 • Q1.85 / (C1.85 • d4.87),
where
P = pressure loss (Bars) per lineal meter
Q = flow rate (Litre/Min)
C = friction factor of pipe (constant)
d = internal diameter of pipe (mm)

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

SPRINKLER SYSTEM FORMULAS

235

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STANDARD CONVERSIONS

236

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0833
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.4
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3333
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00694
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11111
Square yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Square feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00058
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1728
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03703
Cubic yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cubic Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00433
Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.1337
Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.33
Pounds of water . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.12004
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0625
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

TO CHANGE

TO

MULTIPLY BY

Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.0361
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0735
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Ounces per square inch . . . . . . . 0.578
Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.6
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1333
Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 0.4914
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.127
Ounces per square inch . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.733
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.72
Pounds per square inch . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
Pounds per square inch . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
Pounds per square inch . . . . Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0681
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . . 0.434
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square foot . . . . . . . . . 62.5
Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8824
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per square inch . . . . . . 14.696
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches of mercury . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.92
Atmospheres . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet of water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2240
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000
Short tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.89285

www.anvilintl.com

(1)
2.95
3.00
3.05
3.10
3.15
3.20
3.25
3.30
3.35
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
3.60
3.65
3.70
3.75
3.80
3.85
3.90
3.95
4.00

(2)
429
415
401
388
375
363
352
341
331
321
311
302
293
285
277
269
262
255
248
241
235
229

(3)
455
440
425
410
396
383
372
360
350
339
328
319
309
301
292
284
276
269
261
253
247
241

(4)






(110.0)
(109.0)
(108.5)
(108.0)
(107.5)
(107.0)
(106.0)
(105.5)
(104.5)
(104.0)
(103.0)
(102.0)
(101.0)
100.0
99.0
98.2

(5)
45.7
44.5
43.1
41.8
40.4
39.1
37.9
36.9
35.5
34.3
33.1
32.1
30.9
29.9
28.8
27.6
26.6
25.4
24.2
22.8
21.7
20.5

(6)
83.4
82.8
82.0
81.4
80.6
80.0
79.3
78.6
78.0
77.3
76.7
76.1
75.5
75.0
74.4
73.7
73.1
72.5
71.7
70.9
70.3
69.7

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

(4) Rockwell Hardness Number
B-Scale 100-KG. Load; 1⁄16" Diameter Ball
(5) Rockwell Hardness Number
C-Scale 150-KG. Load Brale Penetrator
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
(7)
64.6
63.5
62.3
61.1
59.9
58.7
57.6
56.4
55.4
54.3
53.3
52.2
51.2
50.3
49.3
48.3
47.3
46.2
45.1
43.9
42.9
41.9

(8)
49.9
48.4
46.9
45.3
43.6
42.0
40.5
39.1
37.8
36.4
34.4
33.8
32.4
31.2
29.9
28.5
27.3
26.0
24.5
22.8
21.5
20.1

(9)
61
59
58
56
54
52
51
50
48
47
46
45
43

41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34

(10)
217
210
202
195
188
182
176
170
166
160
155
150
145
141
137
133
129
126
122
118
115
111

(1)
4.05
4.10
4.15
4.20
4.25
4.30
4.35
4.40
4.45
4.50
4.55
4.60
4.65
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60

(2)
223
217
212
207
201
197
192
187
183
179
174
170
167
163
156
149
143
137
131
126
121
116
111

(3)
234
228
222
218
212
207
202
196
192
188
182
178
175
171
163
156
150
143
137
132
127
122
117

Superficial Brale Penetrator:
(6) 15-N Scale 15-KG. Load
(7) 30-N Scale 30-KG. Load
(8) 45-N Scale 45-KG. Load
(9) Shore Scleroscope Hardness Number
(10) Tensile Strength (Approx.) 1000 PSI.
(4)
97.3
96.4
95.5
94.6
93.8
92.8
91.9
90.7
90.0
89.0
87.8
86.8
86.0
85.0
82.9
80.8
78.7
76.4
74.0
72.0
69.8
67.6
65.7

(5)
(18.8)
(17.5)
(16.0)
(15.2)
(13.8)
(12.7)
(11.5)
(10.0)
(9.0)
(8.0)
(6.4)
(5.4)
(4.4)
(3.3)
(0.9)







(6)






















(7)






















(8)






















(9)

33

32
31
30
29

28
27

26

25

23
22
21

20
19
18
15

(10)
105
102
100
98
95
93
90
89
87
85
83
81
79
76
73
71
67
65
63
60
58
56

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

HARDNESS CONVERSION NUMBERS
(1) Brinell Indentation Diameter, MM.
(2) Standard or Tungsten Carbide Ball, Brinell
Hardness No. – 10MM. Ball 3000–KG. Load
(3) Diamond Pyramid Hardness Number. 50-KG.
Load

237

Fast. . All Positions “Low hydrogen” electrode. . . E6016 Direct Current or Alternating Current. .000 22 to 28% 35 E6011 62. and Flat Position Only.C. and E100 Series. . . . . All Positions. Straight Polarity. All Positions. . . . Flat bead. . . . .000 17 to 22% 25 MINIMUM VALUES AWS ASTM Electrode E7010 E7011 E7015 E7016 E7020 Tensile Strength 70. . . . . E6015 Direct Current. . . Deep penetration. . 1175–1530°F Soft Solder . E6011 Alternating Current. . . 1850–1900°F Brazing Naval Bronze with Manganese Bronze . . Smooth. . . “Low hydrogen” iron powder electrodes E6020 Direct Current. . . E6013 Alternating Current. . . . . .000 70. S. . 200–730°F Wrought Iron . All Positions. Smooth. Can be used w/ A. Reverse polarity. “Cold rod”. . . . . . . .000 70. . . . . . . . Good penetration. . . . . All Positions. . . % E6010 62. . .000–65. . . .com . .000 57. High bead. also.000–78.000 Yield Strength 57. . . Straight Polarity. E6027 “Iron powder electrodes”. 2490–2730°F Cast Iron Welding . . Reverse polarity. . . Flat Position Only. . . . . . . . . “Cold rod”. . . . . . . . . .COATED ARC WELDING ELECTRODES . . . . in Area Electrode Strength Strength Elongation Min. . .TYPES & STYLES TECHNICAL INFORMATION A. . . . . . .000 52. All Positions. . .000 70. . PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF E60 & E70 SERIES ELECTRODES TYPICAL VALUES AWS ASTM Tensile Yield Red. . . . E6012 Direct Current. .000 52. 1600–1700°F Silver Solder . . . .000 psi of the weld deposit as welded. . “Low hydrogen” electrode. . . E6018 Direct Current.000–61. . .000–73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E6024 Direct Current.000 70. . .000 52. . . All purpose. . CLASSIFICATION 238 E6010 Direct Current. . . .000–58. . . . . . . . . .000–70. . NOTE: This information also applies to E70. . “Hot rod”. 2700–2750°F www. . . . . . Flat bead. . .000 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast. This is the electrode used for most carbon steel pipe welding.000 57. . Smooth. 1980°F Brazing Copper-Silicon with Phosphor-Bronze . E80. . . . Moderately smooth finish. . . 2700–2790°F Stainless Steel Welding . . .000 Elongation 22 22 22 22 25 WELDING AND BRAZING TEMPERATURES Carbon Steel Welding . . . . . Fast. . . W. . . . Straight Polarity or Alternating and Current. . High bead. All Positions. Good penetration. . All purpose. E90. .000 57. . . . The last two numbers (in bold type) designate the types or styles and the first two numbers the minimum specified tensile strength in 1. . . . . . Moderately smooth finish. 1175–1600°F Low Temperature Brazing . 1920–2500°F Copper Welding and Brazing . Deep penetration. Fast. .000 E6012 68. . Smooth. . . .anvilintl.

Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Remedy: Check air inlet & exhaust openings. Cause: Duty cycle too high. Remove cause of overloading. Cause: Welder overloaded. Remedy: Considerable overlaod can be carried only for a short time. Remedy: Check connection diagram. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Defective operating coil. Remedy: Do not operate continually at overload currents. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Cause: Wrong supply voltage. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Open circuit in windings. Remedy: Let set cool. Remedy: Replace fuse. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Overload relay tripped. Cause: Rotor stuck. Remedy: Try turning by hand. Cause: Power circuit single-phased. Remedy: Operate at reduced loads where temperature exceeds 100° F. Cause: Broken power lead. Remedy: Renewal part recommendations. Remedy: Remove. PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter operating) Cause: Wrong motor connections. TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT 239 . Remedy: Check nameplate against supply. Cause: Open circuit to starter button. Remedy: Check for one dead fuse or line. Remedy: Tighten. Cause: Ventilation blocked. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Starter single-phased. repair open line. Remedy: Check contact of starter tips. Remedy: Should be large enough to carry welding current without excessive voltage drop. Cause: Mechanical obstruction in contactor. PROBLEM: Welder runs but soon stops Cause: Wrong relay heaters. Cause: Blown fuses. Cause: Ambient temperature too high.PROBLEM: Welder will not start (Starter not operating) Cause: Power circuit dead. Cause: Leads too long or too narrow in cross section. Remedy: Repair. Cause: Poor motor connection. Remedy: Check voltage. Remedy: Replace. Cause: Open power switches Remedy: Close.

& auxiliary brush studs Cause: Series field & armature circuit open Remedy: Check with test lamp or bell ringer Cause: Wrong driving speed Remedy: Check name plate against speed of motor or belt drive Cause: Dirt. or an electrode of opposite polarity PROBLEM: Welding arc sluggish Cause: Current too low Remedy: Check output.anvilintl. Strap iron is poor ground return Cause: Cable long or too small Remedy: Check cable voltage drop & change cable PROBLEM: Touching set gives shock Cause: Frame not grounded Remedy: Ground solidly PROBLEM: Generator control fails to vary current Cause: Any part of field circuit may be short circuited or open circuited Remedy: Find faulty contact & repair PROBLEM: Welder starts but will not deliver welding current Cause: Wrong direction of rotation Remedy: See INITIAL STARTING Cause: Brushes worn or missing Remedy: Check that all brushes bear on commutator with sufficient tension Cause: Brush connections loose Remedy: Tighten Cause: Open field circuit Remedy: Check connection to rheostat. & current recommended for electrode being used Cause: Poor connections Remedy: Check all electrode-holder. 240 PROBLEM: Starter operates & blows fuse Cause: Fuse too small. cable & ground-cable connections.TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT. grounding field coils Remedy: Clean & reinsulate Cause: Welding terminal shorted Remedy: Electrode holder or cable grounded www. Cause: Short circuit in motor connections. CONT'D. try reversing. resistor. Remedy: Should be two to three times rated motor current.com . Remedy: Check starter & motor leads for insulation from around & from each other PROBLEM: Welding arc is loud & spatters excessively Cause: Current setting too high Remedy: Check setting & output with ammeter Cause: Polarity wrong Remedy: Check polarity.

Blow out carbon dust. Sand to fit. Cause: Weak brush spring pressure. CONT'D. 241 . Remedy: Replace or readjust brush springs Cause: Brush not properly fitted Remedy: Sand brushes to fit Cause: Brushes in backwards Remedy: Reverse ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Cause: Wrong brushes used Remedy: Renewal part recommendations Cause: Brush pigtails damaged Remedy: Replace brushes Cause: Rough or dirty commutator Remedy: Turn down or clean commutator Cause: Motor connection single-phased Remedy: Check all connections TECHNICAL INFORMATION TROUBLE SHOOTING ARC WELDING EQUIPMENT.PROBLEM: Welder generating but current falls off when welding Cause: Electrode or ground connection loose Remedy: Clean & tighten all connections Cause: Poor ground Remedy: Check ground-return circuit Cause: Brushes worn worn off Remedy: Replace with recommended grade.

8. when weld is not drawn. arrows point to that member. All welds are continuous and of user's standard propertions and all except Vgrooved and bevel-grooved welds are closed unless otherwise shown. www. In joints in which one member only is to be grooved.anvilintl.4 for a detailed review of standard welding symbols 7. locations refer to nearest member parallel to plane of drawing and not to others farther behind. When welds are drawn in section or end views.TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS 242 1. Tail of arrow used for specification reference. and both sides.com . 5. obvious information is not given by symbol. Welds on both sides are of same size unless otherwise shown. 2. the side to which arrow points is considered near side. SUPPLEMENTARY WELD SYMBOLS Backing Spacer Weld AllAround Field Weld CONTOUR Flush Convex See AWS A2. In plan or elevation. 4. near. Symbols govern to break in continuity of structure or to extent of hatching or dimension lines. 6. BASIC WELD SYMBOLS Back Fillet Plug or Slot GROOVE OR BUTT Square V Bevel U J Flare V Flare Bevel 3. far. In section or end views only.

Arrow and other side welds are of the same size unless otherwise shown. Neither orientation of reference line nor location of the arrow alter this rule. . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK GROOVE ANGLE OR INCLUDED ANGLE OF COUNTERSINK FOR PLUG WELDS FINISH SYMBOL CONTOUR SYMBOL ROOT OPENING. The point of the field weld symbol must point toward the tail. 243 . (BOTH SIDES) NOTE : ARROW CONNECTS REFERENCE LINE TO ARROW SIDE OF JOINT. STANDARD LOCATION OF ELEMENTS OF A WELDING SYMBOL L@P (ARROW SIDE) 1. Dimensions of fillet welds must be shown on both the arrow side and other side symbol. 4. 5. The perpendicular leg of . PROCESS OR OTHER REFERENCE PITCH (C TO C SPACING) OF WELDS IN INCHES F A EFFECTIVE THROAT S(E) WELD ALL AROUND SYMBOL (OTHER SIDE) 2. . CONT'D. length of weld and spacing must read in that order from left to right along the reference line. weld symbol. DEPTH OF FILLING FOR PLUG AND SLOT WELDS LENGTH OF WELD IN INCHES DEPTH OF PREPARATION OR SIZE IN INCHES T TAIL (OMITTED WHEN REFERENCE IS NOT USED) BASIC WELD SYMBOL OR DETAIL REFERENCE FIELD WELD SYMBOL R REFERENCE LINE SPECIFICATION. weld symbols must be at left.3. Size. TECHNICAL INFORMATION BASIC ARC & GAS WELDING SYMBOLS. Symbols apply between abrupt changes in direction of welding unless governed by the “All Around” symbol or otherwise dimensioned.

45 Elbow Long Radius LR 244 Bell & Spigot Flanged Screwed LR TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS www.anvilintl.Base Crossover Elbow Double Branch Elbow .BushingReducing Welded Soldered Welded Soldered Elbow Turned Down Cap Cross (Reducing) Bell & Spigot Elbow .90 4 6 Flanged Screwed 2 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 4 6 2 6 6 4 2 6 4 6 6 4 Elbow Turned Up Cross (Straight) Elbow .com .

Flanged Screwed Elbow Reducing 2 4 Bell & Spigot Welded 2 4 2 4 Flanged Screwed Soldered 2 Lateral 4 Elbow Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Orifice Plate Elbow Side Outlet (OutletUp) Reducing Flange Elbow . Pipe Plug .Pipe Joint Expansion Reducer Concentric ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 245 .Street Plug .Bull Joint Conn.

Globe (Plan) Valve Diaphragm Valve (Auto)B-Pass Valve Float Valve (Auto)Governor Oper. Valve Gate* Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered *Also used for General Stop Valve when amplified by specification.TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 246 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Reducer Eccentric Valve Reducing Valve .anvilintl.com .Gate Angle Gate (Plan) Valve Check (Straight Way) Valve . www.Globe Angle Globe (Elevation) Valve Cock Valve .

Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Valve Gate Motor Operated Valve Lockshield Valve Globe Valve Quick Opening Valve Globe Motor Operated Valve Saftey Valve Angle Hose Angle Sleeve Valve Hose Gate Valve Hose Globe ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 247 .

anvilintl.com .TECHNICAL INFORMATION SYMBOLS FOR PIPE FITTINGS 248 Flanged Screwed Bell & Spigot Welded Flanged Screwed Soldered Tee Straight Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Down) Tee Outlet Up Tee Side Outlet (Outlet Up) Tee Outlet Down Union Tee Double Sweep Angle Valve Check Tee Reducing 2 2 6 4 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 Bell & Spigot Welded Soldered Angle Valve Gate 4 Tee Single Sweep www.

depending on the material from which the individual strands are made and the method used in forming the cable.S. while cast steel will 0 1 2 3 sheaves over which it is used. more frequent lubrication up to 90 tons per square inch and because Wire rope is usually larger than is in order. Where heavy (2) Cast Steel – May have a tensile strength abrasive dusts exist. the inside portion of the cable. being replaced steadily on equipment. The life of wire rope or cable is directly Iron will bend easily and take a long time to affected by the condition and size of the regain its original shape. hoisting purposes. open hearth furnace steel which is against the sheave. from high grade. Lubrication also prevents rusting.LUBRICATION — WIRE ROPE All wire rope. Commonly used for drum type elevator Lubricating intervals will depend on the types and amount of work encountered. The outside portion (away from the safest wire rope for cranes. derricks. causing and slings or straps for heavy loads. Right cable that is used over them. Primarily there are 3 classes of wire rope: 249 . Under average conditions. (1) Iron – Iron wire is soft with low tensile strength of 30 to 40 tons per square inch. if worked cables and to some extent for derrick guys. These compressive and tensional stresses combine to create bending ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE OVERVIEW Strength of wire ropes vary. tension in that section. This is the best and the cable. bend it. To check quickly whether exceed the nominal diameter by the amounts shown in the U. Rusty ropes may break without of its greater strength is generally used for the nominal diameter and may warning. Federal SHEAVES a piece of wire is iron or cast steel. Specification for Wire Rope. lubrication once every 3 weeks.Plow steel wire rope is made a sheave. should be considered as a group of moving wires constantly rubbing against one another. wire rope or cable will require by low-carbon steel wire in these uses. ranging between 30 and 100 tons per square inch. In passing over (3) Plow Steel . The resulting friction causes incessant wear on the moving parts of the wire rope or cable and will shorten its life very rapidly unless lubricants are used to overcome the friction. is shortened and 0 1 2 3 and has an average tensile strength of 110 compression is developed in that section of tons per square inch. whether used indoors or out. Sheaves should be harder to bend and will snap back to its be at least 16 x the diameter of the rope or original shape very quickly. dredges Wrong sheave) is lengthened or stretched.

especially those on cranes or derricks. Clamps should be inspected at least once weekly and tightened if they show signs of loosening. In clamping a strap or an eye. should be shifted and changed at least once every six months. When sheaves are worn or damaged. All clamped or spliced fastenings.com . which will shorten the life of the rope by approximately 1 ⁄ 2 . HANDLING CABLE OR WIRE ROPE Cable or wire rope must not be coiled or uncoiled like manila rope. first in one direction then in another. of cable is twisted. www. the cable as it comes off the reel may be layed out in a figure 8. thimbles should always be used. The point of greatest fatigue and/or wear in a rope usually develops at or near the end where it is clamped around the boom or where attached to the becket on the block. Clamp fastenings seldom develop more than 4⁄ 5 of rope strength at best. Another cause of severe rope wear is twisting of the fall rope. One cause of very severe wear in wire rope or cables is reverse bending. If space is limited. avoiding kinking. The Inches Clips Clips.anvilintl. of Crosby or Safety Clips & and a hoist is made. When the fall rope is twisted No. New wire rope may be damaged and not work properly in sheaves that have become worn or in which the grooves have become irregular in shape. the Dist. after which it can be reeved into the line for which it is intended. No. As these bending stresses cause much undue wear and directly shorten the safe working life of the rope or cable. as in attaching wire rope or when it is to be looped.TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 250 stresses which increase rapidly as the diameter of the sheaves decrease. CLAMP FASTENINGS When it is necessary to make a short bend. of Dist. U BOLTS OF ALL CLAMPS MUST BE ON THE DEAD END OF THE ROPE. the ratio mention between sheaves and rope should be maintained. it is more economical to renew the sheaves rather than to allow excessive wear on the cable. Reverse bending refers to the bending of a cable or rope over sheaves. The reel may be mounted on a heavy pipe or roller to facilitate unwinding. the loose or “dead” end is clamped against the main part of the rope with the damps spaced apart a distance equal to 6 x diameter of the rope. Inches 1 ⁄ 4 –3 ⁄ 8 3 21 ⁄ 4 person in charge of lifting 7 ⁄ 16 –5 ⁄ 8 3 33 ⁄ 4 operations should guard 3 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 8 4 63 ⁄ 4 against twisting of the fall 11 ⁄ 4 – 11 ⁄ 2 5 9 rope and should not allow a 15 ⁄ 8 – 13 ⁄ 4 6 101 ⁄ 2 lift to be made if the fall rope 2 and over 7 6 x diam. Between weeks of normal use. Cable or wire rope must be taken off the reel in a straight line. Between Clips Needed for wear produced is equal to Safety more than that resulting from Rope Dia.

63 0.10 2.0 160.CORRECT .600 64. (Causes a mashed spot in live end of rope due to incorrect position of center clip.00 12.000 49.870 31. (Causes mashed spots on live end of rope.100 2.570 43.6 77.790 21.U-Bolts on live end of rope.1 10.000 37.700 125.40 0. 19 or 37 Wires per Strand.800 42.900 4.000 110.0 294.400 12.670 9.300 29.000 31.7 16.700 53. Vertical In.000 98.100 2. In.0 107.600 TWO PART SLING 60° 45° 30° 1.260 90.0 202.Wire rope knot with clip efficiency 50% or less ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 1 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 4 13 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 15 ⁄ 8 13 ⁄ 4 2 21 ⁄ 8 21 ⁄ 4 21 ⁄ 2 23 ⁄ 4 1.03 2.90 1.10 10.000 21.300 170.74 6.7 92.0 181.40 7.230 7.460 6.000 43.000 81.700 74.23 1.080 9.430 13.200 79.450 18.000 60.900 52. Hempcore) Single Dia.8 52.690 29.000 98.0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION WIRE ROPE 251 .60 2.23 0.520 12.8 32.Staggered clips.90 6.000 117.500 4.50 3.) CORRECT INCORRECT .23 4.780 36.03 3.U-Bolts on short end of rope. Circum.900 49. (No distortion on live end of rope.450 11.600 139.500 22.6 64.800 16.040 25.500 1.700 70. Tons Lbs.600 16.0 124. (2000 lbs) 0.000 63.000 72.450 4.0 246.800 63.300 6./Ft.10 0.550 3.300 6.000 36.450 44.400 102. Wirerope 1⁄4 3⁄4 3⁄8 11 ⁄ 8 11 ⁄ 2 2 21 ⁄ 4 23 ⁄ 4 3 31 ⁄ 2 4 41 ⁄ 4 43 ⁄ 4 5 51 ⁄ 2 61 ⁄ 4 65 ⁄ 8 71 ⁄ 8 77 ⁄ 8 85 ⁄ 8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 INCORRECT .22 8.7 23.200 23.700 64.200 140.000 26.600 9.2 41.Thimble should be used to increase strength of eye and reduce wear on rope.700 Breaking Strength Wt.) INCORRECT .400 117.60 4.700 1.050 36.) INCORRECT . SAFE LOAD (IN POUNDS) ON IMPROVED PLOW STEEL WIRE ROPE (6 Strands.000 203.100 166.200 114.400 86.800 16.

com TECHNICAL INFORMATION .anvilintl.252 www.

Since it is formulated from a non-hydro carbon base. Lubrication of the pipe end and gasket will help the gasket to adjust into the proper sealing position during temperature cycles. lubrication of gaskets in copper systems. to become more susceptible to leakage. However. There are five primary applications where the Xtreme Lubricant will provide increased benefits: low temperature applications (below -20˚F). thereby lowering the sealing force on the gasket sealing lips. well exceeding the temperature range of Gruvlok gaskets. This will cause pipe end sealing surfaces.GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant has been developed for use with Gruvlok couplings in services where improved lubrication is beneficial. it can be used with EPDM. high temperature applications (above 150˚F). and for the lubrication of gaskets on HDPE couplings. • For high temperature service and copper systems. applications where increased pipe joint flexibility is needed. This lubricant is waterproof. The lubricant on the interior of the gasket will act to improve the chemical resistance of the gasket material by providing a thin lubricant barrier between the piping system fluid and the gasket surface. with small cuts or damage. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at higher temperatures. thereby eliminating water wash-out and it will not dry out in the absence of water. but also on the inside. This lubricant has an operating temperature range from -65°F to 400°F. The temperature change will also force the gasket to slightly reposition itself. • In low temperature applications the gasket will shrink. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS 253 . it is required that the gasket be lubricated not only on the outside. This is particularly important at higher temperatures where oxidizing agents in the piping system become more aggressive. allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket assembly to re-position itself during temperature cycles. Lubrication on the inside of the gasket is easily accomplished by turning the gasket inside out and applying the lubricant. gasket chemical compatibility must still be considered. It is not to be used with Silicone gaskets. Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant will maintain it’s lubricating properties at lower temperatures allowing a properly lubricated pipe end and gasket (assembly) to re-position itself during temperature cycles. Nitrile and Fluoroelastomer gasket materials. as with the ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK NSF ® Certified to ANSI/NSF 61 normal installation of a Gruvlok gasket.

Gruvlok® Xtreme™ Lubricant is a Teflon® fortified white.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® LUBRICANTS.172. The lubricant is made from a water emulsion that is non-toxic. and does not support bacterial growth. 21.177.anvilintl. This lubricating film enhances our flexible coupling gasket’s ability to compensate for axial. It’s low temperature capability and lubricity ensure a highly reliable connection. non-flammable. non-flammable. it will not impart taste or odor. GRUVLOK® QUICK DRY LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Quick Dry Lubricant is a fast drying lubricant that has been developed for applications where the piping system is exposed. If necessary. CONT'D. however. non-corrosive. This lubricant is acceptable for most applications. and will not impart taste or odor. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. and is NSF approved for use with potable water. It is sanctioned by the FDA under C. In applications where pipe movement is expected. CAUTION: HDPE pipe requires the use of Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and should not be used with Gruvlok Lubricant 254 www. the Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant and Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant are now available to improve the performance of the couplings and flanges in certain applications. proper lubrication of the gasket’s exterior assists the gasket into the proper sealing position as pipe system movement occurs. Gruvlok Lubricant is water soluble. GRUVLOK® LUBRICANT Gruvlok® Lubricant is the standard lubricant that has been provided for use with Gruvlok products for years. It is water-soluble. Do not thin or mix with solvents. CAUTION: Silicone based lubricants are not allowed in some facilities. It is NSF approved for use with potable water. The quick drying quality of the lubricant eliminates lubricant drips caused by over lubrication. ®Teflon is a registered trademark of Dupont. and it quickly dries to a thin film when in contact with air.F. • Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant is the only Gruvlok lubricant that is to be used with Gruvlok couplings and gaskets in HDPE and copper piping systems.878 & 21.1550 (Incidental Food Contact). Gruvlok Quick Dry Lubricant is non-corrosive. reapply lubricant prior to assembly. GRUVLOK® XTREME™ LUBRICANT (CONT'D) • The Gruvlok Xtreme Lubricant has been formulated from low viscosity. tasteless and odorless grease made from Silicone Oil and other ingredients that are safe to ingest. The service temperature range for this lubricant is from 0° F to 150° F and may be used with all Gruvlok gasket material grades.R. transverse and rotational pipe movements. non-petroleum based oils to ease spreading of the lubricant. non-toxic.com . This lubricant is easy to apply by brush or hand.

For design purposes the published figures should be reduced by the below listed factors to account for pipe. without introducing eccentric loads into the coupling joint. The available linear movement provided by Standard Gruvlok couplings is shown below: LINEAR MOVEMENT 1 Roll Groove Pipe Cut Groove Pipe 1" thru 3 ⁄2 " 1 4" thru 24" 3 ⁄16" 1 ⁄16" ⁄32" 3 ⁄16" RIGID COUPLINGS ANGULAR MOVEMENT Sizes Represents Linear Movement Capabilities Gruvlok rigid couplings Fig. 7401 and Fig. 7004 HPR are designed to provide a joint with the attributes of a welded or flanged connection. these joints would remain in strict alignment and would resist deflection and linear movement during service. 7400. groove and coupling tolerances. 7000. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Designed-in clearances allow limited deflection of the pipe joint within the coupling. Therefore. 7001. TECHNICAL INFORMATION DESIGN FACTORS 255 . The following information on movement applies to these flexible couplings. 7003. Fig. and (2) the gap between pipe ends joined by the coupling. The maximum available angular movement of Gruvlok coupling joints is shown in the performance data for each coupling type.MOVEMENT: Each flexible design Gruvlok coupling can provide for pipe system movement up to the design maximum for the specific size and type coupling being utilized. Movement is possible in the Gruvlok coupling due to two factors: (1) designed-in clearance between the key of the coupling and the groove diameter and groove width. 7010 are the flexible couplings provided in the Gruvlok product line. LINEAR MOVEMENT: Sizes ANGULAR MOVEMENT: FLEXIBLE COUPLING ANGULAR MOVEMENT Design Factor Roll Groove Cut Groove 1" thru 31⁄2 " Reduce 50% Reduce 50% 4" thru 24" Reduce 50% Reduce 25% FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Figs. The amount of angular flexibility varies for each coupling size and type. FLEXIBLE COUPLING LINEAR MOVEMENT Linear movement is accommodated within the coupling by allowing the pipe ends to move together or apart in response to pressure thrusts and temperature changes.

7800 Check Valve Fig. 7260 Tee Strainer complete the Gruvlok® pump protection package GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 4 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS 5 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 6 HORIZONTAL SPLIT CASE PUMP www. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7012 Flange Long Radius Elbow Fig. 7001 Std. The Fig. The Series 7700 Gruvlok® Butterfly valve has superior flow characteristics. flex connectors can be eliminated thus reducing cost.256 1 FLOW 2 3 4 5 1 6 2 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 Fig. 7001 Standard coupling.com . 7260 Gruvlok TEE Strainer FLOW Anvil has put together a complete array of Gruvlok components necessary to provide pump protection for HVAC and industrial piping needs. 7401 Rigidlok and Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser and Fig. The Gruvlok® Series 7800 Check Valve is full waterway valve and can be stacked directly to the Series 7700 Butterfly Valve. Coupling Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. With the combination of the Fig.anvilintl.

7012 Flange 7 FTV-S Tri Se rvice Valve TECHNICAL INFORMATION DECIMAL DEGREE EQUIVALENTS OF MINUTES END SUCTION PUMP 257 . 7800 Check Valv e 1 2 3 4 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7260 TEE Strainer 5 Fig. Reducer Fig. 7401 Rigidlok ® Fig. 7001 Std. Coupling Fig. Reducer 6 Fig. 7250 Suction Diffuser 5 6 7 Fig.GRUVLOK® FLOW CONTROL COMPONENTS GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 1 1 1 2 3 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 3 3 4 4 FIG. Coupling Fig. 7072 Conc. 7700 BFV Fig. 7012 Flange Fig. 7250 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 6 5 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 4GRUVLOK 4 3 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7260 7 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 2 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 SERIES 7800 CHECK VALVE 3 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 1 GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 2 B GRUVLOK FIGURE 7401 FTV-S TRI-SERVICE VALVE FLOW FLOW FLOW FLOW VERTICAL SPLIT CASE PUMP FLOW GRUVLOK FIGURE 7001 3 5 5 6 6 1 Fig. 7700 BFV Fig. 7001 Std. 7072 Conc.

gasket is provided as standard with the Fig. 7000. The application of internal line pressure energizes the elastometric gasket and further enhances the gasket sealing action. The projecting rib fits between the ends of lined pipe to prevent damage to unprotected pipe ends during coupling joint assembly. It can be used with Fig. 7305 HDPE Couplings. 7001. 7003. 7003. 7001. 7005 Roughneck Couplings and Fig. Grade “E” and “T” are standard grades while other grades are available for special applications. Coupling. Proper installation of the gasket compresses the inclined gasket lips on the pipe O. “C” STYLE ROUGHNECK® END GUARD® The “C” Style cross section configuration is the most widely used gasket. It is the gasket style provided as standard in many Gruvlok Couplings (Fig.anvilintl.com .. This “C” style gasket is similar in appearance and design to the Standard gasket but is only used with Fig.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES Gruvlok offers a variety of pressure responsive gasket styles. Not recommended for temperatures above 160°F. The centering rib fits flush over the gap between the two pipe ends thus closing off the gasket cavity.G. 7000.D. 7004 E. Grade “E” and “T” gaskets are available.G. Each serves a specific function while utilizing the same basic sealing concept. Recommended for use in dry fire protection systems. which allows for minor pipe end separation as line pressure sets the grippers into the plain end pipe. 7004HPR. 258 FLUSH GAP® Designed to prohibit contaminates from building up in the gasket cavity. 7400 and 7401 Couplings for many applications. 7307. forming a leak-tight seal. 7004. The E. 7400 and 7401). The Roughneck gasket is wider. This sealing action is reinforced when the gasket is encompassed and compressed by the coupling housings. www. 7011.

6" 8" . 7010 Reducing Coupling. 7045. this pressure energized gasket provides a leak-tight seal on plain end seal pipe. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GRUVLOK® GASKET STYLES LARGER SIZES: Contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. This unique design is only used with Fig. 7048.29. 7047. A specially designed gasket for the Fig.92" Hg 0" . VACUUM SERVICE VACUUM SERVICE Size 1" .12" Vacuum Level 0" .REDUCING COUPLING SOCK-IT® FLANGE The centering rib allows for pipe positioning and serves to keep the smaller pipe from telescoping during installation. 7012.15 Hg 0" . Used only with the Fig.92 Hg Gasket Recommendation Standard or Flush Gap Standard or Flush Gap Flush Gap CLAMP-T® These gaskets conform to the curved exterior of the pipe to provide a pressure responsive seal.12" 11⁄2" . and 7049 Clamp-T Crosses. 7046 Clamp-T and Fig.29. Available in Grade “E” material only. 7013 and 7312 Flange provides for a reliable seal on both the pipe and the mating flange. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 259 . Used in Sock-It fittings only.

For dry pipe systems. Combinations of fluids should be referred to a Gruvlok RepSPECIAL GASKETS resentative for an engineering evaluation and recommendaTemp. vegetable oils. contact a Gruvlok Representative for more information. hot air & some high temperature L to Silicone services not listed. These listings do not apply to Gruvlok Gasket chemical services. all gasket recommendations are based T to Orange petroleum oils. or gases. oils. gasket materials should Code Applications be subjected to simulated service conditions to determine +20°F High temperature resistance to oxidizing Fluoro the most suitable gasket grade. hydraulic fluids. and industry applications. Elastomer +300°F halogenated hydrocarbons & lubricants. For other Listed/Approved materials. Unmineral oils. & technical publications. primarily temPetroleum products. oxidation resistance. -40°F Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendations for Red Dry. alkalies. fluid concentration.TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 260 The lists are provided as an aid in selecting the optimum gas. perature. the preferred SERVICES grade is listed first. Temp. The informany chemical services not involving -40°F mation supplied should be considered as a basis for evaluaE to EPDM Green hydrocarbons. +180°F NOT FOR USE IN HOT WATER Where more than one gasket grade is shown. (Buna-N) on 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service condition.anvilintl.GASKET GRADE INDEX ket grade for a specific application to assure the maximum STANDARD GASKETS service life. Color General Service Grade Range Compound Code The recommendations have been developed from current Applications information supplied by manufacturers of the elastomers. +350°F Butterfly Valves. & air contaminated with -20°F Nitrile less otherwise noted. petroleum oils. Excellent tion but not as a guarantee. Compound Color General Service Grade Range tion. O to Blue acids. In unusual or severe services. to Violet proved VdS and/or LPC symbols are Listed/Approved with Type A Gruvlok Xtreme™ Temperature Lubricant +150°F EPDM material. Water. www. please is required. +230°F Selection of the optimum gasket grade for a specific service NOT FOR USE WITH HYDROCARBONS requires the consideration of many factors.com . and continuity of service. dilute acids. Wet & Dry (oil free air) Pipe in Fire Pro-40°F All Gruvlok products marked with UL/ULC Listed. FM apE tection Systems. Gasket recommendations apply only to Gruvlok gaskets. salts.

Where the gasket grade is shown in parentheses. Lime Gasket Grade E L T O E/T E E/T (E/O) E/T E/T E/T E/T Where more than one gasket grade is shown the preferred gasket grade is listed first. (no oil vapors) Temp. Check gasket color code to be certain it is recommended for the service intended. 20°F to 300°F (-7°C to 149°C) Water. For services not listed Contact a Gruvlok Representative for recommendation. Temp to 230°F (110°C) Water. CROSS. Contact a Gruvlok Representative for an engineering evaluation and recommendation. -40°F to 230°F (-40°C to 110°C) Air. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Service Crude Oil . Seawater Water.WELD FITTING—TEE. 100°F (38°C) Maximum Temp. Oil vapor Temp. CAP. to 150°F (66°C) Motor Oil Tar and Tar Oil Transmission Fluid --Type A Turbo Oil #15 Diester Lubricant Gasket Grade T T T T (O) T T/O O T T T T O O Unless otherwise noted. Oil vapor Temp. Waste Water. TECHNICAL INFORMATION GASKET GRADE INDEX & GASKET RECOMMENDATION 261 . Specify gasket grade when ordering. Chlorine Water. -20°F to 150°F (-29°C to 66°C) Air. all gasket listings are based upon 100°F (38°C) maximum temperature service conditions. JP-4 and JP-5 JP-6.Sour Diesel Oil Fuel Oil Gasoline. (no oil vapors) Temp. -40°F to 350°F (-40°C to 177°C) Air. Leaded Gasoline. Acid Mine Water. Use Gruvlok lubricant on gasket. STUB END GASKET RECOMMENDATION LISTING PETROLEUM PRODUCTS WATER & AIR Service Air. Temp to 150°F (66°C) Water. Unleaded* Hydraulic Oil JP-3. Deionized Water. Kerosene Lube Oil. *Contact a Gruvlok Representative for service evaluation.

/mm 8 MI N ./mm In./mm 1 2 A NGE OF MA X . In. 2 Nominal Outside Diameter of Pipe.-Lbs/N-M Lbs. 4 CL PE R I N . including surge. and “Z” are external dimensions for reference purposes only. 9 Nuts must be tightened alternating and evenly to the specified bolt torque.anvilintl. MA X . WT./FT./Kg 9 10 5 Range of pipe end separation is the gap between the pipe ends due to assembly. refer to Technical data section.D./DN(mm) In. WK . 3 Maximum line pressure. EN D R PI P E EN D PE R PRE SSU RE LO A D SE P A RA TI O N CO U P LI N G PSI/bar Lbs. Working pressure ratings are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications./mm 3 4 5 Degrees FRO M CO U P LI N G DI M E N SI O N S X Y Z mm/m In. CO U P LI N G BO LTS SP E CI fiE D TO RQ U E QTY. “Y”.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES 262 COUPLING DATA CHART NOTES NO M I N A L SI ZE DE flE CTI O N O. Maximum end load from all interior and/or exterior forces to which the joint can be subjected are based on standard wall steel pipe with standard cut or roll grooves in accordance with Gruvlok specifications. For details see design factors in Gruvlok Technical data section. in millimeters (see column 2). Ft. 8 The quantity of bolts equals the number of housing segments per coupling.com . MA X .D. NOTE: For one time field test only the maximum joint working pressure may be increased to 1. EA . 6 Maximum allowable angular deflection of pipe from centerline when using standard cut grooved steel pipe. and nuts.5 times the figure shown. to which a joint can be subjected. For Performance Data on other than standard wall pipe. AP P RO X . 10 Approximate weight for a fully assembled coupling with gasket. www. 7 “X”. SI ZE In./mm 7 6 1 Gruvlok Couplings are identified by either the nominal ANSI pipe size in inches or pipe O. bolts./kN In./mm In. See individual product installation instructions for additional important information.

TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS 263 . the coupling joints would have be installed with the pipe ends butted. the total movement is 1. In either case the pipe run in question would have to be anchored at the proper locations to direct pipe system expansion or contraction into the coupling joints. Maximum Oper.80" due to the temperature change. of Couplings = Tot.187") = 9. Movement / Avail. (at time of installation).80". The couplings do not automatically provide for expansion and contraction of piping. As indicated above. As can be seen from the above example. we see that there is 0. if the thermal movement was contraction due to a reduction of system temperature. the number of couplings is determined as follows: No. Movement per Coupling FOR OUR EXAMPLE: No. Conversely. Temperature: 160°F. Thus.THERMAL MOVEMENT: COUPLINGS REQUIRED A sufficient amount of coupling joints must be provided to accommodate the calculated movement (expansion or contraction) in a pipe run or segment thereof.6.188" linear movement per coupling (4" Flexible Coupling) ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In order for the couplings to provide for the movement indicated by the above example. DESIGN QUESTION: How many couplings are required to account for the thermal growth? AVAILABLE LINEAR MOVEMENT PER FLEXIBLE COUPLING: Using the table on the previous page. thus accommodating the “shrink” of the pipe system. the pipe end gap within the coupling joint must be considered when designing a grooved-end pipe system to accommodate thermal movement. it would be necessary to install all couplings with the maximum gap between pipe ends. Therefore 10 couplings are needed POSITION OF COUPLINGS 200 FEET Thermal expansion tables show this system will expand a total of 1. of Couplings = (1. EXAMPLE: A 200 foot long straight run of 4" steel cut grooved pipe between anchor points.80") / (0. Minimum Temperature: 40°F.

G G M The amount of deflection from pipe run centerline can be calculated utilizing the following equations: M = L (Sin θ) θ = ArcSin (G/D) M = (G x L)/D WHERE: M = Misalignment (inches) G = Maximum Allowable Pipe End Movement (Inches) as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) θ = Maximum Deflection (Degrees) from centerline as shown under “Performance Data” (Value to be reduced by Design Factor) D = Pipe Outside Diameter (Inches) L = Pipe Length (Inches) L M L 264 www. if not eliminating. Deflection (longitudinal misalignment) may be accommodated within a single coupling as long as the angle of deflection does not exceed the value shown in the coupling performance data for the particular size and coupling type. then sufficient anchors must be provided to resist the lateral forces and hold the joint in the deflected condition. An unrestrained joint will react to these forces by straightening.com . If joint deflection has been designed into the pipe layout and must be maintained. thus reducing. CONT'D. MISALIGNMENT & DEFLECTIONS: The angular movement capability of the Gruvlok coupling permits the assembly of pipe joints where the piping is not properly aligned. At least two couplings are required to provide for lateral pipe misalignment. A pipe joint that utilizes the angular deflection capability of the Gruvlok coupling will react to pressure and thermal forces dependent upon the manner in which it is restrained.anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. the deflection at the joint.

and number of required couplings. ETC. CONT'D. value to be reduced by Design Factor) R T =Total Angular Deflection of all Couplings. BURIED SYSTEMS. L N = Number of Couplings R = Radius of Curve (feet) L = Pipe Length (feet) θ = Deflection from centerline (Degrees) of each Coupling (See coupling performance data. Buried Pipe Systems ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 265 . R = L / (2 x Sin(θ/2)) L = 2 x R x Sin(θ/2) N=T/θ The flexible design of the Gruvlok coupling makes it ideal for use in a wide variety of systems in which random changes of the pipe direction can be accommodated by the Gruvlok coupling’s angular deflection capability rather than requiring the use of special fittings. R DRAINAGE. Pitched for Drainage TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS.CURVE LAYOUT: WHERE: Utilizing the angular deflection at each coupling joint curves may be laid out using straight pipe lengths and Gruvlok Couplings. required pipe lengths.: R This example shows how to calculate the curve radius. buried pipe systems where pipe laying conditions are subject to settlement. Pitched drainage systems. and exposed pipe systems laid on rough ground are but a few of the many types of pipe installations that present conditions where the functional capability of the Gruvlok coupling are useful.

The additional stress from the combined movement is therefore relieved. EXAMPLE: In systems where both are expected. the pipe life of a slurry or similar coarse material piping system can be extended. Gruvlok Couplings should never be used as a continuous swivel joint. However. pipe rotation will evenly distribute wear over the entire inner surface of the pipe. A fully detected coupling joint provides no linear movement capability. CONT'D. The pipe may then be rotated one-quarter turn.anvilintl. A partially deflected joint will not provide full linear movement capability. settlement.TECHNICAL INFORMATION MOVEMENT—APPLICATIONS. COMBINED LINEAR & ANGULAR MOVEMENT: The clearance in the grooved coupling joint. If performed on a regular basis. For pipe rotation. The Gruvlok coupling will not allow for both maximum linear and maximum angular movement simultaneously. vibration. Piping systems designed with Gruvlok Couplings can accommodate minor rotational movement from thermal expansion. additional joints may be required. 266 ROTATIONAL MOVEMENT: After Pipe Rotation Utilizing the rotational capability of the Gruvlok Coupling. or other similar movements. the system must be shut down and internal pressure relieved. two couplings were added to account for thermal expansion and the other couplings accommodate only the misalignment. and service resumed.com . www. the couplings retightened. In the example above. will allow a limited capability for combined linear and angular movement. For Deflection Before Pipe Rotation For Expansion NOTE: Fully Deflected Joint Will Not Allow For Linear Expansion.

The couplings in the horizontal run above the riser.The grooved coupling’s capability to allow angular and rotational movement within the coupling joint must be considered when deciding hanger and support locations. EXAMPLE 1 This example demonstrates the need for each pipe length in a grooved system to be supported. Random flexible coupling joint installation will produce installed coupling conditions ranging from pipe ends full butted to fully separated to the maximum available gap. However. A spring hanger should be used to support the pipe section and also respond to the induced vibrations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK PRESSURE THRUSTS: Gruvlok couplings react to the application of system pressure and restrain the pipe ends from separation due to the pressure force. Anchor and guide positions must be defined to direct the pipe joint movement that it is not detrimental to the pipe system. The sag due to the flexibility of the Gruvlok joint could be eliminated with the proper positioning of hangers on both pipe segments “L1” and “L2”. Spring hangers and supports providing for movement in more than one plane are often used to allow the pipe system to move without introducing additional stress into the pipe system. only after system pressurization will the self-restraining function of the coupling be in effect. the coupling joint may not be in the self-restraining configuration prior to the application of system pressure. The designer must account for the movement to be encountered when the system is pressurized and the joints are fully separated. should accommodate the deflection without transmitting bending stresses through the pipe system. Thus. L2 L1 EXAMPLE 2 This illustrates the effect of pump oscillation on a piping system. The Gruvlok coupling does not restrain adjacent pipe sections from separation due to pressure forces until the coupling key sections engage the groove walls. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY 267 .

D1 Provide a hanger at L2 Point “R2”. L2.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. In the deflected condition shown. temperature increases would produce further expansion of the pipe system thus increasing the deflection. The movement at each coupling joint will add with all other joints and produce ∆L.anvilintl. If the offsets L1.com . The pipe designer SUFFICIENT must assure himself LENGTH TO that the system has the OFFSET capability of deflecting PRESSURE THRUST sufficiently to absorb this movement without introducing additional stresses into the pipe system. no additional anchoring is required. or a base support at Point “D2” to support the vertical column. Thermal movement of the pipe system should also be considered. EXAMPLE 3 To restrain this system provide L1 a pressure thrust anchor at “R1” to resist the pressure thrust actR1 R2 C ing through the tee “D1” at the cap “C”. www. the pipe will move and deflect at the elbow joint due to pressure thrust. EXAMPLE 2 In the system shown here. The coupling key sections will make contact with the groove walls and restrain the pipe from further separation. When pressurized the pipe ends in System Pressurized the coupling joints will separate to the maximum amount permitted by the coupling design. 268 Examples of the effect of pressure thrust are shown in the following illustrations. CONT'D. System With No Pressure EXAMPLE 1 The coupling joints have been installed butted or partially open. and intermediate anchors located as required. and L3 D2 L3 are of adequate length to handle expected pipe movements. to direct the pipe movement so as to prevent introducing bending stresses into the system.

L1 C B Use spring hanger at “D” and “E” to allow L2 HORIZONTAL VERTICAL movement of vertical COLUMN RUN piping. In the most common method. the gasket is first placed onto the lower pipe and rolled back away from the pipe end prior to positioning the upper pipe. LATERAL RESTRAINT EXAMPLE 5 System with no pressure partially deflected System pressurized fully deflected A grooved coupling joint installed in a partially deflected condition between anchor locations will deflect to its fully deflected condition when pressurized. between the pipe ends when an additional length of pipe is added to the riser stack. the pipe ends will be fully separated. TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. CONT'D. Note that when installing risers. Light duty hangers. welded. This method creates a predetermined gap at each pipe joint which can be utilized in pipe systems where thermal movement is anticipated and in systems with rigid (threaded. the spacer removed and the coupling is then installed. when. due to pressure thrust. the pipe ends are butted together within the coupling joint. while acceptable in many installations. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK RISER DESIGN: Risers assembled with Gruvlok Flexible couplings are generally installed in either of two ways. An alternative method or riser installation is to place a metal spacer of a predetermined thickness. may deflect against the application of lateral forces and result in “snaking” conditions of the pipe system. Anchoring of the riser may be done prior to pressurization with the pipe ends butted or while pressurized. The upper pipe length is anchored. Hangers and supports must be selected with consideration of the hanger’s capability to provide lateral restraint. flanged) branch connections where shear forces due to pressure thrust could damage the rigid connections.D EXAMPLE 4 Anchor at “A” to A VERTICAL support weight of COLUMN E vertical water column. The following examples illustrate methods of installing commonly encountered riser designs. Anchors at “B” and “C” if offsets at L1 and L2 are insufficiently long to handle expected pipe movements. 269 .

Install the riser with the predetermined gap method. Also place intermediate clamps at every other pipe length as a minimum. the pipe movement due to pressure thrust will be strained and there will be no shear forces acting at the branch connections. Anchor the pipe at or near the base with a pressure thrust anchor “A” capable of supporting the full pressure thrust. B C C C A www. Note that no intermediate anchors are required. 270 RISERS WITHOUT BRANCH CONNECTIONS Install the riser with the pipe ends butted. Provide pipe guides on every other pipe length.com . Anchor at “B” with an anchor capable of withstanding full pressure thrust at the top of the riser plus weight of pipe column. as a minimum. The maximum amount of stack growth can be predeterA mined (see Linear Movement).anvilintl. In this example the pipe length “L” at the top of the riser must be long enough to permit sufficient deflection (see Angular Movement) to accommodate the total movement “M” from both pressure thrust and thermal gradients. Locate an anchor at the base of the riser (A) to support the total weight of the pipe. to prevent possible deflection of the pipe line at the coupling joints as the riser expands due to pressure thrust or thermal growth. couplings and fluid. weight of pipe and the fluid column. CONT'D. Place intermediate anchors “C” as shown.TECHNICAL INFORMATION COUPLING FLEXIBILITY. M RISERS WITH BRANCH CONNECTIONS L When the system is pressurized the pipe stack will “grow” due to pressure thrust which causes maximum separation of pipe ends within the couplings. When this system is pressurized. between anchors “A” and “B”.

For grooved-end joints. “dimple" formed from roll grooving reduces the I. Volume of Metal Removed Cut Groove vs. Branch outlet connections require a properly sized and correctly located hole to be cut into the pipe.D.D. Cut Groove 271 . This reduces available pipe joint movement by 50% over cut grooved coupling joints.D. contraction. Depth of Cut Groove vs. The required pipe preparation may be grooving or cleaning the pipe ends. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION Available Movement Roll Groove vs. or cutting a hole in the pipe wall. concentric with the pipe O. The square cut edge of the groove allows for the full expansion. Cut grooving produces a groove in the pipe wall by Cut Grooving removing metal from the pipe O. grooving is not required. pipe may be grooved by either of two methods. metal is displaced while a groove is formed into the outer surface of the pipe Roll Grooving wall. Roll grooving is commonly used on a wide range of pipe thicknesses up to 0. Gruvlok roll grooving machines produce a groove to proper dimensional tolerances..375" wall steel pipe and sizes to 24" O. Threaded ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Roll grooving does not remove metal. Gruvlok hole cutting tools properly center holes for correct assembly of Gruvlok branch outlet components.D. Instead.D. and deflection capabilities of the Gruvlok coupling. Gruvlok plain-end pipe couplings CUT GROOVING: Gruvlok pipe grooving and hole cutting machines are available in a wide variety of designs to meet specific or general requirements. (on an average) less than 2%. Thread require that the pipe be free of burrs and other sharp projections which could damage the gasket. all pipe must be prepared to receive Gruvlok coupling or other Gruvlok pipe system components. cut or roll grooving. The groove removes less than one half of the pipe wall and does not cut as deeply into the pipe wall as do standard pipe threads. Sock-it connections require cleaning of the pipe end. The groove configuration has slightly rounded edges resulting in a less flexible joint than a cut groove joint.To create a Gruvlok pipe joint. even on out-of-round pipe. Roll Groove Cut Groove The I. ROLL GROOVING: Cut grooving is intended for use with standard and heavier wall pipe.

3 117.4 1. Perm.anvilintl.875 47.D.0 21⁄2 25⁄8 63.670 42.875 2. If these are not removed.1 1 4 ⁄2 45⁄8 114./mm 11⁄2 15⁄8 38. or projections which might effect the proper assembly of the Clamp-T. ⁄4.6 2. Diameter In.630 41./mm 31⁄2 88. In.2 42.375 2.5 Surface Prep. which might effect gasket sealing integrity. SOCK-IT® A ⁄8" 5 After the hole has been cut into the pipe wall.904 73.8 Min.9 4 101. After cutting. O. 25 11⁄4.3 XL Min.315 1.D. rust.0 73.com .030" (0. scale.352 59./mm 1.3 48. etc.6 1. In. 11⁄2 32.9 2.D.7 2..9 92.7 61⁄2 165./mm 1.3 2 21⁄8 50. weld beads.285 32. burrs.385 60./mm In. CONT'D.910 48. Max. 1 15.D. the pipe ends must be square cut as measured from a true square line./mm In. The surface around the entire circumference of the pipe within the “A” dimension in the charts must be free from dirt. No additional cleaning is required.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION.3 43⁄4 120. Any scale. Any sharp edges./mm 1.357 59.6 2.4 1.6 41⁄2 114. any burrs and sharp or rough edges must be removed from the hole.642 41. O. PIPE TOLERANCES Size DN/mm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 Schedule 10 & 40 Nom O.9 1. etc.295 32.6 1.660 1.846 72. pipe ends must be completely cleaned a minimum of 1" (25.5 2.7 3 2 ⁄4 27⁄8 69. The hole must be properly sized and located on the centerline of the pipe to assure reliable performance of the Clamp-T gaskets.4mm) back from the pipe end to remove all pipe coating. 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 80 4 100 Hole Dimensions Hole Saw Size Max.0 31⁄2 35⁄8 88.3 60.9 73.5 66.7 51⁄2 139. www. 20. In.8 54. The maximum allowable tolerance is 0.4 33.1 For Sock-It Fittings.900 1. projections or indentation which might effect the gasket sealing on the pipe must be removed.882 47. left on the pipe from cutting must be removed.837 72. The outside pipe surfaces within 5/8" of the hole must be clean and smooth. they may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting. sharp projections.1 NOTE: When Allied XL pipe is used it is necessary only to remove sharp edges and burrs at the end of the pipe.325 33. “A” In.7 1. CLAMP-T INSTALLATION Branch Size DN/mm 1 3 ⁄2. 272 BRANCH OUTLET PIPE: CLAMP-T® Clamp-T installations require the cutting of a hole through the pipe wall.76mm) for all sizes.1 41.8 2. O.

7005 Roughneck Couplings must be free of any notches. If this sharp edge is not removed. weld bead. Bevel not to exceed 1⁄16". bumps. CONT'D. X Soft pipe when roll cut may be swaged inward.SOCK-IT®. etc.D.D. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE PREPARATION.060" (1.D. will tend to cut gasket during assembly. burr & sharp edge removed is preferred configuration. 0. for at least 11/2" (38mm) back from the pipe end to provide a smooth sealing surface for the gasket. Pipe ends must be marked a distance of 1" from the pipe end for Sizes 2"-4" and 11/4" from the pipe end for Sizes 5"8" as a guide for centering of the gasket on the pipe ends. and 0. CONT'D. Plain-End pipe for use with Fig. score marks. 1⁄32" to 1⁄16" 30 or 45 Square cut pipe with O.D. Swaged portion not to exceed 3⁄16" X Abrasive wheels & Dull wheel cutter saws leave edge burrs produces a raised ridge especially pronounced at the pipe O. ROUGHNECK® ACCEPTABLE PIPE END CONFIGURATION Remove Burr & Sharp Edge 3⁄16" Max. giving on one side. it may damage the gasket as the pipe is inserted into the Sock-It Fitting.1mm) for 4" through 6". The nominal outside diameter of pipe should not vary more than ±1% for sizes up to 21/2". The sharp O.5mm) for 8" sizes. edge left by different methods of cutting pipe must be removed.030" (0. Pipe ends (plain or beveled end) must be square cut as measured from a true square line with the maximum allowable tolerance as follows: 0. +1%-1/32" for sizes 3"-5". +1/16"-1/32" for sizes 6" and larger.7mm) for 2" through 3". Beveled pipe.045 (1. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 273 . UNACCEPTABLE X Excessive chamfer on I. an oversize diameter.

and 3) permit required pipe system movement to relieve stress.7 2 15 4.7 3 25 7.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT 274 When designing the hangers.1 4 35 40 10. fluid & pipe system components.1 HANGER SPACING .0 12 3. Do not use these values where critical span calculations are made or where there are concentrated loads between supports. 7 DNmm 2. couplings.FLEXIBLE SYSTEM.6 10 3.7 14 4.3 2 12 3. Nominal Pipe Size Range In./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4-2 32-50 21⁄2-4 65-100 5-8 125-200 10-12 250-300 14-16 350-400 18-24 450-600 1) the weight of the pipe.anvilintl.1 1-2 1 25-50 1 2 ⁄2-4 1 65-100 5-24 1 125-600 Pipe Length in Feet/Meters 10 3. For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement IS required use the table below. PIPE HANGER SPACING: The following charts show the maximum span between pipe hangers for straight runs of standard weight steel pipe filled with water or other similar fluids. As with any pipe system.3 16 4.com .5 20 6. the piping designer must consider certain unique characteristics of the grooved type coupling in addition to many universal pipe hanger and support design factors.6 4 30 9. STEEL PIPE FULL LINEAR MOVEMENT IS REQ'D AVERAGE HANGERS PER PIPE LENGTH EVENLY SPACED Nominal Pipe Size Range In. The following factors should be considered when designing hangers and supports for a grooved-end pipe system. Maximum Span Between Supports Feet/meters 7 2.6 2 20 6.9 18 5.7 12. 2) reduce stresses at pipe joints.2 5 6 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 4 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 www. supports and anchors for a grooved-end pipe system.1 3 22 6. the hanger or support system must provide for HANGER SPACING LINEAR MOVEMENT NOT REQ'D For straight runs without concentrated loads and where full linear movement is NOT required use the table on right.

6 15 4.7 – 17 5.7 13 4 14 4.7 9 2.7 24 7.4 18 5.1 Power Piping Code.4 18 5.6 15 4.4 19 5. 921.9 15 4.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.4 11 3.6 16 4.6 17 5.7 13 4 15 4.1 19 5.4 20 6.6 – 10 3 – 14 4.6 15 4. IPE & FLANGE SPECIFICATIONS 275 .7 9 2.1 10 3 11 3. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.2 17 5. CONT STEEL'DP.1 10 3.2 20 6. Table 6-2.3 14 4.9 Building Service Piping Code.6 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 9 2.4 12 3.8 12 3.7 12 3.6 15 4.1 17 5.3c.7 11 3.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** – – – – – – 9 2.6 15 4.7 15 4.HANGER SPACING .6 15 4.2.0 18 5.6 17 5.8 18 5.6 15 4.6 16 4. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ASTM P IPE SUPPORT CARBON .7 13 4 14 4.9 9 2.6 15 4.7 12 3. Table a.6 12 3.7 – 12 3.7 15 4.6 15 4.1 7 2.0 12 3.1 7 2.3D. Fig.6 15 4.2 20 6.6 15 4.5 19 5.7 21 6./DNmm 1 25 11⁄4 32 11⁄2 40 2 50 21⁄2 65 3 OD 65 3 80 31⁄2 90 4 100 41⁄4 100 5 125 51⁄4 125 51⁄2 125 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 7 2. (1999 Edition).7 – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.4 12 3.3 15 4.1.6 15 4.2 – 12 3.6 15 4. 250 psi and Fig.1 – 13 4 – 18 5.7 9 2.6 15 4.6 24 7.1.6 15 4.6 15 4.3 21 6.6 15 4. 921.3 16 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 13 4 15 4.3 14 4.3 12 3.1 19 5. (1996 Edition). table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems.3 22 6.

Table a.6 15 4.6 15 4.2 19 5. www.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – * Spacing by ANSI-B31.5 48 14.3D. ** Spacing by ANSI-B31.8 24 7. table a *** Spacing by NFPA-13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems. Fig.6 15 4.3 25 7.3 23 6. Table 6-2.2 30 9.1 Power Piping Code.6 15 4.1. 921.7 35 10.6 21 6.3 24 7.1 40 12.8 37 11.6 29 8. 921.6 15 4.1 27 8.1 32 9.RIGID SYSTEMS SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPAN BETWEEN SUPPORTS Nominal Size In.8 27 8.0 42 12.9 42 12.6 COPPER TUBE Water Gas & Air Service Service ** ** 14 4.8 26 7.0 21 6.6 15 4.9 36 10.2 – 21 6.6 45 13.5 26 7.6 15 4.2 27 8.3 30 9. CONT'D.1 26 7.3c.6 15 4.6 15 4.6 15 4.8 15 4.6 15 4./DNmm 6 150 61⁄4 150 61⁄2 OD 150 8 200 10 250 12 300 14 350 16 400 18 450 20 500 24 600 STEEL PIPE Suggested Maximum Span Between Supports-Feet/Meters Water Service Air Service * ** *** * ** *** 17 5.4 20 6.8 23 7 23 7 27 8.8 26 7.2.8 19 5.6 15 4. 276 HANGER SPACING .9 Building Service Piping Code.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. (1999 Edition).6 15 4.7 15 4.1 35 10.6 15 4.7 39 11.8 21 6.6 15 4.6 15 4.3 20 6.8 26 7. (1996 Edition).1.2 16 4.com .1 21 6.7 33 9.9 25 7.9 17 5.4 24 7. 250 psi and Fig.6 15 4.1 30 9.anvilintl.

design and specification requirements.) and the lower attachment (pipe clamps. eye nuts. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK In nearly every hanger or support assembly there are three components that make up the assembly. wherever there is a change in direction of the piping system a hanger or support is usually required immediately following that change in direction and then the system is hung or supported accordingly. Quite often hangers and supports are an after thought on a project simply because the big-ticket items. etc. Components can also be bundled and tagged by system or area of the project so they can be easily assembled and located on-site. Whenever there is a “perceived” problem with installed grooved product. The proper maximum spacing allowables governed by project specifications. can be hung or supported based on the maximum spacing requirements only. a vital first step is to refer to the project and code requirements when choosing the proper hanging or supporting method. trapezes). With this in mind. on the other hand. a high percentage are often related to the hanging or supporting method or application chosen. are the focus of the project team. hangers and supports are one of the first components needed on a project since you cannot hang pipe without them. In addition. CONT'D. clevis hanger. See accompanying illustrations for examples of typical assemblies. couplings. MAKE A MATCH The type of grooved coupling used on a project is the next consideration to choosing the correct hanger or support method. All three components should arrive on the project site together and early. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND LOGISTICS A variety of hangers and supports are typically used on grooved piping systems. To save costly field labor hours. However. consideration might be given to having the hangers or supports preassembled by the manufacturer or fabricated in the contractor’s shop. intermediate attachment (rod. Rigid couplings. These components are an upper attachment (beam or structural attachment).Grooved piping products have a very good maintenance track record out in the field. such as labor. U-bolts. All of these are acceptable hanging or supporting methods but they are dependent on the project’s type. Although supported very similarly to welded piping systems. and trapeze supports to more intricate rack designs using structural steel or a mechanical framing/strut system. TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. the applicable code and/or the hanger manufacturer’s recommendations all must also be reviewed. ranging from a simple band hanger. a few considerations should be given to assure the proper selection and application of hangers and supports used on a grooved piping system such as Anvil’s Gruvlok® brand. major equipment and schedule. Project logistics is another consideration regardless of system type. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 277 . Flexible couplings used on horizontal runs of pipe need to be supported at every coupling and usually require intermediate supports to satisfy the maximum spacing allowable requirements.

x 0. In other words the pipe has grown in length over 3 inches because of the thermal expansion. As one can see. For example. 19 joints x .78" of overall growth. This is especially important on hot systems versus chilled systems since the amount of thermal expansion will be greater on hot systems as opposed to the thermal contraction that will occur on chilled systems. Once the system is pressurized. At 70°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. It can only be controlled by the use of anchors and expansion joints or expansion loops. especially where a change of direction or a branch line connects. CONT'D. If you multiply the number of joints by the growth of each joint you can determine the overall growth of the system due to pressurization. those areas or joints where the pipe ends are butted up tight and held by a grooved coupling can “pop” or grow to the maximum gap depending on the coupling chosen. if you have a grooved piping system that is 400 ft. if you again take 400 ft. For example. To determine the total thermal expansion of the pipe from ambient temperature to operating temperature you multiply the length of pipe by the coefficient of thermal expansion.anvilintl.com . let us assume the system is heating hot water that will operate at 170°F. www.0076 in/ft.0938" = 1. This is all due to the temperature variation from ambient conditions when the pipe is installed to operating conditions. long there will be roughly 19 grooved joints (assuming 21 ft.04 in.0 in/ft but at 170°F the pipe has a coefficient of thermal expansion of 0. As the couplings are installed. The joint at a flexible grooved coupling can expand about 1⁄4" at each coupling whereas the joint at a rigid grooved coupling can grow about 3 ⁄32". This is significant growth especially if there is a change of direction at the end of the 400 ft. lengths of pipe are used). = 3.25" = 4.0076 in/ft. One way to avoid this growth is to install the grooved joints at full gap so that pressurization has no impact at testing or start up. this growth due to pressurization can have a significant impact on the hangers or supports used on a project. HOT AND COLD Thermal expansion is another important consideration when choosing hangers or supports for a grooved system. A rigid system would be 19 joints x .75" of overall growth. then problems could occur. In this case 400 ft. Thermal growth cannot be stopped. If this is not possible. The pipe is installed under ambient conditions assumed to be at 70°F so you have a 100°F variation in temperature. If there is a long run of horizontal or vertical pipe with multiple joints the overall length of the system will grow depending upon which grooved coupling you have chosen. pipe run or there are branch lines coming off the main run. the pipe ends can either be butted up tight to one another or a gap can exist. If it is a flexible system. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 278 PRESSURE POINT System pressurization should also be reviewed when choosing the proper hanging or support method. If this thermal growth exceeds the allowable deflection of a grooved joint. then periodic air pressurization as the system is installed will expand the grooved joints to full gap and the hangers or supports can be adjusted accordingly. of grooved piping.PIPE SUPPORT.

systems that are operating near the same temperature. growth of the piping system due to pressurization and thermal expansion must be considered. If you combine hot systems with cold systems on a trapeze. On hot systems.04".78" for a rigid joint system and the thermal expansion was 3. pressurization expansion on the 400 ft. In the previous examples. If the pipe is a vertical riser then consideration must be given to the use of spring hangers to allow the pipe to grow vertically up or down depending upon how the pipe is anchored while still supporting the pipe. In either ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK upper upper intermediate intermediate lower lower Clevis Hanger Assembly Double Bolt Pipe Clamp Assembly case the clamps are no longer supporting the pipe as intended and this may induce excessive stress on the grooved joints. Hot systems should be hung or supported independently of cold or ambient systems or a means should be provided.75" for a flexible joint system and 1. that is.It is also important to hang or support the pipe with rolls or slides and use guides to control the thermal expansion of the pipe into an expansion joint or expansion loop. When using trapeze hangers for multiple systems it is important to have “like” systems on the trapeze. expansion joints or expansion loops. to allow the hot systems to thermally expand on the trapeze. Vertical pipe thermally expands the same amount as horizontal pipe and this has to be taken into consideration relating to supports. Adding these combinations together would result in TECHNICAL INFORMATION PIPE SUPPORT. such as clevis hangers. If the growth is downward. Whether it is horizontal or vertical grooved pipe. both must be taken into account and added together to determine the overall growth of the system and the effect on the hangers or supports that are used. The use of static hangers. should not be considered on pipe that is thermally expanding. CONT'D. If the vertical pipe is supported by friction/riser clamps only and the pipe expands vertically upward. Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 279 . the clamps will grow with the pipe off the penetration or supporting structure and no longer provide support. the thermal expansion of the hot system can cause the trapeze to possibly twist and fail or excessive stress could be induced on the grooved joints on all of the systems on the trapeze. run of pipe was 4. such as pipe rolls or pipe slides. the friction clamps resting on the penetration or supporting structure can either fail or the pipe may overcome the friction force and push it’s way through the clamp as the pipe thermally expands downward.

one can best determine the inducing stresses into the grooved couplings.com . help ensure that grooved piping systhe system has a change in direction. CONT'D. This will. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Considerations for the Hanging or Supporting of Grooved Piping Systems 280 a total pipe growth of 7. considerlower ation should be given to how a grooved system is seismically restrained. If you have growth due to pressurization and/or Trapeze Assembly Spring Riser Hanger Assembly thermal expansion consideration should be given on how to restrain the system while still allowing growth to occur. www.82" for a rigid system. Seismic restraints in the longituBy reviewing the couplings to be used on a project. this is a significant amount of growth relating to hangers and supports and the resulting stresses induced on grooved joints. dinal direction of a long pipe run may restrict the growth of the pipe thermal expansion and seismic restraints. pressurization. in turn. expansion of the long pipe run may be restricted and this could induce excessive stress into the grooved joints. Seismic restraints in the proper selection and application of hangers and supports for a grooved lateral direction should have little impact on expansion except where piping system. upper intermediate upper intermediate CONSIDER SOME RESTRAINT lower Although grooved systems in seismic zones perform extremely well.79" for a flexible system or 4. If the seismic restraints are placed tems will continue to enjoy a solid reputation in the areas of maintelaterally after a change in direction at the end of a long run of pipe.anvilintl. regardless of the horizontal or vertical orientation of the pipe. the nance and downtime. Again.PIPE SUPPORT.

anchors. (d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. supports. 2. as Anvil Fig. and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment. (f) For critical high-temperature piping. (c) Accurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. 80-V and Fig. (h) Constant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.Designs generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice. SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. the particular system will be identified. and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than 1 ⁄2". (b). DESIGN (a) All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31. SCOPE This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers.1 and MSS Standard Practice SP-58. at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is 1⁄2" or more. shall be utilized wherever possible. SP-69. 81-H Constant Support Hangers. The Constant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 25% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than 1". (g) The total travel for Constant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION 281 . ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK (e) Wherever possible. using stock or production parts. Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load Adjustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary.1. and guides. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical. Variable Spring Hangers may be used. pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design. The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. or equal.

appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed.T. 200 shock and sway suppressor. (m)Each Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops. CONT'D. (j) Constant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability. Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads. 282 (i) In addition to the requirements of ASTM-125 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. and be of domestic manufacture. Spring coils must be square to within 1° to insure proper alignment. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1⁄2" and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe. All three critical parameters (free height. Where movements are of a small magnitude.com . such as Anvil Fig.M.R. and be of domestic manufacture. suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated. or equal. the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports. such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves. (n) All rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. 82 may be used. spring hangers similar to Anvil Fig. spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. (k) Constant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III). If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. Each spring coiled must be purchased with a C. No less than 10% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. B-268 may be used. Additionally. without having to make hanger adjustments.T. (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±5%. Each spring coil must be purchased with a C.anvilintl. When the hanger rod angularity www. low temperature systems. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated. even in the event the lever is at a position other than “cold”.M. (l) For non-critical. an approved pre-compressed Variable Spring design similar to Anvil Fig. hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement. the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position.R. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the “cold” position.

(v) Supports. (w)Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. (z) All threads are UNC unless otherwise specified. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#10947). Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers . thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. All other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-636.Variable Spring and Constant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart Bros. utilizing the distance. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock force subsides. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation.is greater than 4 degrees from vertical. guides. the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the piping. With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop. The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 100F° per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. For corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #11. (u) Where practical. and designed in accordance with governing codes. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. Any shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. After the disturbing forces subside. Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping. (t) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table 1 and Table 2 on the following page. (y) Paint .The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced. and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. CONT'D. 283 . The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression.

and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. Span (Ft) Water Service 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 Max. Additional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. and all spring support for assemblies. identified by piping system only. Max.7) and ASME B31.” This local specification must be followed. Each sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment.TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION. Span (Ft) Vapor Service 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 NOTE: Spans shown in Tables 1 and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 750°F.1 (Appendix V). Hanger for piping 21⁄2" and larger. 284 HANGER DESIGN SERVICE (b) Each engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical. 1 www. Each sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly.com . 31⁄2 13 16 Nominal Pipe Size (in) 4 5 6 8 10 14 16 17 19 22 17 19 21 24 26 5 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 12 23 30 7 ⁄8 14 25 32 16 27 35 1 18 28 37 1 20 24 30 30 32 33 39 42 34 11⁄4 11⁄2 11⁄2 or trapeze *Many codes and specifications state “pipe hangers must be spaced every 10ft. TABLE 2: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Copper Tubing Supports Nominal Tubing Size (in) 3 ⁄2 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 Max. (a) Engineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 81⁄2" x 11” sheets. regardless of size. (c) Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP89 (Section 7. ready for installation. shall be completely engineered.anvilintl. Span (Ft) Vapor Service Recommended Hanger Rod Sizes 1 ⁄2 7 8 3 ⁄4 7 9 1 7 9 11⁄2 9 12 3 2 10 13 21⁄2 11 14 3 12 15 1 ⁄8 ⁄2 The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. TABLE 1: Maximum Horizontal Spacing Between Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe* . Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material. A piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types. Span (Ft) Water Service Max. CONT'D.

480 5.230 4.057 1.300 39.982 144.692 2. Rod Diameter (in) Threads per Inch 3 Root Area of Coarse Thread (in2) ⁄8 16 0.690 43⁄4 8 UN 15. CONT'D.552 1 1 ⁄4 7 0.295 31.530 3.600 164.337 114.214 4 8 UN 10. 1 5 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.293 13⁄4 5 1.720 31⁄2 8 UN 7.066 56.400 146.000 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature.687 47.419 1 8 0.400 129.619 3 4 5.350 2.620 7.331 77.265 25.440 10. 650° F 730 1. 750° F 572 1.TABLE 3: Load Carrying Capacities of Threaded Hanger Rods.900 84.889 11⁄2 6 1.169 38.126 ⁄8 11 0.800 49.500 113.400 60.100 41⁄2 8 UN 13.566 19.807 101.900 9.807 128.021 21⁄2 4 3.500 13.600 24.302 7 ⁄8 9 0.165 Standard UNC thread thru 3” diameter and 8-UN-2A thread series for 31⁄4” diameter and larger.700 184.807 14.918 33⁄4 8 UN 9.744 2 41⁄2 2. 285 .700 98.068 ⁄2 13 0.716 23⁄4 4 4.379 5 8 UN 17.800 18.100 71.621 1 3 ⁄4 8 UN 6.307 66.508 4.202 3 ⁄4 10 0.096 TECHNICAL INFORMATION A TYPICAL PIPE HANGER SPECIFICATION.139 88.600 32.292 1 1 2 ⁄4 4 ⁄2 3. Materials Carbon Steel with MinimumActual Tensile Strength of 50 Ksi.160 3.608 1 4 ⁄4 8 UN 12.

0182 0.Low Chrome Steel (thru 3% Cr) 30 40 50 60 -0.0334 0.0681 0.0029 -0.0857 0.0574 0.0252 0.0051 -0.1078 0.1177 0.0362 0.1166 0.0127 -0.0737 0.0372 0.0198 -0.0970 0.0107 0.0501 0.0087 -0.0132 0.0096 -0.100 0.1036 0.1057 0.0226 0.1155 0.0103 -0.1320 0.0030 0.0140 -0.1015 0.1278 0.0192 Carbon Steel .0803 0.1244 0.0901 0.0174 300 0.0084 0.0270 0.0279 0.0382 0.0878 1.0522 0.1222 0.0935 0.0133 -0.0792 0.0460 0.0200 0.0091 200 0.0325 0.0065 -0.anvilintl.0051 -0.0617 0.0037 -0.300 0.0053 0.0440 0.0353 500 0.0174 -0 -0.0481 0.0649 0.0116 0 -0.0261 400 0.0512 0.0946 0.0008 0.0924 0.0542 0.0316 0.0835 0.0146 -0.0215 70 -0.0606 0.TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL 286 THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) -200 0 -0.1342 0.0532 0.0244 0.0958 0.0912 0.0163 -0.0981 0.0022 -0.0044 -0.0141 0.0450 600 0.0638 0.0230 -100 -0.0235 0.400 0.0225 90 -0.0121 -0.0073 -0.1211 1.0058 -0.1121 0.0149 0.0748 0.com .0187 20 -0.0191 0.0401 0.1256 0.0099 0.0165 0.1046 0.0391 0.200 0.1089 0.1144 0.0208 0.0180 10 -0.0726 0.0595 0.1025 0.1299 0.0563 0.0692 0.0553 700 0.0124 0.0867 0.0759 0.0714 0.0703 0.0298 0.0781 0.0584 0.1233 0.0344 0.0470 0.0491 0.0421 0.0157 0.000 0.0307 0.0109 -0.1004 0.0015 -0.0889 0.1267 0.0993 1.0015 100 0.0023 0.1099 1.0824 0.0076 0.0846 0.1068 0.0431 0.0169 -0.0038 0.1334 – – – – – – – – – Temp F www.0080 -0.0813 0.0116 0.0061 0.0046 0.1363 1.1110 0.0152 -0.1200 0.0659 800 0.0203 -0.0627 0.0068 0.0007 0 0.0158 -0.1132 0.0288 0.0770 900 0.0217 0.0411 0.0670 0.1188 0.0220 80 -0.0209 -0.

0959 0.0273 0.0100 -0.1461 0.0134 -0.1744 0.1175 0.1012 0.0674 0.1298 0.0056 0.1284 0.0238 0.0263 90 -0.1270 1.0314 -0. 316.1474 0.0624 0.0033 -0.0197 20 -0.0344 0.0215 0.0044 -0.0372 -0.0392 0.0828 0.0146 0.0687 0.1162 0.0305 -0.0145 -0.0012 0.1692 0.1260 0.0368 400 0.0261 0.1542 1.0101 0.0599 0.0011 0 0.0332 0.0334 -0.1610 0.0123 -0.1515 0.0309 0.0999 900 0.1784 0.0854 0.1420 0.1556 0.1202 0.300 0.0090 0.0343 -0.1379 0.0203 0.0428 0.0789 0.0356 0.0181 0.1624 0.0135 200 0.0662 0.0867 800 0.THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL – (IN/FT) Temp F -200 -100 0 -0.0056 -0.0538 0.1366 0.0353 -0.0158 0.0362 -0.0986 0.1502 0.0700 0.0763 0.0281 -0.1121 0.0155 -0.1325 0.0079 0.0124 0.1447 0.0112 -0.1665 0.0089 -0.0477 0.1771 0.1678 1.1338 0.1148 0.0166 -0.0067 -0.0637 0.0034 0.0272 -0 -0.0404 0. 347) 30 40 50 60 -0.0022 -0.0587 0.1257 0.0550 0.1053 0.0380 0.0453 0.0023 100 0.1094 0.0321 0.0920 0.1529 0.1352 0.0465 0.0078 -0.0933 0.1216 0.0725 0.0245 70 -0.1434 0.0187 10 -0.0575 0.0649 0.0169 0.1731 0.0236 -0.0562 0.0712 0.0227 0.0612 600 0.0906 0.1066 0.0841 0.1651 0.0295 -0.0526 0.1311 0.0489 500 0.1717 0.0078 -0.1570 0.0440 0.0737 700 0.0815 0.0250 300 0.100 0.1796 0.0802 0.1107 0.0207 Austenitic Stainless Steels (304.1597 0.0750 0.1393 0.0297 0.0285 0.000 0.1189 0.0893 0.0946 0.0216 -0.1583 0.200 0.1243 0.0324 -0.0513 0.0045 0.0254 80 -0.0501 0.0416 0.400 0.0068 0.0226 -0.1811 TECHNICAL INFORMATION THERMAL EXPANSION OF PIPE MATERIAL NOTE: Intersect “10” Degree increments across the top of each table with the “100” degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature.0112 0.1638 0.0776 0. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK 287 .1757 0.1704 0.1039 0.1488 0.0176 0 -0.1080 0.0192 0.1229 0.1134 1.0880 0.0972 0.1406 1.

Z

Y

288


Y

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

AMERICAN STANDARD CHANNELS

Nom.
Size
Y

Nom.
Size
Y

3
4
5
6

7

8

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
4.1
13⁄8
5.0
11⁄2
0.250
6.0
15⁄8
5
5.4
1 ⁄8
0.313
7.25
13⁄4
3
6.7
1 ⁄4
0.313
9.0
17⁄8
8.2
17⁄8
10.5
2
0.375
13.0
21⁄8
9.8
21⁄8
12.25
21⁄4
0.375
14.75
21⁄4
11.5
21⁄4
13.75
23⁄8
0.375
18.75
21⁄2

9

10

12

15

18

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
13.4
23⁄8
15.0
21⁄2
0.438
20.0
25⁄8
5
15.3
2 ⁄8
20.0
23⁄4
0.438
25.0
27⁄8
30.0
3
20.7
3
25.0
3
0.500
30.0
31⁄8
33.9
33⁄8
40.0
31⁄2
0.625
50.0
33⁄4
42.7
4
45.8
4
0.625
51.9
41⁄8
58.0
41⁄4

Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
3
4
5
6
7
8
10

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
5.7
23⁄8
0.250
7.5
21⁄2
7.7
25⁄8
0.313
9.5
23⁄4
10.0
3
0.313
14.75
31⁄4
3
12.5
3 ⁄8
0.375
17.25
35⁄8
15.3
35⁄8
0.375
20.0
37⁄8
18.4
4
0.438
23.0
41⁄8
25.4
45⁄8
0.500
35.0
5
31.8
5
0.563
35.0
51⁄8
40.8
51⁄4
0.688
50.0
51⁄2

S SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
15
18
20
20.3
24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
42.9
51⁄2
0.625
50.0
55⁄8
54.7
6
0.688
70.0
61⁄4
66.0
61⁄4
0.813
75.0
63⁄8
86.0
7
0.938
96.0
71⁄4
80.0
7
90.0
71⁄8
0.875
100.0
71⁄4

www.anvilintl.com

W SHAPES
Z


Y

Nom.
Size
Y
5
6

8

10

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
19
5
0.430
25
61⁄8
0.455
18
51⁄4
0.330
1
21
5 ⁄4
0.400
24
61⁄2
0.400
28
61⁄2
0.465
31
8
0.435
35
8
0.495
40
81⁄8
0.560
1
48
8 ⁄8
0.685
1
58
8 ⁄4
0.810
67
81⁄4
0.935
22
53⁄4
0.360
26
53⁄4
0.440
30
53⁄4
0.510
33
8
0.435
39
8
0.530
45
8
0.620
49
10
0.560
54
10
0.615
60
101⁄8
0.680
68
101⁄8
0.770
77
101⁄4
0.870
1
88
10 ⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

12

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
1
26
6 ⁄2
0.380
30
61⁄2
0.440
35
61⁄2
0.520
40
8
0.515
45
8
0.575
50
81⁄8
0.640
53
10
0.575
58
10
0.640
65
12
0.605
72
12
0.670
1
79
12 ⁄8
0.735
87
121⁄8
0.810
96
121⁄8
0.900
106
121⁄4
0.990

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y

14

16

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Flange
Ft., lb. Width
Z
3
30
6 ⁄4
0.385
34
63⁄4
0.455
38
63⁄4
0.515
43
8
0.530
48
8
0.595
53
8
0.660
61
10
0.645
68
10
0.720
74
101⁄8
0.785
1
82
10 ⁄8
0.855
1
90
14 ⁄2
0.710
99
145⁄8
0.780
109
145⁄8
0.860
120
145⁄8
0.940
132
143⁄4
1.030
36
7
0.430
40
7
0.505
45
7
0.565
50
71⁄8
0.63
57
71⁄8
0.715
67
101⁄4
0.665
77
101⁄4
0.760
89
103⁄8
0.875
3
100
10 ⁄8
0.985

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS

289

290


Y

W SHAPES
Z

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

BEAM DIMENSIONS, CONT'D.
Nom.
Size
Y

18

21

24

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
50
71⁄2
0.570
55
71⁄2
0.630
60
71⁄2
0.695
65
75⁄8
0.750
5
71
7 ⁄8
0.810
76
11
0.680
86
111⁄8
0.770
97
111⁄8
0.870
106
111⁄4
0.940
62
81⁄4
0.615
68
81⁄4
0.685
1
73
8 ⁄4
0.740
3
83
8 ⁄8
0.835
93
83⁄8
0.930
101
121⁄4
0.800
111
123⁄8
0.875
122
123⁄8
0.960
76
9
0.680
84
9
0.770
1
94
9 ⁄8
0.875
104
123⁄4
0.750
117
123⁄4
0.850
131
127⁄8
0.960

W SHAPES
Nom.
Size
Y
27

30

33
36

Weight Flange Thick. of
per
Ft., lb. Width Flange Z
94
10
0.745
102
10
0.830
114
101⁄8
0.930
146
14
0.975
1
108
10 ⁄2
0.760
1
116
10 ⁄2
0.850
124
101⁄2
0.930
132
101⁄2
1.000
118
111⁄2
0.740
130
111⁄2
0.855
141
111⁄2
0.960
135
12
0.790
150
12
0.940
160
12
1.020

MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED
APPLIED TORQUES
FOR SET SCREWS IN MSS
TYPE 19 & 23 C-CLAMP
Thread
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8

Torque Value
(in.- lbs)
40
60
125
250
400
665

Extracted from MSS-SP-69

FOR FIG. 261 RISER CLAMP
Bolt Size
1

⁄4
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
1
3

Torque Value
(ft.- lbs)
6
21
46
100
150
190
280

Bolts per ASTM A307
Nuts per ASTM A563

www.anvilintl.com

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

3

0.675

1

0.840

3

⁄4

1.050

1

1.315

11⁄4

1.660

11⁄2

1.900

2

2.375

21⁄2

2.875

3

3.500

31⁄2

4.000

4

4.500

⁄8
⁄2

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.091
0.567
80
0.126
0.738
40
0.109
0.850
80
0.147
1.087
40
0.113
1.130
80
0.154
1.473
40
0.133
1.678
80
0.179
2.171
40
0.140
2.272
80
0.191
2.996
40
0.145
2.717
80
0.200
3.631
40
0.154
3.652
80
0.218
5.022
40
0.203
5.790
80
0.276
7.660
40
0.216
7.570
80
0.300
10.250
40
0.226
9.110
80
0.318
12.510
40
0.237
10.790
80
0.337
14.980

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.083
0.061
0.132
0.101
0.230
0.186
0.374
0.311
0.647
0.555
0.882
0.765
1.452
1.279
2.072
1.834
3.200
2.860
4.280
3.850
5.510
4.980

STEEL PIPE DATA — SCHEDULE NO 40 & 80
Nom.
Size

O.D.

5

5.563

6

6.625

8

8.625

10

10.750

12

12.75

14

14.000

16

16.000

18

18.000

20

20.000

24

24.000

30
36

30.000
36.000

Weight. per
Schedule
Wall Thick.
No.
Foot (lbs)
40
0.258
14.620
80
0.375
20.780
40
0.280
18.970
80
0.432
28.570
40
0.322
28.550
80
0.500
43.390
40
0.365
40.480
80
0.593
64.400
40
0.406
53.600
80
0.687
88.600
40
0.437
63.000
80
0.750
107.000
40
0.500
83.000
80
0.843
137.000
40
0.563
105.000
80
0.937
171.000
40
0.593
123.000
80
1.031
209.000
40
0.687
171.000
80
1.218
297.000
20
0.500
158.000
API
0.500
190.000

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
8.660
7.870
12.510
11.290
21.600
19.800
34.100
31.100
48.500
44.000
58.500
51.200
76.500
69.700
97.200
88.500
120.400
109.400
174.200
158.200
286.000
417.000

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

STEEL PIPE DATA

291

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

COPPER TUBE DATA

292

TYPE L
Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.030
0.035
0.040
0.042
0.045
0.050
0.055
0.060
0.070
0.080
0.090
0.100
0.110
0.125
0.140
0.200
0.250
0.280

TYPE K
Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.126
0.198
0.285
0.362
0.455
0.655
0.884
1.140
1.750
2.480
3.330
4.290
5.380
7.610
10.200
19.290
30.100
40.400

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.034
0.062
0.100
0.151
0.209
0.357
0.546
0.767
1.341
2.064
2.949
3.989
5.188
8.081
11.616
20.289
31.590
45.426

Tube
Size
1
⁄4
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
1
11⁄4
11⁄2
2
21⁄2
3
31⁄2
4
5
6
8
10
12

O.D.
Tubing
3
⁄8
1
⁄2
5
⁄8
3
⁄4
7
⁄8
11⁄8
13⁄8
15⁄8
21⁄8
25⁄8
31⁄8
35⁄8
41⁄8
51⁄8
61⁄8
81⁄8
101⁄8
121⁄8

O.D.

Wall Thick.

0.375
0.500
0.625
0.750
0.875
1.125
1.375
1.625
2.125
2.625
3.125
3.625
4.125
5.125
6.125
8.125
10.125
12.125

0.035
0.049
0.049
0.049
0.065
0.065
0.065
0.072
0.083
0.095
0.109
0.120
0.134
0.160
0.192
0.271
0.338
0.405

Weight per
Foot (lbs)
0.145
0.269
0.344
0.418
0.641
0.839
1.040
1.360
2.060
2.920
4.000
5.120
6.510
9.670
13.870
25.900
40.300
57.800

Weight of Water
per Foot (lbs)
0.032
0.055
0.094
0.144
0.188
0.337
0.527
0.743
1.310
2.000
2.960
3.900
5.060
8.000
11.200
19.500
30.423
43.675

www.anvilintl.com

FLANGE CAST IRON PIPE ADD WEIGHT OF FLANGES *

GLASS PIPE - REGULAR SCHEDULE

Weight per Weight of Water
O.D.
Wall Thick.
C.I. Pipe
ft. (lbs)
per ft. (lbs).

Pipe Size

Class

3

150

3.96

0.32

12.2

4

150

4.80

0.32

6

150

6.90

8

150

10

0.12

Weight/per
ft. (lbs)
0.64

Weight of Water
per ft. (lbs)
0.89

0.14

0.94

1.45

0.17

1.60

3.19

4.53

0.20

2.60

5.79

6.66

0.24

4.70

12.78

Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

3.7

11⁄2

1.84

16.4

5.7

2

2.34

0.38

25.7

12.8

3

3.41

9.05

0.41

36.7

23.1

4

150

11.10

0.44

48.7

35.5

6

12

150

13.20

0.48

62.9

51.0

14

150

15.30

0.51

78.8

69.3

16

150

17.40

0.54

95.0

90.3

18

150

19.50

0.58

114.7

114.0

20

150

21.60

0.62

135.9

141.5

24

150

25.80

0.73

190.4

30

150

32.00

0.85

277.3

36

150

38.30

0.94

42

150

44.50

48

150

50.80

GLASS PIPE - HEAVY SCHEDULE
Pipe Size

O.D.

Wall Thick.

Weight per
ft. (lbs)

Weightof Water
per ft. (lbs)

201.0

1

1.31

0.16

0.6

0.35

312.0

11⁄2

1.84

0.17

0.9

0.76

368.9

449.0

2

2.34

0.17

1.1

1.36

1.05

479.1

612.0

3

3.41

0.20

2.0

3.06

1.14

595.2

803.0

4

4.53

0.26

3.4

5.44

6

6.66

0.33

6.3

12.42

* Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as
Bell & Spigot

ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

OTHER PIPE DATA

293

com .) 1 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 11⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 SCHEDULE 40 60 80 4 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 6 51⁄2 7 61⁄2 7 7 71⁄2 7 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 10 9 111⁄2 101⁄2 12 11 121⁄2 111⁄2 13 12 14 121⁄2 15 13 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 2 2 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 5 31⁄2 3 6 4 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 4 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 10 81⁄2 121⁄2 11 91⁄2 SCHEDULE 80 60 80 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 41⁄2 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 6 7 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 10 91⁄2 11 101⁄2 12 11 13 12 131⁄2 13 14 131⁄2 141⁄2 14 151⁄2 141⁄2 17 15 — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 31⁄2 21⁄2 2 4 21⁄2 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 41⁄2 4 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 8 51⁄2 5 9 6 5 91⁄2 61⁄2 51⁄2 10 7 6 101⁄2 71⁄2 61⁄2 11 8 7 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 12 11 9 121⁄2 111⁄2 91⁄2 14 121⁄2 101⁄2 SCHEDULE 120 60 80 – – – – 5 5 51⁄2 5 6 51⁄2 61⁄2 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 71⁄2 7 8 71⁄2 81⁄2 8 9 81⁄2 91⁄2 9 101⁄2 10 111⁄2 101⁄2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – — Temperature (°F) 100 120 140 – – – – – – 41⁄2 3 21⁄2 41⁄2 3 3 5 31⁄2 3 51⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 6 4 31⁄2 61⁄2 4 31⁄2 7 41⁄2 4 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 71⁄2 5 41⁄2 81⁄2 51⁄2 5 9 6 51⁄2 91⁄2 61⁄2 6 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – www.anvilintl.TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING 294 Pipe Size (in.

00. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1.) 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 60 80 100 120 140 18 13 12 11 8 7 141⁄2 14 12 9 8 – – – – – 20 131⁄2 121⁄2 111⁄2 81⁄2 71⁄2 15 141⁄2 121⁄2 91⁄2 81⁄2 – – – – – 24 14 13 12 9 8 151⁄2 15 13 10 9 – – – – – NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F. load conditions. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.SDR 41 SDR 26 – Pipe Size (in. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. The above table is meant as a general guideline. CONT'D. operating temperature and service conditions. ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK TECHNICAL INFORMATION PVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING. 295 . it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation.

) 1 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 1 1 1 ⁄4 11⁄2 2 21⁄2 3 31⁄2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 SCHEDULE 40 — Temperature (°F) SCHEDULE 80 — Temperature (°F) 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 73° 100° 120° 140° 160° 180° 5 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 101⁄2 111⁄2 12 13 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 6 7 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 10 101⁄2 11 12 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 51⁄2 61⁄2 7 7 7 71⁄2 81⁄2 91⁄2 10 10 11 4 4 41⁄2 5 5 5 6 6 61⁄2 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 7 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 7 8 8 81⁄2 81⁄2 10 11 111⁄2 121⁄2 15 16 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 131⁄2 15 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 81⁄2 9 10 101⁄2 111⁄2 121⁄2 131⁄2 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 7 71⁄2 71⁄2 8 9 91⁄2 101⁄2 11 12 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 71⁄2 91⁄2 10 21⁄2 21⁄2 3 3 31⁄2 31⁄2 4 4 41⁄2 41⁄2 5 51⁄2 6 61⁄2 8 81⁄2 NOTE: Although support spacing is shown at 140°F. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to 1. load conditions. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable.TECHNICAL INFORMATION CPVC PIPE SUPPORT SPACING Pipe Size (in.anvilintl. it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe.00. The above table is meant as a general guideline.com . operating temperature and service conditions. 296 www. consideration should be given to the use of CPVC or continuous support above 120°F. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation.

FLEX GRVD. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF.5 4 PART# GRUVLOK.758 GRUVLOK. GROOVED SUCTION DIFF.7000 GRUVLOK. Anvil personnel meet with you to determine your piping preferences.Anvil offers both Basic and Extended Services… Contact your Anvil representative for more information.5 2.Fig. Preliminary prints are sent to you for revision or approval. The project scope and fee is agreed upon in a Design Services contract. RIGIDLOK GRVD. COUPLING.5 2. GROOVED 45 ELBOW. TEE. GRVD STRAINER.7000 GRUVLOK.SER. BASIC SERVICES Anvil Design Services produces fabrication drawings and Bill of Materials of mechanical room piping 21⁄2" and larger including chillers.Fig.7050 GRUVLOK. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE.Fig. GRVD COUPLING. GROOVED BUTTERFLY VALVE.Fig.7060 GRUVLOK.7250 DESCRIPTION #1 BUTTERFLY VALVE. GROOVED FITTINGS Qty 10 27 32 6 4 4 TAG# 2 5 7 8 10 11 SIZE 2.Fig. With Basic Services. We may suggest modifications in arrangement. Also. or product to attain the desired results. GRVD COUPLING RIGIDLOK GRVD DESCRIPTION #2 290390014249 290390013522 290390016822 290390014801 290390013548 to “reserve” space by “getting in” first.5 2.7800 GRUVLOK. Upon approval. The more movement that is allowed. Initially. equipment location. 297 . The plans and specifications are then interpreted in terms of economy.7000 GRUVLOK. the more savings can be realized. and approved submittals and specifications.SER. Piping layouts are carefully analyzed to determine whether further economies can be attained in the piping system.7400 GRUVLOK. taking equipment location and any interferences into consideration.FIG.5 6 10 6 10 6 6x5 6 12 PART# GRUVLOK.7051 GRUVLOK Fig 7400 DESCRIPTION #1 90 ELBOW. you can plan the mechanical room. Piping drawings are then prepared to determine the most efficient pipe routing. GROOVED CHECK VALVE.SER. TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES We usually reduce fitting counts by 10%-15% by moving equipment whenever possible. GRVD BUTTERFLY VALVE.5 2. GRVD STRAINER. your field supervisor can spend more time supervising and not calculating pipe lengths and pipe routing. (4) sets of drawings with tags and Bills of Materials of the included system components are sent to you. The components can be grouped from the finished drawings for better workflow planning.5 2.SER.7250 GRUVLOK.Fig. usually less than a foot.5 2.Fig. construction.Fig. accuracy. mechanical drawings.722G GRUVLOK. and pumps from contractor supplied flow diagrams. boilers.SER. The preliminary drawings can be taken to coordination meetings with other trades ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK VALVES Qty TAG# SIZE 4 25 27 34 55 58 61 81 85 89 2. and compliance.FIG. GRVD 3DTY VALVE.7260 GRUVLOK. heat exchangers.7000 GRUVLOK.7000 GRUVLOK.

com .anvilintl. 298 51 7 EXTENDED SERVICES Extended Services include any scope beyond Basic Services. chiller) or by system ➣ Unique Tagging – adding unique tags to components ➣ Air Handling Units – with associated ductwork ➣ Single Line Routing – non-dimensional ➣ Distribution Piping ➣ Dimensioned Floor Penetrations ➣ AWWA Piping .Field Survey M-1 ➣ Hybrid Systems ➣ Anything Else 7 18 5 2 5 16 5 2 5 17 15 7 1 5 7 4 5 8 8 7 3 7 4 5 6 7 8 7 10 7 26 26 9 7 5 21 5 21 22 23 22 28 HOT WATER ISO NO SCALE 12 8 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 6 5 2 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 12 14 3 7 7 4 13 7 5 2 5 7 8 7 10 7 26 9 7 2 4 5 21 7 21 5 22 22 23 22 21 26 5 4 5 25 5 24 13 12 28 14 7 12 8 2 5 26 2 7 11 7 7 4 7 11 20 IN 29 5 2 28 24 5 27 5 www.Total Scope ➣ Commercial Piping ➣ Oil Field Piping D ➣ Retrofit Projects . There are many different types of services offered as extended: 7 7 51 10 7 10 ➣ BOM by component (pump. CONT'D.TECHNICAL INFORMATION ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES.

.........146 Formulas...................... Chart & Flow Data Frictional Resistance .............. 236-237 Copper Fittings............................ 218-219 Barlow’s Formula ................................................................................216 Bolting Dimensions for 400 Lb.......................................D...... ASTM ...................................................................................................................................200 Bolting Dimensions for 150 to 300 Lb......................... 299-301 Anvil Design Services ...............................................228 Arc Welding Equipment............ 218-219 Coated Arc Welding Electrodes ............................................................................................205 Design Factors ................................................ 113-122 Copper Tube Data................... 297-298 Drill Sizes For NPT Pipe Taps .................................................................. 267-270 Couplings for Grooved-End Pipe ...........................205 Decimal Equivalents Of Fractions ...................................................................................................................... Sprinkler System ..... Decimal Equivalents Of .......................................205 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX Description . 113-122 Alignment of Pipe.......................................... Colors .............. 226-227 Flow Data Frictional Resistance.....................................255 Design Services .................................................................................................292 Coupling Chart Data Notes ........Description .................................................................... 203-204 Advanced Copper Method .............................................................223 Equivalents Of Minutes...........217 Branch Outlets . Trouble Shooting .... 256-257 Flow Conversion Chart ............................ 302-304 Fitting Size O........296 Decimal Degree Equivalents Of Minutes.............................................................. 288-290 Blind Flanges........ 239-241 ASTM Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications .....................234 Formulas......................225 Figure Number Index ..................235 Fractions......................../600Lb........................................................................ 26-37 Carbon Steel Pipe & Flange Specifications......... Page Abbreviations ...............................................................224 Bolt Torque ........................................205 Extra Heavy Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts .........................................................................262 Coupling Flexibility ..... Geometry ............................. 38-82 Flange & Carbon Steel Pipe Specifications............. ASTM .... Steel Flange .......... 297-298 Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel....... 242-243 Beam Dimensions ................................................208 Basic Arc & Gas Welding Symbols ........215 Boiling Points Of Water At Various Pressures ................................................................................... Page 299 ....................... 206-207 Conversions ...............................8 – 25 CPVC Pipe Support Spacing ........................................ 218-219 Flow Control Components..............215 Feet Head To Water Pressure ........................................................... 221-222 Alphabetical Index ....................................................... Steel Flange .................................146 Fittings for Grooved-End Pipe ..................................238 Colors And Approximate Temperature For Carbon Steel ............ Decimal Degree................228 Commercial Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses .................................................Types & Styles ...................................................................

....................................234 Gruvlok DI-LOK® Nipples ...... 110-112 How to Cut Odd-Angle Elbows ..............Fig............ 148-149 Installation ...... 178-179 Installation ........... 166-167 Installation .. 258-259 Gruvlok® Lubricants.... 172-173 Installation .........................................................123 Gruvlok® Flow Control Components ....Gruvlok Sock-It® Fitting ...... Drill Sizes ...........................Fig.................... 7005 Roughneck® Coupling .......... 8-146 Hardness Conversion Numbers .................................................................................... 150-151 Installation .... 131-132 Heat Losses From Horizontal Bare Steel Pipe ............Fig................................. 190-191 Installation .......290 Melting Points of Metals ................... 253-254 Maximum Recommended Applied Torques......Fig.................................. GBV-S & GBV-T Circuit Balancing Valves184-189 Installation .............Specified Bolt Torque .........223 Other Pipe Data .....199 Installation ......... 170-171 Installation .................... CONT'D.............Fig.............................................228 High Pressure Systems .....................Fig........................Fig.Fig..................INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX...............Fig... 160-161 Installation ................... 180-181 Installation ...... 7401 Rigidlok® Coupling ............ 147-200 Lap Joint Flanges ............. 176-177 Installation ........................... 253-254 Gruvlok® Product Information ........................................... 300 Description ...............Weld-Miser™ Tee-Lets® ..... 174-175 Installation ......................................................Fig................... 162-165 Installation ................... -GF & -FF AnvilFlex™ ..293 Physical Properties of E60 & E70 Series Electrodes .....200 Installation .......... 7305 HDPE Coupling .....Eliminator Adjustable Drop Nipples ................ 192-195 Installation & Assembly ................ 7012 Gruvlok Flange (14” ..................................... 7312 HDPE Flange Adapter ..................223 Pipe Alignment............Fig....Fig................................................Fig.........12”) ............ 156-157 Installation ......... 196-198 Installation . 203-204 Lubricants .............. 7010 Reducing Coupling ....Fig..................................... 152-153 Installation ......................................214 List Of Abbreviations .................................................. 260-261 General Assembly of Threaded Fittings ..................................Fig.. 7000 Standard Coupling ......238 Pipe & Water Weight/Foot ..... 168-169 Installation .................................. 256-257 Gruvlok® Gasket Styles .............. 7400 Rigidlite® Coupling . 7003 Hingelok™ Coupling ...237 HDPE Couplings....24”) .......General Assembly of Threaded Fittings . 154-155 Installation ............ 158-159 Installation .....Fig.................................. 7044 Branch Outlet ..220 Installation ....................... 182-183 Installation ....................... Page Description ... 7045 7046 Clamp-T® Branch Outlets....................................... 7042 Outlet Coupling .............................230 Movement-—Applications ......................Fig................com ...... 7011 Standard Coupling ...................................Fig........................................................... Page Gasket Grade Index & Gasket Recommendations ....................................................anvilintl............................... AF21-GG................ 7012 Gruvlok Flange (2” ..........199 Geometry Formulas ........ 263-266 NPT Pipe Taps................................................ 221-222 www................. 7307 HDPE Transition Coupling...................................................................................................... 7001 Standard Coupling ....................................

..........................................213 Torque..............................................................229 Typical Pipe Hanger Specification ..............229 Specified Bolt Torque ... 239-241 Tube Data.................................... 274-280 Plain-End Fittings ......................213 Sock-It® Piping Method Fittings....................225 Weight/Foot .............................. Copper....200 Total Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ..........................................291 Symbols For Pipe Fittings ............................................228 Trouble Shooting Arc Welding Equipment ...............................228 Weld Fitting 90° Elbow......291 Pipe Fitting Symbols ...................................259 Valves & Accessories ....................... Commercial ............. 206-207 Water Pressure To Feet Head ....................................Description ................. 45° Elbow ................................................. 206-207 Pipe Support ..........................................292 Typical BTU Values Of Fuels ........ 83-109 Wall Thicknesses & Pipe Sizes..................... Bolt ...... 281-285 Pipe Preparation ...... 281-285 Unit Conversions .......... 294-295 Roll Groovers ...................................... Cross.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................233 Useful Definitions ....................................................................212 Wire Rope ..............................213 Standard Conversions .................................................................................................. 244-248 Tap & Drill Sizes ................................................................................... Steel ........ Page Pipe Data...... 144-145 Slip-on........................................................................................................................236 Standard Pipe Data ......................................... Commercial ....................................235 Stainless Steel Method..................................................... Cap.........................................................................................209 Weld Fitting Reducers & Reducing Outlet Tees ...................................................................... 180° Return.................................................................................................................................................... 138-143 Standard Cast Iron Companion Flanges & Bolts ......................... Threaded and Socket Flanges ................................................................211 Weld Fitting Tee....................224 Weights of Metals . 231-232 Vacume Service ...........200 Sprinkler System Formulas .............228 Threaded and Socket Flanges................. 271-273 Pipe Sizes & Wall Thicknesses........................................................................ Description .............................................. 133-137 Specific Gravity Of Gases ...... Slip-on ......................................................................208 Steel Pipe Data ..................................................................210 Weld Fitting Welding Neck Flanges ......................... 244-248 Pipe Hanger Specification .... Page 301 ............................. 249-251 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX ALPHABETICAL INDEX......................... 201-298 Thermal Expansion of Pipe Material ................................................................................229 Specific Gravity Of Liquids .................... 286-287 Thermal Expansion of Piping Material ............... CONT'D................ 124-130 PVC Pipe Support Spacing.......Seamless Brass & Copper Pipe ...........223 Technical Information ................................. Stub End ....................

......... 174-175 Reducing Coupling ...............................128 Plain End 45° Elbow .......................................................36 Clamp-T®............ Page Fig..........42 Plain End 90° Long Radius Elbow ................................... No.........................24 High Pressure Header Tee....91 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer ............. 148-149 Hingelok® Coupling ................................................................. 87-88 Grooved-End Silent Check Valve ............com ........................................................ 150-151 Gruvlok Flanges . Groove Branch .............36 Clamp-T®........................................................................41 www................................................. 154-155 Standard Coupling ............................39 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ......................................................................75 45° Long Radius Elbow .................................145 Roll Groovers ............................................79 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ...........81 High Pressure 45° LR Elbow .80 90° Drain Elbow ........................................ 11.............................................................78 45° Long Radius Elbow ......... 124........................................................... Cross ...... 8-10................... Description ..................... FPT Branch ....76 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow .................. 170-171 Clamp-T®............................................................................................. No.. 114-115................................112 90° Long Radius Elbow .....................71 High Pressure 90° LR Elbow ...... 162-167 Gruvlok Flanges ...............................................................................................................................112 Outlet Coupling ........................................................ 19-20..................................... 172-173 Clamp-T®....101 Roll Groovers ........... 168-169 Branch Outlet .......... Lightweight Coupling .............36 90° Long Radius Elbow .....................................................................................................................................................74 7050-5D 7050-6D 7050DR 7050EG 7050LR 7050LRP 7050P 7050RF 7050SS 7050 7051-3D 7051-5D 7051-6D 7051EG 7051LR 7051LRP 7051P 7051SS 7051 7052-3D 7052-5D 7052-6D 7052 7053-3D 7053-5D 7053-6D 7053 90° Long Radius Elbow ............112 45° Long Radius Elbow .. 14-15..............141 45° Elbow .....................21-23.................65 Stainless Steel 90° Elbow ..................145 Roll Groovers ..................................................... 26-27....................40 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ............................ Description .................................77 90° Long Radius Elbow ...............................82 221⁄2° Elbow ...38 45° Long Radius Elbow ..........................................................111 HPR® Coupling ...................................... 170-171 Clamp-T®............................ 158-159 End Guard® Coupling ......................................................................................... 18...................anvilintl.........................43 Plain End 45° Long Radius Elbow .....125 Reducing Base Support Elbow (GR xFL)...........................................................................128 Plain End 90° Elbow .......... 28-32.110 Roughneck® Coupling ........ Cross .................141 90° Elbow .........................................................144 Roll Groovers ....100 Grooved-End “Wye” Strainer ........... 37............... 160-161 Standard Coupling .................. Cross ....76 111⁄4° Long Radius Elbow ...INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX 302 Fig..................79 221⁄2° Long Radius Elbow ................ 33-35......................................................125 Stainless Steel 45° Elbow ............82 111⁄4° Elbow ..................................................................................................... Page 171 400G 758G 768G 1007 3006C 3006 3007 7000 7001 7003 7004EG 7004HPR 7005 7010 7011 7012 7013 7022EG 7042 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050-3D Brass Ball Valve ............

.........................................66 Flange Nipples (Plain x #300 FL) ........80 30° Long Radius Elbow .................................................................................... 48-49 Standpipe Tee (GR x GR x FPT) .......................... 60-61 Reducing Tee Wye ..................................................................................Description ......................................................................................65 ANVIL PIPE FITTERS HANDBOOK INDEX FIGURE NUMBER INDEX..............................................54 Swaged Nipples (GR xBEV) ....111 Plain End Cross ...................129 Adapter Nipple (GR xBEV) .........................................................................74 60° Long Radius Elbow .............. 55-56 Stainless Steel Eccentric Reducers .....129 Flange Nipples (GR x #300 FL) ..............129 Adapter Nipple (GR xMPT) ................. Fig.....141 Tee .............................44 Reducing Tee w/ Threaded Branch........64 GR x MPT 45° Adapter Elbow ...........................................77 60° Long Radius Elbow ...........................112 Plain End Tee .143 GR x GR Concentric Reducers .......................................................................................................................... Description ............................................................129 Flange Nipples (GR x #150 FL) ...........................................................................................57 45° Reducing Lateral ................................................................126 True Wye... 303 .64 60° Long Radius Elbow ............................................................................................ No..............129 Adapter Nipple (GR xGR) ...51 Plain End Swaged Nipples ......................68 Plain End 45° Lateral .....................................................125 Stainless Steel Tees ..................................127 Stainless Steel Reducing Tees .............62 High Pressure Cross .........69 Female Thread Adapter (GR x FPT) .........................................................................128 Bull Plug ....................................................................................126 45° Lateral .. 45-47 Bullhead Tee Specialty Tees (GR x GR x FPT) ...........................................................................................81 High Pressure Tee .69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x THD) ......................................... Page 7055 7056 7057-3D 7057-5D 7057-6D 7058-3D 7058-5D 7058-6D 7060EG 7060P 7060SS 7060 7061P 7061SS 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068EG 7068P 7068 7069P 7069 7070 GR x MPT 90° Adapter Elbow ....................69 Flange Nipples (Plain x #150 FL) ...........68 GR x Thd Concentric Reducers ............................................................. Page Fig... No..........................................69 Adapter Nipple (Plain x BEV) .54 Swaged Nipples (GR xTHD) ......................................70 Tee Wye ...........63 Stainless Steel Concentric Reducers............................66 HOSE Nipples (GR x Hose) .......................126 Cross ........................................................75 30° Long Radius Elbow ........................54 Adapter Nipple (Plain x GR) ...................142 Reducing Tee Standard ............143 Eccentric Reducers ................................................. 52-53 Stainless Steel Caps............................................. CONT'D...................................................................................................................................................................................50 Plain End Reducing Tee ..141 Cap ................................................................................130 Swaged Nipples (GR xGR) .....70 Tee w/ Threaded Branch ............78 30° Long Radius Elbow ....... 58-59 7071P 7071 7072SS 7072 7073SS 7073 7074SS 7074 7075P 7075 7076 7077P 7077 7078 7079 7080P 7080 7081P 7081 7082P 7082 7084P 7084 7085P 7085 7086 7087 Plain End 90° True Wye .........................................................................67 Plain End Bull Plug ..................................................................

...........116 Copper 45° Elbow .................... 96-97 Automatic Air Vents ................ 107.................. 135................. 182-183 Expansion Joints..... 156-157 Rigidlok® Coupling .............................. 16-17............120 Copper Transition Fitting ..................................................... 133......................... No............................................ 83-84 Check Valves... 113.........................................73 Grooved-End Bronze Copper Ball Valve ...............25 Suction Diffuser ....116 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x Gr) ............ 184-189 Circuit Balancing Valves (Threaded) ........ 190-191 Flex Connector (GR x GR) .....................86 Flex Connectors (FL xFL) . 95............... CONT'D....................................... 102-104 Tee Strainer....... 89-90 Copper 90° Elbow ...................................138 Rigidlite® Coupling ...... 136.......................................................... 98-99 HDPE Coupling ................. 95....................................106 Balancing Valves (Angle) ........................... 134...................................................................................73 Short Pattern Tee .........105 Automatic Air Vents ........................................................FIGURE NUMBER INDEX..................... 93-94 Circuit Balancing Valves (Sweat) ......................com ......................... 152-153 90° Short Pattern Elbow .... 182-183 Sock-It® Straight Tee ..................110 Copper Reducing Adapter (GR x CUP) ............ 131................................... Description ................... 190-191 Flex Connectors (GR x FL) .. 131....118 Copper Concentric Reducer (GR x Gr) .... 132.................................... 137........................................... 133...................................................................................123 DI-LOK® Nipple (THD xTHD) ............... 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Tee ....................85 Butterfly Valve.. 93-94 Balancing Valves (Straight) ............................... 304 7088 7089 7090 7091 7097 7100 7101 7103 7105 7106 7107 7240 7250 7260 7305 7307 7312 7400SS 7400 7401 7450 7460 7500B 7500SS 7500 7550 7551 Description .92 Butterfly Valve..118 Copper Reducing Tee (GR x GR x CUP) ... Page ® DI-LOK Nipple (GR xTHD) ..................... Page 7560 7561A 7564A 7572 7574 7575 7582 7600 7700 7800 8000GR AF21-FF AF21-GF AF21-GG FTV-A FTV-S GAV-15 GAV-30 GBV-A GBV-G GBV-S GBV-T Copper Tees ............................................... 182-183 Sock-It® Reducing Outlet Tee ................... 121-122 Stainless Steel Grooved-End Ball Valve................. 190-191 Tri-Service Valves (Angle) ...................................................72 Eccentric Reducers ..................... 96-97 Tri-Service Valves (Straight) ........................................123 DI-LOK® Nipple (GR xGR) ......... No..............................................117 Copper End Caps ........anvilintl................................. 12-13............ 52-53 Sock-It® 90° Elbow ........ 108....................... 184-189 www... INDEX Fig......................123 End of the Line ................................................. 182-183 Sock-It® Coupling ..............................120 Butterfly Valve..............................................................116 Fig............... 109.......... 182-183 Sock-It® 90° Reducing Elbow ................................................. 178-179 HDPE Flange Adapter ..................................... 180-181 Stainless Steel Rigidlite® Coupling .......................................................... 176-177 HDPE Transition Coupling .......... 139-140 Ball Valves .......

ANVIL DESIGN SERVICES BROCHURE PIPE HANGERS & SUPPORT CATALOG GRUVLOK CATALOG ORDER DOCUMENT #105 ORDER DOCUMENT #165 ANVILSTAR FIRE PROTECTION BROCHURE ORDER DOCUMENT #215 ORDER DOCUMENT #040 ANVIL INTERACTIVE CD ORDER DOCUMENT #899 .

CALIFORNIA. PUERTO RICO & MEXICO Art Gutierrez. TX 75050 TE L: 972-343-9206 • FAX : 972-641-8946 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-4414 Kevin Fullan. IOWA. KANSAS. MARYLAND.422. NEW HAMPSHIRE. MICHIGAN.O. Sales Manager Tel: 813-300-3721 U. MONTANA. Inc.ANVILINTL. TENNESSEE. RHODE ISLAND. NEW YORK. Vice President 470 Seaman St. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 FOR SALES AND SERVICE INFORMATION CONTACT THE REGIONAL SERVICE CENTER NEAREST YOU OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT WWW.COM 110 Corporate Drive. OREGON. NV 89431 TE L: 775-331-7029 • FAX : 775-331-5075 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-572-0051 EUROPE & MIDDLE EAST REGION Rick van Meesen. NEVADA. KENTUCKY. Customer Service Tel: 708-534-1414 • Fax: 708-534-5441 LATIN AMERICA. NH 03802-3180 • Phone: 603. IL 60466 TE L: 708-534-1414 • FAX : 708-534-5441 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-301-2701 Servicing: ALASKA. ARIZONA.S.05 / 30M / © 2005 Anvil International. WASHINGTON 1385 GRE G STRE E T SP ARK S . COLORADO. WYOMING 2530 PE ARL BUCK ROAD BRI STOL. DELAWARE. NEW MEXICO. INDIANA. Stoney Creek. IDAHO. . HAWAII. MASSACHUSETTS. FLORIDA. NEW JERSEY. UTAH. VIRGINIA Servicing: ALABAMA.U.S. OKLAHOMA. TEXAS. NORTH AND SOUTH DAKOTA. WEST VIRGINIA.8033 #030 / Printed in USA / 6. ARKANSAS. EAST PENNSYLVANIA.S. MISSOURI. NEBRASKA. NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA. MISSISSIPPI. PA 19007 TE L: 215-788-4056 • FAX : 215-788-4475 TOLL FRE E : 1-800-451-2935 1313 AVE NUE R GRAND PRAI RI E . MAINE. WISCONSIN 750 CE NTRAL AVE NUE UNI VE RSI TY PARK .422. MINNESOTA. REGIONAL SERVICE CENTERS INTERNATIONAL SALES NORTH EAST SERVICE CENTER SOUTHERN SERVICE CENTER CANADA Servicing: CONNECTICUT. LOUISIANA. Box 3180 • Portsmouth. WEST PENNSYLVANIA. VERMONT.8000 • Fax: 603. Business Director the Netherlands Tel: +31 53 5725570 • Fax: +31 53 5725579 U. GEORGIA. OHIO. Suite 10 • P. Ontario L8E 2V9 Tel: 905-664-1459 • Fax: 905-664-3190 MIDWEST SERVICE CENTER WESTERN SERVICE CENTER Servicing: ILLINOIS.